Загрузил arman0105

s71500 s71500t synchronous operation function manual en US en US

реклама
Edition
11/2022
FUNCTION MANUAL
SIMATIC
S7-1500
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
support.industry.siemens.com
SIMATIC
S7-1500
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous
operation functions V7.0 as of
STEP 7 V18
Introduction (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
1
Safety instructions (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
2
New features V7.0 (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
3
Overview of functions
(S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4
Preparing synchronous
operation (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
5
Function Manual
S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control
11/2022
A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6
Velocity synchronous
operation (S7-1500T)
7
Camming (S7-1500T)
8
Other synchronous operation
functions (S7-1500T)
9
Cross-PLC synchronous
operation (S7-1500T)
10
Diagnostics (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
11
Instructions (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
12
Tags of the technology object
data blocks (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
13
Legal information
Warning notice system
This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent
damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert
symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are
graded according to the degree of danger.
DANGER
indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.
WARNING
indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.
CAUTION
indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.
NOTICE
indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.
If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will
be used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to
property damage.
Qualified Personnel
The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the specific
task in accordance with the relevant documentation, in particular its warning notices and safety instructions.
Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying risks and
avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.
Proper use of Siemens products
Note the following:
WARNING
Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical
documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended or
approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and
maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible
ambient conditions must be complied with. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.
Trademarks
All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. The remaining trademarks in this publication
may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.
Disclaimer of Liability
We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software
described. Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the
information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent
editions.
Siemens AG
Digital Industries
Postfach 48 48
90026 NÜRNBERG
GERMANY
A5E47011129-AC
Ⓟ 10/2022 Subject to change
Copyright © Siemens AG 2019 - 2022.
All rights reserved
Table of contents
1
Introduction (S7-1500, S7-1500T)....................................................................................................... 12
1.1
S7-1500 Motion Control Documentation Guide (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................
13
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
Function Manuals documentation guide (S7-1500, S7-1500T)...........................................
Information classes Function Manuals (S7-1500, S7-1500T)..............................................
Basic tools (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................................................................................
SIMATIC Technical Documentation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)...................................................
14
14
15
17
2
Safety instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................................................................................. 19
3
New features V7.0 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................................................................................. 20
4
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T).......................................................................................
5
6
4.1
Synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................................. 23
4.2
Cam technology object (S7-1500T)...................................................................................
4.3
Leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T).............................................................. 28
4.4
Motion Control instructions for synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)..................... 29
4.5
Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)....... 31
25
Preparing synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)..................................................................... 33
5.1
Creating technology objects (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................................................. 33
5.2
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
Defining leading value interconnection (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................................
Interconnecting the leading value (S7-1500, S7-1500T)....................................................
Setpoint coupling (S7-1500, S7-1500T).............................................................................
Actual value coupling and actual value extrapolation (S7-1500T).......................................
Tags: Actual value extrapolation (S7-1500T)......................................................................
5.3
Position control in synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................................ 40
33
33
34
35
39
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T).............................................................................................................. 41
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
4
21
41
42
43
43
6.1.4
Gearing with "MC_GearIn" (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................................................
Defining gear ratio (S7-1500, S7-1500T)...........................................................................
Dynamic limits of the following axis in gearing with "MC_GearIn" (S7-1500, S7-1500T).....
Synchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters with "MC_GearIn" (S7-1500, ....
S7-1500T)
Synchronous travel in gearing with "MC_GearIn" (S7-1500, S7-1500T)..............................
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
6.2.3.1
Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)..........................................................................
Defining gear ratio (S7-1500T)..........................................................................................
Dynamic limits of the following axis in gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)...............
Synchronizing gearing (S7-1500T)....................................................................................
Parameter overview for synchronizing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)............................
45
46
47
48
48
44
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Table of contents
6.2.3.2
6.2.3.3
Defining direction of synchronization with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T).............................
Synchronizing following axis in advance using dynamic parameters with
....
"MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
Synchronizing following axis in advance using leading value distance with
....
"MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
Subsequent synchronizing of following axis using leading value distance with
....
"MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
Synchronous travel in gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)........................................
Leading value offset during gearing (S7-1500T)................................................................
Leading value offset on the following axis during gearing using dynamic parameters ....
(S7-1500T)
Leading value offset on the following axis during gearing using leading value distance ....
as of current leading value position (S7-1500T)
Leading value offset on the following axis during gearing using leading value distance ....
as of specific leading value position (S7-1500T)
Defining the direction of the leading value distance of a leading value offset on the
....
following axis during gearing (S7-1500T)
Only cancel a pending leading value offset in the gearing (S7-1500T)................................
Following value offset during gearing (S7-1500T).............................................................
Following value offset on the following axis during gearing using leading value dis­
....
tance as of current leading value position (S7-1500T)
Following value offset on the following axis during gearing using leading value dis­
....
tance as of specific leading value position (S7-1500T)
Defining the direction of the leading value distance of a following value offset on the ....
following axis during gearing (S7-1500T)
Only cancel a pending following value offset in the gearing (S7-1500T)............................
48
51
66
66
6.3.3
6.3.4
Desynchronize gearing (S7-1500T)...................................................................................
Desynchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters with "MC_GearOut"
....
(S7-1500T)
Desynchronizing following axis using leading value distance with "MC_GearOut"
....
(S7-1500T)
Defining direction of desynchronization with "MC_GearOut" (S7-1500T)............................
Only cancel a pending gearing with "MC_GearOut" (S7-1500T)..........................................
6.4
Tags: Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................................................................... 71
6.2.3.4
6.2.3.5
6.2.4
6.2.5
6.2.5.1
6.2.5.2
6.2.5.3
6.2.5.4
6.2.5.5
6.2.6
6.2.6.1
6.2.6.2
6.2.6.3
6.2.6.4
6.3
6.3.1
6.3.2
7
8
53
55
56
57
57
58
59
61
62
62
62
64
65
66
68
69
71
Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)....................................................................................... 74
7.1
Defining gear ratio (S7-1500T).......................................................................................... 74
7.2
Specify gear ratio once or dynamically (S7-1500T)............................................................. 75
7.3
Define position control of the following axis (S7-1500T).................................................... 76
7.4
Dynamic limits of the following axis in velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)............ 77
7.5
Synchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters with "MC_GearInVelocity"
(S7-1500T)
....
78
7.6
Synchronous travel in velocity synchronous operation with "MC_GearInVelocity"
(S7-1500T)
....
79
7.7
Tags: Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T).............................................................
80
Camming (S7-1500T)..........................................................................................................................
82
8.1
8.1.1
8.1.1.1
8.1.1.2
83
83
86
88
Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)............................
Structure and operation of the cam editor (S7-1500T).......................................................
Structure of the graphical editor (S7-1500T)......................................................................
Shortcut menu in the graphical editor (S7-1500T).............................................................
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
5
Table of contents
8.1.1.3
8.1.1.4
8.1.1.5
8.1.2
8.1.2.1
8.1.2.2
8.1.2.3
8.1.2.4
8.1.2.5
8.1.2.6
8.1.2.7
8.1.3
8.1.3.1
8.1.3.2
8.1.3.3
8.1.3.4
8.1.3.5
8.1.3.6
8.1.3.7
8.1.3.8
8.1.3.9
8.1.3.10
8.1.3.11
8.1.4
Structure of the tabular editor (S7-1500T)......................................................................... 89
Shortcut menu in the tabular editor (S7-1500T)................................................................ 90
Operating the cam editor (S7-1500T)................................................................................ 90
Configure the profile and display of the cam (S7-1500T)................................................... 92
Properties and display in the inspector window (S7-1500T)............................................... 92
Configuration of profile - General (S7-1500T).................................................................... 92
Configuration of profile - Effective runtime curves (S7-1500T)........................................... 93
Configuration of profile - Check (S7-1500T)....................................................................... 94
Configuration charts - Charts and curves (S7-1500T)......................................................... 94
Configuration charts - Snap grid (S7-1500T)...................................................................... 95
Configuration - Decimal places (S7-1500T)........................................................................ 96
Inserting and configuring cam elements (S7-1500T).......................................................... 96
Inserting and configuring a point (S7-1500T).................................................................... 96
Inserting and configuring a point group (S7-1500T).......................................................... 97
Inserting and configuring the line (S7-1500T)................................................................... 100
Inserting and configuring a sine (S7-1500T)...................................................................... 101
Inserting and configuring a polynomial (S7-1500T)........................................................... 103
Inserting and configuring an inverse sine (S7-1500T)........................................................ 105
Inserting elements from the clipboard (S7-1500T)............................................................. 107
Move elements (S7-1500T)............................................................................................... 108
Scale elements (S7-1500T)................................................................................................ 108
Deleting elements (S7-1500T)........................................................................................... 108
Show elements used (S7-1500T)....................................................................................... 108
Importing/exporting cam (S7-1500T)................................................................................ 111
8.2
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2.3
Changing the synchronous operation function of the cam online (S7-1500T)..................... 113
Changing the synchronous operation function of the cam manually (S7-1500T)................ 114
Copy calculated cam elements (S7-1500T)........................................................................ 115
Creating the synchronous operation function of the cam with the "LCamHdl" library
.... 116
(S7-1500T)
8.3
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.3.4
Interpolating a cam (S7-1500T)......................................................................................... 116
Configuring transitions (S7-1500T)................................................................................... 116
System interpolation (S7-1500T)....................................................................................... 119
Interpolation according to VDI Guideline 2143 (S7-1500T)................................................ 122
Interpolate cam with "MC_InterpolateCam" (S7-1500T)..................................................... 125
8.4
Scaling and shifting cam (S7-1500T)................................................................................. 125
8.5
Defining application mode of the cam (S7-1500T)............................................................. 127
8.6
Dynamic limits of the following axis in camming (S7-1500T)............................................. 129
8.7
8.7.1
8.7.2
8.7.3
Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T).................................................................................. 130
Parameter overview for synchronizing with "MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)................................. 130
Defining direction of synchronization with "MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)................................... 131
Synchronizing following axis in advance using dynamic parameters with "MC_CamIn" .... 133
(S7-1500T)
Synchronizing following axis in advance using leading value distance with
.... 134
"MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
Synchronize the following axis in advance via the leading value path from the current .... 137
leading value position with "MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
Subsequent synchronizing of following axis using leading value distance with
.... 139
"MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
Subsequent synchronizing of following axis using leading axis value starting from the .... 142
current leading value position with "MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
8.7.4
8.7.5
8.7.6
8.7.7
6
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Table of contents
8.7.8
8.7.9
Directly set following axis synchronously with "MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)............................. 144
Directly set following axis synchronously at end of the cam with "MC_CamIn"
.... 144
(S7-1500T)
8.8
Synchronous travel in camming with "MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)........................................... 146
8.9
Reading the leading value in camming (S7-1500T)............................................................ 146
8.10
Reading the following value in camming (S7-1500T)......................................................... 146
8.11
8.11.1
Leading value offset during camming (S7-1500T).............................................................. 147
Leading value offset on the following axis during camming using leading value dis­
.... 147
tance as of current leading value position (S7-1500T)
Leading value offset on the following axis during camming using leading value dis­
.... 148
tance as of specific leading value position (S7-1500T)
Defining the direction of the leading value distance of a leading value offset on the
.... 150
following axis during camming (S7-1500T)
Only cancel a pending leading value offset in the camming (S7-1500T)............................. 151
8.11.2
8.11.3
8.11.4
8.12
8.12.1
8.12.2
8.12.3
8.12.4
8.13
8.13.1
8.13.3
8.13.4
Desynchronize camming (S7-1500T)................................................................................. 156
Desynchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters with "MC_CamOut"
.... 156
(S7-1500T)
Desynchronizing following axis using leading value distance with "MC_CamOut"
.... 158
(S7-1500T)
Defining direction of desynchronization with "MC_CamOut" (S7-1500T)............................ 160
Only cancel a pending camming with "MC_CamOut" (S7-1500T)....................................... 161
8.14
Tags: Camming (S7-1500T)............................................................................................... 161
8.13.2
9
10
Following value offset during camming (S7-1500T)........................................................... 151
Following value offset on the following axis during camming using leading value dis­ .... 151
tance as of current leading value position (S7-1500T)
Following value offset on the following axis during camming using leading value dis­ .... 153
tance as of specific leading value position (S7-1500T)
Defining the direction of the leading value distance of a following value offset on the .... 154
following axis during camming (S7-1500T)
Only cancel a pending following value offset in the camming (S7-1500T).......................... 156
Other synchronous operation functions (S7-1500T).......................................................................... 164
9.1
9.1.1
Simulate synchronous operation (S7-1500T)..................................................................... 164
Tags: Synchronous operation is being simulated (S7-1500T).............................................. 165
9.2
9.2.1
Specify additive leading value (S7-1500T)......................................................................... 166
Tags: Additive leading value (S7-1500T)............................................................................ 167
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T).................................................................................... 168
10.1
Interconnection possibilities (S7-1500T)............................................................................ 169
10.2
Preparing cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)..................................................... 171
10.3
Setting up communication via direct data exchange (S7-1500T)........................................ 172
10.4
Configuring the provision of leading value and interconnecting axes (S7-1500T)............... 174
10.5
Configuring the tolerance time (S7-1500T)....................................................................... 177
10.6
10.6.1
Working with the interconnection overview table (S7-1500T)............................................ 177
Opening the interconnection overview (S7-1500T)............................................................ 177
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
7
Table of contents
11
12
10.6.2
10.6.3
10.6.4
Interconnection overview (S7-1500T)............................................................................... 178
Showing routes (S7-1500T).............................................................................................. 180
Setting the delay times (S7-1500T)................................................................................... 180
10.7
Tags: Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)........................................................... 181
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................................................................................................ 183
11.1
11.1.1
11.1.2
11.1.3
Synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................................. 183
Status and error bits (S7-1500, S7-1500T)......................................................................... 183
Motion status (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................................................................... 188
PROFIdrive telegram (S7-1500, S7-1500T)......................................................................... 189
11.2
11.2.1
11.2.2
11.2.3
11.2.4
11.2.5
11.2.6
11.2.7
11.2.8
11.2.9
11.2.10
Cam technology object (S7-1500T)................................................................................... 190
Applications of the cam diagnostics (S7-1500T)................................................................ 190
Structure of the diagnostics (S7-1500T)............................................................................ 191
Online view (S7-1500T).................................................................................................... 195
Status and error bits (S7-1500T)........................................................................................ 195
"Definition changed" and "Interpolated" status bits (S7-1500T).......................................... 197
Filter by segments and points (S7-1500T)......................................................................... 198
Comparing elements (S7-1500T)....................................................................................... 199
Managing snapshots (S7-1500T)....................................................................................... 201
Exporting and importing snapshots (S7-1500T)................................................................. 201
Printing curve diagram (S7-1500T).................................................................................... 202
11.3
11.3.1
11.3.2
Leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T).............................................................. 203
Status and error bits (S7-1500T)........................................................................................ 203
Motion status (S7-1500T)................................................................................................. 205
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................................................................................................ 206
12.1
12.1.1
12.1.1.1
12.1.1.2
12.1.2
12.1.2.1
12.1.2.2
12.1.3
12.1.3.1
12.1.3.2
12.1.4
12.1.4.1
12.1.4.2
12.1.5
12.1.5.1
12.1.5.2
12.1.6
12.1.6.1
12.1.6.2
12.1.7
12.1.7.1
8
Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................................................................ 206
MC_GearIn V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T).................................................................................. 206
MC_GearIn: Start gearing V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................................................ 206
MC_GearIn: Function chart V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T).......................................................... 209
MC_GearInPos V7 (S7-1500T)........................................................................................... 210
MC_GearInPos: Start gearing with specified synchronous positions V7 (S7-1500T)............. 210
MC_GearInPos: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)................................................................... 214
MC_GearInVelocity V7 (S7-1500T).................................................................................... 217
MC_GearInVelocity: Start velocity synchronous operation V7 (S7-1500T)........................... 217
MC_GearInVelocity: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)............................................................. 220
MC_PhasingRelative V7 (S7-1500T)................................................................................... 221
MC_PhasingRelative: Relative shift of leading value on the following axis V7
.... 221
(S7-1500T)
MC_PhasingRelative: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)........................................................... 225
MC_PhasingAbsolute V7 (S7-1500T)................................................................................. 228
MC_PhasingAbsolute: Absolute shift of leading value on the following axis V7
.... 228
(S7-1500T)
MC_PhasingAbsolute: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)......................................................... 232
MC_OffsetRelative V7 (S7-1500T)..................................................................................... 235
MC_OffsetRelative: Relative shift of following value on the following axis V7
.... 235
(S7-1500T)
MC_OffsetRelative: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)............................................................. 237
MC_OffsetAbsolute V7 (S7-1500T).................................................................................... 241
MC_OffsetAbsolute: Absolute shift of following value on the following axis V7
.... 241
(S7-1500T)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Table of contents
13
12.1.7.2
12.1.8
12.1.8.1
12.1.8.2
12.1.9
12.1.9.1
12.1.10
12.1.10.1
12.1.10.2
12.1.11
12.1.11.1
12.1.11.2
12.1.12
12.1.12.1
12.1.12.2
MC_OffsetAbsolute: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)............................................................ 243
MC_CamIn V7 (S7-1500T)................................................................................................. 247
MC_CamIn: Start camming V7 (S7-1500T)......................................................................... 247
MC_CamIn: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)......................................................................... 253
MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation V7 (S7-1500T)........................................................... 261
MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation: Simulate synchronous operation V7 (S7-1500T)........ 261
MC_GearOut V7 (S7-1500T).............................................................................................. 262
MC_GearOut: Desynchronize gearing V7 (S7-1500T)......................................................... 262
MC_GearOut: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)...................................................................... 265
MC_CamOut V7 (S7-1500T).............................................................................................. 267
MC_CamOut: Desynchronize camming V7 (S7-1500T)....................................................... 267
MC_CamOut: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)...................................................................... 269
MC_LeadingValueAdditive V7 (S7-1500T).......................................................................... 271
MC_LeadingValueAdditive: Specify additive leading value V7 (S7-1500T)........................... 271
MC_LeadingValueAdditive: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T).................................................. 272
12.2
12.2.1
12.2.1.1
12.2.2
12.2.2.1
12.2.3
12.2.3.1
12.2.4
12.2.4.1
Cam (S7-1500T)............................................................................................................... 274
MC_InterpolateCam V7 (S7-1500T)................................................................................... 274
MC_InterpolateCam: Interpolate cam disc V7 (S7-1500T).................................................. 274
MC_GetCamLeadingValue V7 (S7-1500T).......................................................................... 276
MC_GetCamLeadingValue: Read out leading value of a cam V7 (S7-1500T)....................... 276
MC_GetCamFollowingValue V7 (S7-1500T)....................................................................... 277
MC_GetCamFollowingValue: Read out following value of a cam disc V7 (S7-1500T)........... 277
MC_CopyCamData V7 (S7-1500T)..................................................................................... 279
MC_CopyCamData: Copy calculated cam elements V7 (S7-1500T)..................................... 279
12.3
12.3.1
12.3.2
12.3.3
12.3.4
Override response of Motion Control jobs V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T).................................... 282
Override response V7: Homing and motion jobs (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................... 282
Override response V7: Synchronous operation jobs (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................... 284
Override response V7: Measuring input jobs (S7-1500, S7-1500T)..................................... 286
Override response V7: Kinematics motion commands (S7-1500T)...................................... 286
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................................................ 289
13.1
13.1.1
13.1.2
13.1.3
13.1.4
13.1.5
13.1.6
13.1.7
13.1.8
13.1.9
13.1.10
13.1.11
13.1.12
13.1.13
13.1.14
13.1.15
13.1.16
13.1.17
13.1.18
Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................ 289
Legend (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................................................................................ 289
Actual values and setpoints (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................. 289
"Simulation" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).................................................. 290
"VirtualAxis" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).................................................. 290
"Actor" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).......................................................... 291
"TorqueLimiting" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................................... 292
"Clamping" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).................................................... 293
"Sensor[1..4]" tags (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).............................................. 293
"CrossPlcSynchronousOperation" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................... 297
"Extrapolation" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).............................................. 297
"LoadGear" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).................................................... 298
"Properties" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................................... 299
"Units" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).......................................................... 299
"Mechanics" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).................................................. 301
"Modulo" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)...................................................... 301
"DynamicLimits" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................................ 301
"DynamicDefaults" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................................ 302
"PositionLimits_SW" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)...................................... 303
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
9
Table of contents
10
13.1.19
13.1.20
13.1.21
13.1.22
13.1.23
13.1.24
13.1.25
13.1.26
13.1.27
13.1.28
13.1.29
13.1.30
13.1.31
13.1.32
13.1.33
13.1.34
13.1.35
13.1.36
13.1.37
13.1.38
13.1.39
13.1.40
13.1.41
13.1.42
13.1.43
13.1.44
"PositionLimits_HW" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)...................................... 303
"Homing" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)...................................................... 304
"Override" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)..................................................... 305
"PositionControl" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................................... 305
"SetpointFilter" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).............................................. 306
"DynamicAxisModel" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)..................................... 307
"FollowingError" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................................ 307
"PositioningMonitoring" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................ 308
"StandstillSignal" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................................... 308
"StatusPositioning" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................................ 309
"StatusDrive" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................................. 309
"StatusServo" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................................ 310
"StatusProvidedLeadingValue" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)....................... 311
"StatusSensor[1..4]" tags (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).................................... 311
"StatusExtrapolation" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).................................... 312
"StatusSynchronizedMotion" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)......................... 313
"StatusKinematicsMotion" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................. 315
"StatusTorqueData" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)....................................... 316
"StatusMotionIn" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)........................................... 316
"StatusWord" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)................................................. 317
"StatusWord2" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................................... 319
"ErrorWord" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).................................................. 319
"ErrorDetail" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).................................................. 321
"WarningWord" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................................. 321
"ControlPanel" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)............................................... 322
"InternalToTrace" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T).......................................... 323
13.2
13.2.1
13.2.2
13.2.3
13.2.4
13.2.5
13.2.6
13.2.7
13.2.8
13.2.9
13.2.10
13.2.11
13.2.12
13.2.13
13.2.14
Tags of the cam technology object (S7-1500T).................................................................. 323
Legend (S7-1500T)........................................................................................................... 323
"Point[1..1000]" tag (cam of type "TO_Cam") (S7-1500T)................................................... 323
"Point[1..10000]" tag (cam of type "TO_Cam_10k") (S7-1500T)......................................... 324
"ValidPoint[1..1000]" tag (cam of the "TO_Cam" type) (S7-1500T)..................................... 324
"ValidPoint[1..10000]" tag (cam of the "TO_Cam_10k" type) (S7-1500T)............................ 324
"Segment[1..50]" tag (cam) (S7-1500T)............................................................................ 325
"ValidSegment[1..50]" tag (cam) (S7-1500T)..................................................................... 325
"InterpolationSettings" tag (cam) (S7-1500T).................................................................... 326
"StatusCam" tag (cam of the "TO_Cam" type) (S7-1500T)................................................... 326
"StatusCam" tag (cam of the "TO_Cam_10k" type) (S7-1500T)........................................... 327
"StatusWord" tag (cam) (S7-1500T)................................................................................... 327
"ErrorWord" tag (cam) (S7-1500T)..................................................................................... 328
"ErrorDetail" tag (cam) (S7-1500T).................................................................................... 329
"WarningWord" tag (cam) (S7-1500T)................................................................................ 329
13.3
13.3.1
13.3.2
13.3.3
13.3.4
13.3.5
13.3.6
Tags of the leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)............................................. 330
Legend (S7-1500T)........................................................................................................... 330
Leading value (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)................................................................... 330
"Interface" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T).................................................................. 330
"Parameter" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)................................................................ 331
"StatusExternalLeadingValue" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)..................................... 331
"StatusWord" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T).............................................................. 332
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Table of contents
13.3.7
13.3.8
13.3.9
"'ErrorWord" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)............................................................... 332
"ErrorDetail" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)............................................................... 333
"WarningWord" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)........................................................... 333
Index................................................................................................................................................... 335
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
11
Introduction (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
1
Purpose of the documentation
This documentation provides important information that you need to configure and
commission the integrated Motion Control functionality of the S7‑1500 Automation systems.
Required basic knowledge
In order to understand this documentation, the following knowledge is required:
• General knowledge in the field of automation
• General knowledge in the field of drive engineering and motion control
Validity of the documentation
This documentation is valid for the S7-1500 product range.
Conventions
• For the path settings in the project navigation it is presumed that the "Technology objects"
object is opened in the CPU subtree. The "Technology object" placeholder represents the
name of the technology object.
Example: "Technology object > Configuration > Basic parameters".
• The <TO> placeholder represents the name set in tags for the respective technology
object.
Example: <TO>.Actor.Type
• This documentation contains pictures of the devices described. The pictures may differ in
minor details from the devices supplied.
You should also observe the notes that are marked as follows:
NOTE
A note contains important information about the product described in the documentation,
about the handling of the product, and about sections in this documentation demanding
your particular attention.
Industry Mall
The Industry Mall is the catalog and ordering system of Siemens AG for automation and drive
solutions on the basis of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and Totally Integrated Power
(TIP).
12
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Introduction (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
1.1 S7-1500 Motion Control Documentation Guide (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
You can find catalogs for all automation and drive products on the Internet
(https://mall.industry.siemens.com).
1.1
S7-1500 Motion Control Documentation Guide (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
Product information
Please also note the supplementary information on the Motion Control documentation:
• Product information on the S7-1500/1500T Motion Control documentation
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109794046
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109794046)
Documentation
The documentation of the Motion Control functions is divided into the following documents:
• S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control Overview
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109812056
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109812056)
This document describes the innovations in the technology versions, functions that are
used for all technology objects, and the process response of Motion Control applications.
• S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control alarms and error IDs
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109812061
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109812061)
This document describes the technology alarms of the technology objects and the error
identifications of the Motion Control instructions.
• S7-1500/S7-1500T Axis functions
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109812057
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109812057)
This document describes the drive and encoder connection and functions for single-axis
movements.
• S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109812059
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109812059)
This document describes gearing, velocity synchronous operation and camming as well as
cross-PLC synchronous operation.
• S7-1500/S7-1500T Measuring input and cam functions
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109812060
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109812060)
This document describes the detection of the actual position via a measuring input and
the output of switching signals via output cam or cam track.
• S7-1500/S7-1500T Kinematics functions
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109812058
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109812058)
This document describes the control of kinematics with up to 6 interpolating axes.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
13
Introduction (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
1.2 Function Manuals documentation guide (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
See also
Topic page "SIMATIC Technology - Motion Control: Overview and Important
Links"
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109751049
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109751049)
1.2
Function Manuals documentation guide (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
1.2.1
Information classes Function Manuals (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The documentation for the SIMATIC S7‑1500 automation system, for the 1513/1516pro-2 PN,
SIMATIC Drive Controller CPUs based on SIMATIC S7‑1500 and the SIMATIC ET 200MP,
ET 200SP, ET 200AL and ET 200eco PN distributed I/O systems is arranged into three areas.
This arrangement enables you to access the specific content you require.
You can download the documentation free of charge from the Internet
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109742705).
Basic information
The system manuals and Getting Started describe in detail the configuration, installation,
wiring and commissioning of the SIMATIC S7‑1500, SIMATIC Drive Controller, ET 200MP,
ET 200SP, ET 200AL and ET 200eco PN systems. Use the corresponding operating instructions
for 1513/1516pro-2 PN CPUs.
The STEP 7 online help supports you in the configuration and programming.
Examples:
• Getting Started S7-1500
• System manuals
• Operating instructions ET 200pro and 1516pro-2 PN CPU
• Online help TIA Portal
Device information
Equipment manuals contain a compact description of the module-specific information, such
as properties, wiring diagrams, characteristics and technical specifications.
Examples:
• Equipment manuals for CPUs
• Equipment manuals for interface modules
• Equipment manuals for digital modules
• Equipment manuals for analog modules
• Equipment manuals for communication modules
• Equipment manuals for technology modules
• Equipment manuals for power supply modules
• Equipment manuals for BaseUnits
14
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Introduction (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
1.2 Function Manuals documentation guide (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
General information
The function manuals contain detailed descriptions on general topics relating to the
SIMATIC Drive Controller and the S7-1500 automation system.
Examples:
• Function Manual Diagnostics
• Function Manual Communication
• Function Manuals Motion Control
• Function Manual Web Server
• Function Manual Cycle and Response Times
• PROFINET Function Manual
• PROFIBUS Function Manual
Product Information
Changes and supplements to the manuals are documented in a Product Information. The
Product Information takes precedence over the device and system manuals.
You will find the latest Product Information on the Internet:
• S7-1500/ET 200MP (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/68052815)
• SIMATIC Drive Controller
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/109772684/en)
• Motion Control (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/109794046/en)
• ET 200SP (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/73021864)
• ET 200eco PN (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109765611)
Manual Collections
The Manual Collections contain the complete documentation of the systems put together in
one file.
You will find the Manual Collections on the Internet:
• S7-1500/ET 200MP/SIMATIC Drive Controller
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/86140384)
• ET 200SP (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/84133942)
• ET 200AL (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/95242965)
• ET 200eco PN (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109781058)
1.2.2
Basic tools (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tools described below support you in all steps: from planning, over commissioning, all
the way to analysis of your system.
TIA Selection Tool
The TIA Selection Tool tool supports you in the selection, configuration, and ordering of
devices for Totally Integrated Automation (TIA).
As successor of the SIMATIC Selection Tools , it assembles the configuration editors for
automation technology already familiar into a single tool.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
15
Introduction (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
1.2 Function Manuals documentation guide (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
With the TIA Selection Tool , you can generate a complete order list from your product
selection or product configuration.
You can find the TIA Selection Tool on the Internet.
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109767888)
SIMATIC Automation Tool
You can use the SIMATIC Automation Tool to perform commissioning and maintenance
activities on various SIMATIC S7 stations as bulk operations independent of TIA Portal.
The SIMATIC Automation Tool offers a wide range of functions:
• Scanning of a PROFINET/Ethernet system network and identification of all connected CPUs
• Assignment of addresses (IP, subnet, Gateway) and device name (PROFINET device) to a
CPU
• Transfer of the date and the programming device/PC time converted to UTC time to the
module
• Program download to CPU
• RUN/STOP mode switchover
• CPU localization through LED flashing
• Reading out of CPU error information
• Reading the CPU diagnostic buffer
• Reset to factory settings
• Firmware update of the CPU and connected modules
You can find the SIMATIC Automation Tool on the Internet.
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/98161300)
PRONETA
SIEMENS PRONETA (PROFINET network analysis) is a commissioning and diagnostic tool for
PROFINET networks. PRONETA Basic has two core functions:
• The "Network analysis" offers a quick overview of the PROFINET topology. It is possible to
make simple parameter changes (for example, to the names and IP addresses of the
devices). In addition, a quick and convenient comparison of the real configuration with a
reference system is also possible.
• The "IO test" is a simple and rapid test of the wiring and the module configuration of a
plant, including documentation of the test results.
You can find SIEMENS PRONETA Basic on the Internet:
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/67460624)
SIEMENS PRONETA Professional is a licensed product that offers you additional functions. It
offers you simple asset management in PROFINET networks and supports operators of
automation systems in automatic data collection/acquisition of the components used through
various functions:
• The user interface (API) offers an access point to the automation cell to automate the scan
functions using MQTT or a command line.
• With PROFIenergy diagnostics, you can quickly detect the current pause mode or the
readiness for operation of devices that support PROFIenergy and change these as needed.
• The data record wizard supports PROFINET developers in reading and writing acyclic
PROFINET data records quickly and easily without PLC and engineering.
16
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Introduction (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
1.2 Function Manuals documentation guide (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
You can find SIEMENS PRONETA Professional on the Internet.
(https://www.siemens.com/proneta-professional)
SINETPLAN
SINETPLAN, the Siemens Network Planner, supports you in planning automation systems and
networks based on PROFINET. The tool facilitates professional and predictive dimensioning of
your PROFINET installation as early as in the planning stage. In addition, SINETPLAN supports
you during network optimization and helps you to exploit network resources optimally and to
plan reserves. This helps to prevent problems in commissioning or failures during productive
operation even in advance of a planned operation. This increases the availability of the
production plant and helps improve operational safety.
The advantages at a glance
• Network optimization thanks to port-specific calculation of the network load
• Increased production availability thanks to online scan and verification of existing systems
• Transparency before commissioning through importing and simulation of existing STEP 7
projects
• Efficiency through securing existing investments in the long term and the optimal use of
resources
You can find SINETPLAN on the Internet
(https://new.siemens.com/global/en/products/automation/industrialcommunication/profinet/sinetplan.html).
1.2.3
SIMATIC Technical Documentation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Additional SIMATIC documents will complete your information. You can find these
documents and their use at the following links and QR codes.
The Industry Online Support gives you the option to get information on all topics. Application
examples support you in solving your automation tasks.
Overview of the SIMATIC Technical Documentation
Here you will find an overview of the SIMATIC documentation available in Siemens Industry
Online Support:
Industry Online Support International
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109742705)
Watch this short video to find out where you can find the overview directly in Siemens
Industry Online Support and how to use Siemens Industry Online Support on your mobile
device:
Quick introduction to the technical documentation of automation products per
video (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/us/en/view/109780491)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
17
Introduction (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
1.2 Function Manuals documentation guide (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
YouTube video: Siemens Automation Products - Technical Documentation at a
Glance (https://youtu.be/TwLSxxRQQsA)
mySupport
With "mySupport" you can get the most out of your Industry Online Support.
Registration
You must register once to use the full functionality of "mySupport". After registra­
tion, you can create filters, favorites and tabs in your personal workspace.
Support requests Your data is already filled out in support requests, and you can get an overview of
your current requests at any time.
Documentation
In the Documentation area you can build your personal library.
Favorites
You can use the "Add to mySupport favorites" to flag especially interesting or fre­
quently needed content. Under "Favorites", you will find a list of your flagged
entries.
Recently viewed
articles
The most recently viewed pages in mySupport are available under "Recently viewed
articles".
CAx data
The CAx data area gives you access to the latest product data for your CAx or CAe
system. You configure your own download package with a few clicks:
• Product images, 2D dimension drawings, 3D models, internal circuit diagrams,
EPLAN macro files
• Manuals, characteristics, operating manuals, certificates
• Product master data
You can find "mySupport" on the Internet. (https://support.industry.siemens.com/My/ww/en)
Application examples
The application examples support you with various tools and examples for solving your
automation tasks. Solutions are shown in interplay with multiple components in the system separated from the focus on individual products.
You can find the application examples on the Internet.
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/ae)
18
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Safety instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
2
Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the
secure operation of plants, systems, machines and networks.
In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks against cyber threats, it is
necessary to implement – and continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial
security concept. Siemens’ products and solutions constitute one element of such a concept.
Customers are responsible for preventing unauthorized access to their plants, systems,
machines and networks. Such systems, machines and components should only be connected
to an enterprise network or the internet if and to the extent such a connection is necessary
and only when appropriate security measures (e.g. firewalls and/or network segmentation)
are in place.
For additional information on industrial security measures that may be implemented, please
visit (https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity).
Siemens' products and solutions undergo continuous development to make them more
secure. Siemens strongly recommends that product updates are applied as soon as they are
available and that the latest product versions are used. Use of product versions that are no
longer supported, and failure to apply the latest updates may increase customers' exposure to
cyber threats.
To stay informed about product updates, subscribe to the Siemens Industrial Security RSS
Feed visit (https://www.siemens.com/cert).
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
19
New features V7.0 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
3
Technology version V7.0 contains the following new features:
Velocity gearing (S7-1500T)
• The "MC_GearInVelocity" instruction is available. With an "MC_GearInVelocity" job, you can
start velocity gearing between a leading axis and a following axis.
• Continuous changing of the gear ratio during operation is possible. While that is
happening, the following axis remains in the status "Synchronous".
Camming (S7-1500T)
• The "MC_CamIn" instruction has been expanded to include the synchronization profile
"SyncProfileReference" = 6. With this setting, the following axis synchronizes in advance
over a pre-definable leading value path, starting from the current leading value position.
The cam is offset accordingly in the master value range.
• For interpolating the cam technology object, you can improve the system performance
using the properties of MC‑Interpolator [OB92]. This is possible with the modular
S7-1500T(F) CPUs and the SIMATIC Drive Controller as of firmware version V3.0.
20
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4
Synchronous operation enables a following axis to be linked to a leading axis and move
synchronously with it. The synchronous operation relationship between the leading and
following axes is specified by a synchronous operation function.
Gearing
During gearing (Page 41), the position of the following axis results from the position of the
leading axis multiplied by the gear ratio. You specify the gear ratio as a ratio of two integers.
The result is a linear synchronous operation function.
Gearing (S7-1500T)
The following axis can be pre-synchronized or post-synchronized via the leading value path or
dynamic parameters. For this purpose, you can specify corresponding reference positions of
leading and following axis that define the relation of the axes to each other.
As an alternative to the setpoint, the extrapolated actual value can be interconnected as a
leading value for synchronous operation. As a result, you can use an external encoder
technology object as the leading value.
In addition, the following axis can be desynchronized to a presettable stop position via the
leading value path or dynamic parameters.
Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
During velocity synchronous operation (Page 74), the velocity of the following axis results
from the velocity of the leading axis multiplied by the gear ratio, regardless of the position.
You specify the gear ratio as a ratio of two integers either once or variably during
synchronization.
Camming (S7-1500T)
During camming (Page 82), the leading axis and following axis are coupled by a synchronous
operation function, which you specify using a cam technology object. The cam technology
object (TO_Cam, TO_Cam_10k) defines a function f(x) by means of interpolation points
and/or segments. Gaps between the defined interpolation points and segments of the cam
are closed by interpolation during runtime of the user program. The transmission behavior
during camming is expressed by the cam curve.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
21
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Synchronous operation phases
A synchronous operation runs in the following phases:
• Pending synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
The following axis waits for the starting conditions of the synchronizing motion to be
fulfilled.
• Synchronization
The following axis is synchronized to the leading value.
• Synchronous motion
The following axis follows the position of the leading axis according to the synchronous
operation function.
• Synchronous operation override
An active synchronous operation is overridden by motion jobs, e.g. "MC_Halt" on the
following axis.
• Waiting synchronization job (S7-1500T)
The following axis waits for the starting conditions of the desynchronization motion to be
fulfilled.
• Desynchronize synchronous operation (S7‑1500T)
The following axis is desynchronized from the leading value. The following axis stops at a
defined position and synchronous operation is ended.
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (Page 168) enables synchronous operation over multiple
controllers. You can configure leading and following axes on different controllers.
The synchronous operation function, e.g. a gearing, is executed on the CPU of the following
axis. The leading axis proxy technology object (TO_LeadingAxisProxy) represents the leading
axis for the local synchronous operation within a CPU. The leading axis proxy evaluates the
leading value telegram and provides the external leading value for the local following axes.
22
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.1 Synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.1
Synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The synchronous axis technology object includes all functions of the positioning axis
technology object.
A synchronous axis can also follow the motions of a leading axis. The synchronous operation
relationship between the leading and following axes is specified by a synchronous operation
function.
You can find an overview of the supported instructions of the synchronous axis technology
object in the section "Motion Control instructions for synchronous operation (Page 28)".
The figure below shows the basic principle of operation of the synchronous axis technology
object:
&RQILJXUDWLRQRIWHFKQRORJ\REMHFWV
7HFKQRORJ\REMHFW
6\QFKURQRXVD[LV
7HFKQRORJ\REMHFW
ZLWKOHDGLQJYDOXH
/HDGLQJYDOXH
6\QFKURQRXVRSHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQ
3RVLWLRQ
VHWSRLQW
3RVLWLRQ
VHWSRLQW
([WUDSRODWLRQ
3RVLWLRQ
FRQWUROOHU
²
$FWXDOSRVLWLRQ
$FWXDOSRVLWLRQ
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
8VHUSURJUDP
0RWLRQ&RQWURO
LQVWUXFWLRQV
6WDWXVHYDOXDWLRQ
6SHHGVHWSRLQW
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
352),1(7
6,1$0,&66
6,1$0,&66
0RWRU
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
0RWRU
23
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.1 Synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Configuration
The following non-isochronous specific configurations correspond to the positioning axis
technology object:
• Basic parameters
– Axis or encoder type
– Units of measure
– Modulo setting
– Virtual axis
– Axis in simulation
• Hardware interface
– Connecting PROFIdrive drives
– Connecting encoders via PROFIdrive
– Transferring drive and encoder parameters automatically
– Connecting stepper motors
– Connecting drives with analog setpoint interface
– Connecting force/torque data via SIEMENS additional telegram 750
• Mechanics
– Configuring drive and encoder direction for positioning axis/synchronous axis
– Configuring the load gear
– Configuring the leadscrew pitch
– Configuring backlash compensation
• Dynamic default values
• Emergency stop
• Limits
– Position limits
– Dynamic limits
– Torque limits
– Fixed stop detection
• Homing
– Active homing
– Passive homing
• Position monitoring functions
– Position monitoring
– Following error
– Standstill signal
• Control loop
– Configuring position controller in the PLC
– Configuring position controller for drives with DSC
– Configuring a dynamic filter
– Switching the position control off and on
You can find a description of the configuration parameters in the "S7-1500/S7-1500T Axis
functions" documentation (Page 13).
24
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
The following configurations of the synchronous axis technology object are specific to
synchronous operation:
• Leading value interconnections (Page 33)
• Leading value settings
– Configuring provision of the leading value (Page 174)
– Configuring the delay time (Page 180)
• Actual value extrapolation (Page 34)
You can find a description of the configuration parameters in the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
synchronous operation functions" documentation (Page 13).
4.2
Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Term definition
The following section discusses the "Cam technology object" in general. This refers to both
the cam technology object of type "TO_Cam" and of type "TO_Cam_10k". If a specific cam
technology object is meant, the type is explicitly mentioned.
Cam technology object
The cam technology object defines a transfer function y = f(x). The dependency of an output
value on an input value is described in this transfer function in a unit-neutral manner. A cam
technology object can be used multiple times.
You can find an overview of the supported instructions of the cam technology object in the
section "Motion Control instructions for synchronous operation (Page 28)".
You define the function y = f(x) in the configuration of the technology object (Page 83) using
interpolation points and/or segments. The cam technology object of the type "TO_Cam" can
contain up to 1000 points. The cam technology object of the type "TO_Cam_10k" can contain
up to 10 000 points. Both technology objects can contain up to 50 segments.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
25
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Ranges between interpolation points and segments are interpolated using the Motion Control
instruction "MC_InterpolateCam (Page 274)". During runtime of the user program, the
settings can be changed/redefined via the technology data block as described in the section
"Changing the synchronous operation function of the cam online (Page 113)".
I[
[
An interpolated cam can be applied as a synchronous operation function for camming (Page
82).
26
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
The figure below shows the basic operating principle of the cam technology object:
5FDIOPMPHZPCKFDU
$BN
ZG Y
6TFSQSPHSBN
.PUJPO$POUSPM
JOTUSVDUJPOT
*OUFSQPMBUJPO
/P Y Z
Z
4UBUVTFWBMVBUJPO
*OUFSQPMBUJPO
QPJOUT
TFHNFOUT
Y
$PO꫼HVSBUJPOPGUFDIOPMPHZPCKFDUT
5FDIOPMPHZPCKFDU
4ZODISPOPVTBYJT
5FDIOPMPHZPCKFDU
XJUIQPTJUJPOWBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
4ZODISPOPVTPQFSBUJPO
GVODUJPO
1PTJUJPO
TFUQPJOU
&YUSBQPMBUJPO
"DUVBM
QPTJUJPO
$PNNVOJDBUJPO
1PTJUJPO
TFUQPJOU
‫ܢ‬
1PTJUJPO
DPOUSPMMFS
"DUVBM
QPTJUJPO
4QFFE
TFUQPJOU
6TFSQSPHSBN
.PUJPO$POUSPM
JOTUSVDUJPOT
4UBUVTFWBMVBUJPO
$PNNVOJDBUJPO
130'*/&5
4*/".*$44
0RWRU
4*/".*$44
0RWRU
Configuration
The following configurations are available in the cam technology object:
• Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (Page 83)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
27
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.3 Leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)
4.3
Leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)
With cross-PLC synchronous operation, the leading axis proxy technology object represents
the leading axis for local synchronous operation within a CPU. The leading axis proxy adjust
the time of the leading value so that the following axes on the different CPUs are
synchronous, and it provides the leading value for the local following axes.
You can find an overview of the supported instructions of the leading axis proxy technology
object in the section "Motion Control instructions for synchronous operation (Page 28)".
The figure below shows the basic principle of operation of the leading axis proxy technology
object:
$PO꫼HVSBUJPOPGUFDIOPMPHZPCKFDUT
5FDIOPMPHZPCKFDU
-FBEJOHBYJTQSPYZ
-FBEJOHWBMVF
5FDIOPMPHZPCKFDU
4ZODISPOPVTBYJT
4ZODISPOPVTPQFSBUJPO
GVODUJPO
1PTJUJPO
TFUQPJOU
6TFSQSPHSBN
.PUJPO$POUSPM
JOTUSVDUJPOT
4UBUVTFWBMVBUJPO
5FNQPSBM
BEBQUBUJPO
$PNNVOJDBUJPO
‫ܢ‬
1PTJUJPO
DPOUSPMMFS
"DUVBM
QPTJUJPO
4QFFE
TFUQPJOU
$PNNVOJDBUJPO
-FBEJOHWBMVF
UFMFHSBN
130'*/&5
4*/".*$44
0RWRU
Configuration
The following configurations are available in the leading axis proxy technology object:
• Basic parameters
• Leading value settings
– Configuring provision of the leading value (Page 174)
– Configuring the tolerance time (Page 177)
– Configuring the delay time (Page 180)
28
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.4 Motion Control instructions for synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.4
Motion Control instructions for synchronous operation (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
You execute the functions of the synchronous axis, cam and leading axis proxy technology
objects using Motion Control instructions in your user program or using the TIA Portal (under
"Technology object > Commissioning").
The following table shows the additional Motion Control instructions for synchronous
operation that are supported by the technology objects in addition to the axis functions:
Motion Control instruction
Validity
S7-1500
Technology object
S7-1500T Synchronous axis
(Page 22)
Cam (Page 25)1)
Leading axis
proxy (Page 27)
"MC_Reset"
Acknowledge alarms, restart techno­
logy objects
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
"MC_GearIn"
Start gearing
✓
✓
✓
-
✓
"MC_GearInPos"
Start gearing with specified synchron­
ous positions
-
✓
✓
-
✓
"MC_GearInVelocity"
Start velocity synchronous operation
-
✓
✓
-
✓
"MC_PhasingRelative"
Relative shift of leading value on the
following axis
-
✓
✓
-
✓
"MC_PhasingAbsolute"
Absolute shift of leading value on the
following axis
-
✓
✓
-
✓
"MC_OffsetRelative"
Relative shift of following value on the
following axis.
-
✓
✓
-
-
"MC_OffsetAbsolute"
Absolute shift of following value on the
following axis.
-
✓
✓
-
-
"MC_CamIn"
Start camming
-
✓
✓
✓
✓
"MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation"
Simulate synchronous operation
-
✓
✓
-
-
"MC_LeadingValueAdditive"
Specify additive leading value
-
✓
✓
-
-
"MC_GearOut"
Desynchronize gearing
-
✓
✓
-
-
"MC_CamOut"
Desynchronize camming
-
✓
✓
-
-
"MC_InterpolateCam"
Interpolate cam disc
-
✓
-
✓
-
1)
Applies to both the cam technology object of the type "TO_Cam" and to the type "TO_Cam_10k".
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
29
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.4 Motion Control instructions for synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Motion Control instruction
Validity
S7-1500
Technology object
S7-1500T Synchronous axis
(Page 22)
Cam (Page 25)1)
Leading axis
proxy (Page 27)
"MC_GetCamLeadingValue"
Read out leading value of a cam
-
✓
-
✓
-
"MC_GetCamFollowingValue"
Read out following value of a cam disc
-
✓
-
✓
-
"MC_CopyCamData"
Copy calculated cam elements
-
✓
-
✓
-
1)
Applies to both the cam technology object of the type "TO_Cam" and to the type "TO_Cam_10k".
30
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.5 Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.5
Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation
(S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The following graphic shows the general influence of the Motion Control instructions on the
following axis in synchronous operation:
/HDGLQJD[LV
/HDGLQJYDOXH
0&B/HDGLQJ9DOXH$GGLWLYH
0&B3KDVLQJ$EVROXWH
0&B3KDVLQJ5HODWLYH
0&B*HDU,Q0&B*HDU,Q3RV
0&B&DP,Q
0&B*HDU,Q9HORFLW\
0&B2IIVHW$EVROXWH
0&B2IIVHW5HODWLYH
0&B0RYH6XSHULPSRVHG
0&B0RWLRQ,Q6XSHULPSRVHG
)ROORZLQJYDOXH
)ROORZLQJD[LV
①
Effective leading value
(<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLeadingValue)
②
Leading value of the synchronous operation function
(<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionLeadingValue)
③
Following value of the synchronous operation function
(<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionFollowingValue)
④
Following value after following value offset
(<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionFollowingValue.Position + <TO>.StatusSynchron­
izedMotion.Offset)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
31
Overview of functions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
4.5 Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Additive leading value
With an "MC_LeadingValueAdditive (Page 271)" job, you specify an additive leading value
(Page 165) cyclically in addition to the active leading value of a following axis.
Leading value offset
With a "MC_PhasingAbsolute (Page 228)" or "MC_PhasingRelative (Page 221)" job you shift
the effective leading value on a following axis in gearing (Page 57) or in camming (Page
147).
A simultaneous following value offset is not permitted. You can only start a new job for
leading value offset once a previous job for following value offset has been completed.
Synchronous operation function
With an "MC_GearIn (Page 206)" or "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)" job, you start a gearing (Page
41) between a leading axis and a following axis.
With an "MC_CamIn (Page 247)" job, you start a camming (Page 82) between a leading axis
and a following axis.
With an "MC_GearInVelocity (Page 217)" job, you start velocity synchronous operation (Page
74) between a leading axis and a following axis.
Following value offset
With an "MC_OffsetAbsolute (Page 241)" or "MC_OffsetRelative (Page 235)" job, you move
the following value on a following axis in gearing (Page 62) or in camming (Page 151).
A simultaneous leading value offset is not permitted. You can only start a new job for
following value offset once a previous job for leading value offset has been completed.
Superimposed motion
With a "MC_MoveSuperimposed" job, you superimpose the following value with a relative
positioning motion independent of the motion of the leading axis.
With a "MC_MotionInSuperimposed" job, you superimpose the subsequent value by
specifying values for position, velocity and acceleration for each application cycle. The
superimposed motion is independent of the motion of the leading axis.
In velocity synchronous operation with "MC_GearInVelocity", a superimposed motion is only
possible if the following axis is in position-controlled mode.
With a "MC_HaltSuperimposed" job, you stop a superimposed motion independently of the
base motion.
32
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Preparing synchronous operation (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
5.1
5
Creating technology objects (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
For synchronous operation, you need technology objects for the leading and following axes.
You can also create multiple following axes for one leading axis. For a camming, you also
need a cam technology object (S7-1500T).
Requirement
• You have created an S7-1500 CPU for gearing with "MC_GearIn (Page 206)".
Note that an actual value coupling is only possible with an S7-1500T CPU.
• You have created an S7-1500T CPU for one of the following synchronous operation types:
– Gearing with specified synchronous position with "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)"
– Velocity synchronous operation with "MC_GearInVelocity (Page 217)"
– Camming with "MC_CamIn (Page 247)"
Procedure
To create technology objects for synchronous operation, follow these steps:
1. As leading axis, create one of the technology objects:
– Positioning axis
– Synchronous axis
– External encoder (S7‑1500T)
2. As following axis, create a synchronous axis technology object.
3. Configure the configuration parameters of the leading and following axes that are not
specific for synchronous operation. You can find a description of the configuration
parameters in the "S7-1500/S7-1500T Axis functions" documentation (Page 13).
4. For a camming, create a cam technology object (S7-1500T).
5.2
Defining leading value interconnection (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
5.2.1
Interconnecting the leading value (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
A leading value for a synchronous operation is provided by a leading axis or an external
encoder (S7‑1500T). The leading value is specified and coupled in the user program with the
call of the corresponding Motion Control instruction for synchronous operation. The leading
value is switched when you call the Motion Control instruction again, specifying a different
leading axis.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
33
Preparing synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
5.2 Defining leading value interconnection (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The following rules apply to the master value coupling:
• A leading axis or an external encoder (S7-1500T) can output the leading value for multiple
following axes.
• You can interconnect a following axis with multiple leading value-capable technology
objects. The following technology objects are leading value-capable:
– Positioning axis
– Synchronous axis (Page 22)
– External encoder (S7-1500T)
The Leading axis proxy technology object is only relevant for a cross-PLC synchronous
operation (Page 168) (S7-1500T).
All interconnections required during operation must be set up during the configuration of
the synchronous axis technology object.
• You can select only one leading value at a time to be coupled and evaluated during the
runtime of your user program.
• The leading values and following values are coupled without conversion in the respective
configured unit of measure. If, for example, a linear leading axis moves by 10 mm, a
rotary following axis moves by 10° with a gear ratio of 1:1.
Procedure
To interconnect the required leading values of a following axis, follow these steps:
1. Open the "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value interconnections"
configuration window of the synchronous axis.
2. In the "Possible leading values" table column, add all leading value-capable technology
objects that you need during operation as leading values for the following axis.
You can use the technology objects added to the table with the corresponding Motion
Control instruction as leading values for the following axis. All configured leading value
interconnections for the technology object are displayed in the cross-reference list of the
technology object.
3. Select the coupling type of the leading value in the "Type of coupling" table column:
– Setpoint coupling (Page 34)
– Actual value coupling (Page 34) (S7-1500T)
The "Delayed" selection is only relevant for a cross-PLC synchronous operation (Page 168)
(S7-1500T).
5.2.2
Setpoint coupling (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
With a setpoint coupling, the setpoints of the leading axis are used as the leading value for
the synchronous operation.
The setpoints of the following technology objects can be connected as leading value for the
synchronous operation:
• Positioning axis
• Synchronous axis
• Leading axis proxy (S7-1500T)
34
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Preparing synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
5.2 Defining leading value interconnection (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
5.2.3
Actual value coupling and actual value extrapolation (S7-1500T)
For applications in which setpoint coupling is not possible, e.g. when using an external
encoder, or does not make sense from a technical perspective, the S7-1500T CPU also offers
actual value coupling for synchronous operation. In actual value coupling, the extrapolated
actual values of a technology object are used as the leading value.
The actual values of the following technology objects can be used as a leading value for the
synchronous operation:
• Positioning axis
• Synchronous axis
• External encoder
Actual value extrapolation of the leading value
With an actual value coupling, delay times result from the processing of the actual values. To
compensate for these delay times, the actual value is extrapolated on the leading value side.
This means that the leading value is extrapolated based on previously known values.
Delay times at constant velocity or at constant acceleration or deceleration can be
compensated for with the extrapolation. For technical reasons, changes of acceleration or
deceleration (jerk) during extrapolation always cause a displacement of the following axis
relative to the leading value.
The effective extrapolation time consists of a leading axis-dependent part, a configured
following axis-dependent part and, optionally, the time from the cross-PLC synchronous
operation:
• Leading axis-dependent part
The leading axis-dependent part is calculated automatically and displayed at the leading
axis in the "<TO>.Extrapolation.LeadingAxisDependentTime" tag of the technology object.
You can disable the leading axis-dependent part using the tag
"<TO>.Extrapolation.Settings.SystemDefinedExtrapolation" = 0.
• Following axis-caused part
The part caused by the leading axis is calculated automatically and displayed at the
following axis in the "<TO>.StatusPositioning.SetpointExecutionTime" tag of the
technology object. You configure the value under "Technology object > Configuration >
Extended parameters > Actual value extrapolation"
(<TO>.Extrapolation.FollowingAxisDependentTime).
• Time from the cross-PLC synchronous operation
For cross-PLC synchronous operation, the output delay of the leading value at the locally
coupled following axes is automatically taken into account. The displayed value is equal to
the leading value delay and corresponds to the delay time entered at the leading axis or at
the external encoder. You configure the delay time under "Technology object >
Configuration > Leading value settings"
(<TO>.CrossPlcSynchronousOperation.LocalLeadingValueDelayTime).
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
35
Preparing synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
5.2 Defining leading value interconnection (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The extrapolated actual value is evaluated with a configurable hysteresis before it is output as
the leading value. The hysteresis evaluation prevents an inversion of the leading value, which
may result from extrapolation of a noisy value.
NOTICE
Machine damage
If you change the extrapolation time during user program runtime in increments that are too
large, damage to the machine may occur.
Change the extrapolation time only by a small amount.
The following diagram shows the sequence of the actual value extrapolation.
37ILOWHU
([WUDSRODWLRQZLWKK\VWHUHVLV
[DFWXDOYDOXH
/HDGLQJD[LV
)ROORZLQJD[LV
[OHDGLQJYDOXH
37ILOWHU
7ROHUDQFHEDQG
YDFWXDOYDOXH
&URVV
3/&
YOHDGLQJYDOXH
①
Actual position value
②
Actual velocity value
③
Position filter T1 (<TO>.Extrapolation.PositionFilter.T1) and T2 (<TO>.Extrapolation.PositionFilter.T2)
④
Velocity filters T1 (<TO>.Extrapolation.VelocityFilter.T1) and T2 (<TO>.Extrapolation.VelocityFilter.T2)
⑤
Tolerance band width for velocity (<TO>.Extrapolation.VelocityTolerance.Range)
⑥
Hysteresis value in the configured unit of length (<TO>.Extrapolation.Hysteresis.Value)
⑦
Extrapolation time component caused by the leading axis (<TO>.Extrapolation.LeadingAxisDependentTime)
⑧
Extrapolation time component caused by the following axis (<TO>.Extrapolation.FollowingAxisDependentTime)
⑨
Portion of the extrapolation time from the cross-PLC synchronous operation (<TO>.CrossPlcSynchronousOpera­
tion.LocalLeadingValueDelayTime)
⑩
Extrapolated leading value position
⑪
Extrapolated leading value velocity, depending on the switch position:
• Leading value velocity from the extrapolation with hysteresis ("<TO>.Extrapolation.Settings.ExtrapolatedVelo­
cityMode" = 1)
• Leading value velocity from the filtered actual velocity value ("<TO>.Extrapolation.Settings.ExtrapolatedVelo­
cityMode" = 0)
Filtering the actual values
Noisy encoder signals lead to high velocity step changes, which also affect the extrapolation.
These step changes can be reduced or compensated for by using suitable filter settings. The
position filter is a PT2 filter. The velocity filter is a PT2 filter with configurable tolerance
bandwidth.
36
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Preparing synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
5.2 Defining leading value interconnection (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The actual position value is blended by the actual position filter. The actual velocity value is
blended by the velocity filter and further "stabilized" by the tolerance band. The filtered
position value is then extrapolated taking into account the filtered velocity value.
The leading value velocity results from the extrapolated leading value position or from the
filtered velocity value without extrapolation
("<TO>.Extrapolation.Settings.ExtrapolatedVelocityMode" = 0).
Recommended settings.
Set the total of the time constants T1 and T2 of the position filter significantly smaller than
the time constants T1 and T2 of the velocity filter.
Tolerance band
The tolerance band acts on the filtered velocity value in the interpolation cycle. The position
of the tolerance band is automatically shifted in the direction of the velocity value as soon as
it changes in one direction by more than half of the tolerance band from the last output
value.
A new output value is simultaneously formed with the shift of the tolerance band. This
corresponds to the filtered velocity value minus half the tolerance band. As long as the
velocity value remains within the tolerance band, no new output value is formed.
W
U
①
Tolerance band
Filtered velocity before tolerance band
Filtered velocity according to tolerance band
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
37
Preparing synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
5.2 Defining leading value interconnection (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Hysteresis
The hysteresis acts on the filtered extrapolated position value in the interpolation cycle. A
change of direction only takes effect when the position value changes in the direction
opposite at least by the hysteresis value. The hysteresis/reversal tolerance prevents undesired
reversing of the leading value on a position reversal within the tolerance band.
Y
U
①
Hysteresis/reversal tolerance
Extrapolated position before hysteresis/reversal tolerance
Extrapolated position after hysteresis/reversal tolerance
Configuring actual value extrapolation
To configure the actual value extrapolation of the leading value, follow these steps:
1. Open the "Technology object > Configuration > Extended parameters > Actual value
extrapolation" configuration window of the leading axis.
2. In the "Position filter T1" and "Position filter T2" input fields, enter the time constants of
the PT2 filter for smoothing the position.
3. In the "Hysteresis value" input field, enter a value for applying the hysteresis function to
the extrapolated actual value of the position. The specification is made in the configured
length unit.
4. In the "Velocity filter T1" and "Velocity filter T2" input fields, enter the time constants of
the PT2 filter for smoothing the actual velocity.
5. In the "Tolerance band width" input field, enter the tolerance band width of the smoothed
actual velocity. For optimized application of the tolerance band, enter the same
bandwidth for the tolerance band as the width of the noise signal.
6. In the "Following axis" input field, specify the following axis proportion for the
extrapolation of the leading value. The value (unchanged or offset against user-specific
runtimes) from the "<TO>.StatusPositioning.SetpointExecutionTime" tag of the following
axis is used as the basis.
The leading axis-dependent extrapolation is displayed in the "Leading axis" field. The
leading axis-dependent extrapolation time is calculated from the sum of the actual value
acquisition time at the leading axis, (Ti), the interpolator time (TIpo) and the sum of
position filters T1 and T2:
Leading axis-dependent extrapolation time = Ti + TIpo + T1 + T2
38
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Preparing synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
5.2 Defining leading value interconnection (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The time from a cross-PLC synchronous operation is displayed in the "cross-PLC" field. The
time from the cross-PLC synchronous operation corresponds to the set delay time in the
configuration window "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value settings".
7. To apply the leading value velocity from the differentiation of the extrapolated leading
value position, select the "Activate differentiation" check box. Otherwise, the filtered
actual value velocity is applied.
8. To take the leading axis-dependent extrapolation into account when calculating the
effective extrapolation time, select the "Consider leading axis" check box. Otherwise, the
leading axis-dependent extrapolation is not taken into account when calculating the
effective extrapolation time.
In the "Effective extrapolation time" field, the sum of the leading-axis time, the following
axis- dependent time and the delay time of the cross-PLC synchronization is displayed.
A guideline to configuring the actual value extrapolation can be found in Siemens Industry
Online Support in FAQ entry 109763337
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109763337).
5.2.4
Tags: Actual value extrapolation (S7-1500T)
The following technology object tags are relevant for the actual value extrapolation:
Configuration
Tag
Description
<TO>.CrossPlcSynchronousOperation.LocalLead­ For cross-PLC synchronous operation:
ingValueDelayTime
The delay time of leading value output to the local following axes
<TO>.Extrapolation.LeadingAxisDependentTime On the leading axis:
Leading axis-dependent portion of the extrapolation time, which results
from Ti, TIpo, and TFilter.
<TO>.Extrapolation.FollowingAxisDependent­
Time
On the leading axis:
Following-axis dependent portion of the extrapolation time
Enter the value from the "<TO>.StatusPositioning.SetpointExecutionTime"
tag of the following axis (unchanged or compensated with user-specific
times).
<TO>.Extrapolation.Settings.SystemDefinedExtra­ Effectiveness of the leading axis-dependent portion of the extrapolation
polation
time (<TO>.Extrapolation.LeadingAxisDependentTime)
<TO>.Extrapolation.Settings.ExtrapolatedVelo­
cityMode
0
Not effective
1
Effective
0
"FilteredVelocity"
Leading value velocity from filtered actual velocity
1
"VelocityByDifferentiation"
Leading value velocity from differentiation of the extrapolated
leading value position
<TO>.Extrapolation.PositionFilter.T1
Position filter time constant T1
<TO>.Extrapolation.PositionFilter.T2
Position filter time constant T2
<TO>.Extrapolation.VelocityFilter.T1
Velocity filter time constant T1
<TO>.Extrapolation.VelocityFilter.T2
Velocity filter time constant T2
<TO>.Extrapolation.VelocityTolerance.Range
Tolerance band width for velocity
<TO>.Extrapolation.Hysteresis.Value
Hysteresis value (in the configured unit of length)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
39
Preparing synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
5.3 Position control in synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Status indicators
Tag
Description
<TO>.StatusPositioning.SetpointExecutionTime
Setpoint execution time of the axis
Results from TIpo, Tvtc or 1/kv, TSend and TO of the axis.
5.3
Position control in synchronous operation (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Gearing/camming with setpoint coupling
A following axis is set into position-controlled operation with the start of a synchronous
operation job. If the leading axis is in non-position-controlled operation at the start of the
synchronous operation job, the technology alarm 603 is output and the technology object is
disabled (alarm response: remove enable). Synchronization is started only after the position
control has been activated and the start position of the synchronization has been reached.
NOTE
Switching the operating mode of the leading axis
If the leading axis is set to non-position-controlled operation during active synchronous
operation, the setpoint of the leading axis is set to zero.
The coupling gives the setpoint of the following axis a setpoint step-change. The setpoint
step-change is compensated according to the constant function. The only limiting factor is
the maximum speed of the drive. A following error may occur on the following axis.
Gearing/camming with actual value coupling (S7-1500T)
A following axis is set into position-controlled operation with the start of a synchronous
operation job. If the leading axis is in non-position-controlled operation at the start of the
synchronous operation and the actual values are valid, the following axis is synchronized.
If the leading axis is set to the non-position-controlled mode during active synchronization,
the synchronization remains active.
Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
A following axis can be operated in position-controlled or non-position-controlled mode
during active synchronous operation (Page 76). You specify the operating mode of the
following axis at the "MC_GearInVelocity" job.
The operating mode of the leading axis is irrelevant during an active synchronous operation.
40
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.1
6
Gearing with "MC_GearIn" (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearIn (Page 206)", you start gearing between a
leading axis and a following axis. During gearing, the position of the following axis results
from the position of the leading axis multiplied by the gear ratio. You specify the gear ratio as
a ratio of two integers. The result is a linear synchronous operation function.
You can start synchronous operation when the leading axis is at a standstill or when it is in
motion. Synchronous travel begins after synchronization when the following axis has reached
the velocity and acceleration of the leading axis, taking into account the gear ratio.
'PMMPXJOH
WBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
Slope of line/transmission ratio
Gear ratio = "MC_GearIn.RatioNumerator"/"MC_GearIn.RatioDenominator"
Synchronization
①
Synchronous position of leading axis starting at which the leading and following axes move
synchronously
②
Synchronous position of following axis starting at which the leading and following axes move
synchronously
You have the following options for gearing with "MC_GearIn":
• Defining gear ratio (Page 41)
• Synchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters (Page 43)
• Synchronous travel in gearing (Page 44)
• Specify additive leading value with "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" (Page 165) (S7-1500T)
• Set gearing to simulation mode with "MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation" (Page 164)
(S7-1500T)
• Desynchronize following axis with "MC_GearOut" (Page 66) (S7‑1500T)
Also note the dynamic limits of the following axis in gearing with "MC_GearIn" (Page 42).
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
41
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.1 Gearing with "MC_GearIn" (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.1.1
Defining gear ratio (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
During gearing, the position of the following axis results from the position of the leading axis
multiplied by the gear ratio. You specify the gear ratio at the Motion Control instruction
"MC_GearIn (Page 206)" as the relationship between two integers (numerator/denominator).
The result is a linear synchronous operation function.
Numerator of the gear ratio
With the "RatioNumerator" parameter, you define the numerator of the gear ratio. You can
define the numerator of the gear ratio as positive or negative. This yields the following
behavior:
• Positive gear ratio:
The leading and following axes move in the same direction.
• Negative gear ratio:
The following axis moves in the opposite direction of the leading axis.
The value "0" is not permitted for the numerator of the gear ratio.
Denominator of the gear ratio
With the "RatioDenominator" parameter, you define the denominator of the gear ratio. Only
positive values are permitted for the denominator of the gear ratio.
Example 1: Positive gear ratio
Leading axis and following axis are rotary axes and each has a traversing range from 0 ° to
360 ° with enabled "Modulo" setting.
Parameter inputs:
• "RatioNumerator" = 5
• "RatioDenominator" = 1
When the leading axis moves by 10 °, the following axis moves by 50 ° in the "Synchronous"
status of the gearing.
Example 2: Negative gear ratio
Leading axis and following axis are rotary axes and each has a traversing range from 0 ° to
360 ° with enabled "Modulo" setting.
Parameter inputs:
• "RatioNumerator" = -3
• "RatioDenominator" = 1
When the leading axis moves by 10 °, the following axis moves by -30 ° in the "Synchronous"
status of the gearing.
42
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.1 Gearing with "MC_GearIn" (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.1.2
Dynamic limits of the following axis in gearing with "MC_GearIn" (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
If a synchronous axis is operated as a following axis in the gearing with the Motion Control
instruction "MC_GearIn (Page 206)", the following dynamic limits apply, depending on the
phase of the synchronous operation:
Synchronization
During the synchronizing phase, dynamic limits configured for the technology object apply to
the following axis.
Synchronous motion/desynchronization (S7-1500T)
During synchronous travel and desynchronization (Page 262), the dynamics of the following
axis are only limited to the maximum speed of the drive
(<TO>.Actor.DriveParameter.MaxSpeed). The dynamics of the following axis results from the
synchronous operation function.
If the dynamic limits configured for the following axis are exceeded, this is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" tags of the technology object. The
SW limit switches continue to be monitored with the configured dynamic limits of the
following axis.
If the following axis cannot follow the leading value, this results in a following error, which is
monitored by the following error monitoring.
Synchronous operation override
As soon as synchronous operation has been overridden (Page 283), the dynamic limits
configured for the technology object apply to the following axis again. With the start of the
overriding job, the active dynamics are transitioned (smoothed) to the configured dynamic
limits and the specifications for the Motion Control instruction.
6.1.3
Synchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters with "MC_GearIn"
(S7-1500, S7-1500T)
During gearing (Page 41), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. Synchronization begins immediately after the "MC_GearIn" job starts.
Parameter inputs
You define the dynamic behavior of the following axis for synchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearIn (Page 206)":
• With the "Acceleration" parameter, you specify the acceleration of the following axis.
• With the "Deceleration" parameter, you specify the deceleration of the following axis.
• With the "Jerk" parameter, you specify the jerk of the following axis.
Observe the dynamic limits (Page 42) of the following axis during synchronization.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
43
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.1 Gearing with "MC_GearIn" (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
During synchronization
Synchronization begins after the "MC_GearIn" job starts. Active motion jobs are overridden.
The synchronization duration and distance are dependent on the following parameters:
• Dynamics of the following axis at the start time of the "MC_GearIn" job
• Dynamic settings for synchronization
• Dynamics of the leading axis
The synchronization is indicated in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X21 (Synchronizing)" tag of the
following axis. The leading value must not reverse during synchronization.
-FBEJOH
WBMVF
U
'PMMPXJOH
WBMVF
U
①
Time when synchronization starts
After synchronization
If the following axis has reached the velocity and the acceleration of the leading axis, taking
into account the gear ratio, the following axis is synchronized. The following axis travels
synchronously with the leading axis.
6.1.4
Synchronous travel in gearing with "MC_GearIn" (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
As soon as the following axis is synchronized to a leading value, the following axis follows the
dynamics of the leading axis according to the gear ratio. The transmission behavior during
gearing is expressed by a linear relationship between the leading value and the following
value.
The following value is calculated as follows:
Position of following axis (following value) = Synchronous position of following axis + gear
ratio × (Position of leading axis - Synchronous position of leading axis)
44
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
The "Synchronous" status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearIn (Page
206)" with the parameter "InGear" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X22 (Synchronous)"
tag of the technology object.
NOTE
Avoid homing the leading axis in synchronous operation
Avoid homing the leading axis during an active synchronous operation. Homing the leading
axis during synchronous operation corresponds to a setpoint step-change on the following
axis. The following axis compensates for the jump according to the synchronous operation
function and limited only to the maximum speed of the drive.
6.2
Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)", you start gearing between a
leading axis and a following axis. During gearing, the position of the following axis results
from the position of the leading axis multiplied by the gear ratio depending on the
synchronous positions. You specify the gear ratio as a ratio of two integers. The result is a
linear synchronous operation function.
In contrast to the gearing with "MC_GearIn" (Page 41), for gearing with "MC_GearInPos" you
also specify the synchronous positions of the leading and following axes, which define the
reference of the axes to one another.
You can start synchronous operation when the leading axis is at a standstill or when it is in
motion. Synchronous travel begins after synchronization when the following axis has reached
the velocity and acceleration of the leading axis, taking into account the gear ratio.
'PMMPXJOHWBMVF
4ZODISPOPVT
QPTJUJPO
'PMMPXJOHBYJT
-FBEJOHWBMVF
4ZODISPOPVTQPTJUJPOPG
MFBEJOHBYJT
Slope of line/transmission ratio
Gear ratio = "MC_GearInPos.RatioNumerator"/"MC_GearInPos.RatioDenominator"
Synchronization in advance
Subsequent synchronization
①
Leading value distance with synchronization in advance
②
Leading value distance with subsequent synchronization
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
45
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
You have the following options for gearing with "MC_GearInPos":
• Defining gear ratio (Page 46)
• Defining direction of synchronization (Page 48)
• Defining synchronous positions and type of synchronization:
– Synchronizing following axis in advance using dynamic parameters (Page 51)
– Synchronizing following axis in advance using leading value distance (Page 53)
– Subsequent synchronizing of following axis using leading value distance (Page 55)
• Synchronous travel in gearing (Page 56)
• Specify additive leading value with "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" (Page 165)
• Offset leading value absolute or relative with "MC_PhasingAbsolute" or
"MC_PhasingRelative" (Page 57)
• Absolute or relative following value offset with "MC_OffsetAbsolute" or
"MC_OffsetRelative" (Page 62)
• Set gearing to simulation mode with "MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation" (Page 164)
• Desynchronize following axis with "MC_GearOut" (Page 66)
• Cancel a pending gearing with "MC_GearOut" (Page 71)
Also note the dynamic limits of the following axis in gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (Page 47).
6.2.1
Defining gear ratio (S7-1500T)
During gearing, the position of the following axis results from the position of the leading axis
multiplied by the gear ratio depending on the synchronous positions. You specify the gear
ratio at the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)" as the relationship
between two integers (numerator/denominator). The result is a linear synchronous operation
function.
Numerator of the gear ratio
With the "RatioNumerator" parameter, you define the numerator of the gear ratio. You can
define the numerator of the gear ratio as positive or negative. This yields the following
behavior:
• Positive gear ratio:
The leading and following axes move in the same direction.
• Negative gear ratio:
The following axis moves in the opposite direction of the leading axis.
The value "0" is not permitted for the numerator of the gear ratio.
Denominator of the gear ratio
With the "RatioDenominator" parameter, you define the denominator of the gear ratio. Only
positive values are permitted for the denominator of the gear ratio.
Example 1: Positive gear ratio
Leading axis and following axis are rotary axes and each has a traversing range from 0 ° to
360 ° with enabled "Modulo" setting.
46
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
Parameter inputs:
• "RatioNumerator" = 5
• "RatioDenominator" = 1
When the leading axis moves by 10 °, the following axis moves by 50 ° in the "Synchronous"
status of the gearing.
Example 2: Negative gear ratio
Leading axis and following axis are rotary axes and each has a traversing range from 0 ° to
360 ° with enabled "Modulo" setting.
Parameter inputs:
• "RatioNumerator" = -3
• "RatioDenominator" = 1
When the leading axis moves by 10 °, the following axis moves by -30 ° in the "Synchronous"
status of the gearing.
6.2.2
Dynamic limits of the following axis in gearing with "MC_GearInPos"
(S7-1500T)
If a synchronous axis is operated as a following axis in the gearing with the Motion Control
instruction "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)", the following dynamic limits apply, depending on the
phase of the synchronous operation:
Pending synchronous operation
If synchronous operation is not active, the configured dynamic limits of the following axis
apply. If synchronous operation is already active, the description in section
"Synchronization/synchronous motion/desynchronization" applies.
Synchronization/synchronous motion/desynchronization
During synchronization, synchronous travel and desynchronization (Page 262), the dynamics
of the following axis are only limited to the maximum speed of the drive
(<TO>.Actor.DriveParameter.MaxSpeed). The dynamics of the following axis results from the
synchronous operation function.
If the dynamic limits configured for the following axis are exceeded, this is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" tags of the technology object. The
SW limit switches continue to be monitored with the configured dynamic limits of the
following axis.
If the following axis cannot follow the leading value, this results in a following error, which is
monitored by the following error monitoring.
Synchronous operation override
As soon as synchronous operation has been overridden (Page 283), the dynamic limits
configured for the technology object apply to the following axis again. With the start of the
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
47
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
overriding job, the active dynamics are transitioned (smoothed) to the configured dynamic
limits and the specifications for the Motion Control instruction.
6.2.3
Synchronizing gearing (S7-1500T)
6.2.3.1
Parameter overview for synchronizing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
During gearing (Page 45), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" you define the type of
synchronization:
SyncProfileReference
Synchronization profile
0
Synchronization in advance using dynamic parameters (Page 51)
1
Synchronization in advance using leading value distance (Page 53)
3
Subsequent synchronization using leading value distance (Page 55)
Depending on the synchronization profile, different parameters of the Motion Control
instruction "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)" are relevant:
Parameters
6.2.3.2
SyncProfileReference
0
1
3
RatioNumerator
✓
✓
✓
RatioDenominator
✓
✓
✓
MasterSyncPosition
✓
✓
✓
SlaveSyncPosition
✓
✓
✓
MasterStartDistance
-
✓
✓
Velocity
✓
-
-
Acceleration
✓
-
-
Deceleration
✓
-
-
Jerk
✓
-
-
SyncDirection
✓
✓
✓
Defining direction of synchronization with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
During gearing (Page 45), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. If you have activated the "Modulo" setting for the following axis, you
can define the direction of the synchronization with the "SyncDirection" parameter of the
Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)".
In the examples below, the transformation ratio is 1:1.
48
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
Positive direction
With "SyncDirection" = 1, the following axis may only travel in positive direction during
synchronization. In this example, the synchronous position is 360.0.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
U
U
U
U
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
U
U
49
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
Negative direction
With "SyncDirection" = 2, the following axis may only travel in negative direction during
synchronization. In this example, the synchronous position is 0.0.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
50
U
U
U
U
U
U
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
Shortest distance
With "SyncDirection" = 3, changes in direction of the following axis are permitted during
synchronization. In this example, the synchronous position is 0.0.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
6.2.3.3
U
U
U
U
U
U
Synchronizing following axis in advance using dynamic parameters with
"MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
During gearing (Page 45), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. During synchronization in advance using dynamic parameters,
synchronization begins in such a way that the leading and following axis are synchronous
when the synchronous positions are reached.
Parameter inputs
You can define the behavior of the following axis for synchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 0, you define the type of synchronization as
synchronization in advance using dynamic parameters.
• With the parameters "MasterSyncPosition" and "SlaveSyncPosition", you define the
synchronous positions of the leading and following axis which determine the relationship
of the axes to each other. For synchronization in advance, the synchronous position is the
position starting from which the leading axis and following axis travel synchronously.
• With the parameters "Velocity", "Acceleration", "Deceleration" and "Jerk" you define the
dynamics for the synchronization of the following axis.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
51
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
Until synchronization
After the start of the "MC_GearInPos" job, a motion profile for the following axis is calculated
continuously. The motion profile is calculated based on the following parameters:
• Specified synchronous positions of the leading and following axis at the Motion Control
instruction
• Specified dynamics of the Motion Control instruction
• Current position and dynamics of the leading and following axes
• Synchronous operation function
The calculation determines the synchronization length and thus the start position of the
leading axis for the synchronization.
The start position of the leading axis is derived in the following way:
Start position = Synchronous position of leading axis - Synchronization length
The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading value has reached the
start position (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 2).
If the leading axis is already in its synchronous position before synchronization, the following
axis must also be moved to its synchronous position, for example, with a "MC_MoveAbsolute"
job. If the leading and following axes are already at their synchronous positions when the
"MC_GearInPos" job is started, synchronous operation immediately has "Synchronous" status.
During synchronization
The following axis begins to synchronize as soon as the leading value has reached the start
position. The synchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInPos"
with the parameter "StartSync" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X21 (Synchronizing)" tag
of the following axis. The leading value must not reverse during synchronization.
-FBEJOHWBMVF
4ZODISPOPVT
QPTJUJPO
-FBEJOHBYJT
U
'PMMPXJOHWBMVF
4ZODISPOPVT
QPTJUJPO
'PMMPXJOHBYJT
U
52
①
Time when synchronization starts
②
Time when synchronization is complete
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
The dynamics of the following axis during synchronization is obtained from the calculated
motion profile and the current dynamics of the leading axis. Changes in the dynamics of the
leading axis during synchronization are superimposed with the calculated motion profile in
accordance with the synchronous operation function. This can have the result that the
configured dynamic limits at the following axis are violated. This scenario is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" variables of the technology object.
After synchronization
The following axis is synchronized as soon as the leading axis has reached the synchronous
position. The following axis travels synchronously with the leading axis (Page 56).
6.2.3.4
Synchronizing following axis in advance using leading value distance with
"MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
During gearing (Page 45), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. During synchronization in advance using the leading value distance,
synchronization begins in such a way that the leading and following axis are synchronous
when the synchronous positions are reached.
Parameter inputs
You can define the behavior of the following axis for synchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 1, you define the type of synchronization as
synchronization in advance using the leading value distance.
• With the parameters "MasterSyncPosition" and "SlaveSyncPosition", you define the
synchronous positions of the leading and following axis which determine the relationship
of the axes to each other. For synchronization in advance, the synchronous position is the
position starting from which the leading axis and following axis travel synchronously.
• With the "MasterStartDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance
(synchronization length).
Until synchronization
After the start of the "MC_GearInPos" job, a motion profile is calculated for the following axis
depending on the specified leading value distance. The calculation determines the required
dynamic response and thus the start position of the leading axis for the synchronization.
The start position of the leading axis is derived in the following way:
Start position = Synchronous position of leading axis - Synchronization length
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
53
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
The leading axis must be at least the leading value distance away from the synchronous
position. The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading value has
reached the start position (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 2).
NOTE
Dynamic jumps
If the following axis is in motion and the leading value is at standstill when the
"MC_GearInPos" job is started, dynamic jumps can occur at the following axis as soon as the
leading axis is set in motion and the following axis starts synchronizing.
If the leading and following axes are already at their synchronous positions when the
"MC_GearInPos" job is started, synchronous operation immediately has "Synchronous" status.
During synchronization
The following axis begins to synchronize as soon as the leading value has reached the start
position. The synchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInPos"
with the parameter "StartSync" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X21 (Synchronizing)" tag
of the following axis. The leading value must not reverse during synchronization.
-FBEJOH
WBMVF
4ZODISPOPVT
QPTJUJPO
-FBEJOHBYJT
-FBEJOHWBMVF
EJTUBODF
U
'PMMPXJOH
WBMVF
4ZODISPOPVT
QPTJUJPO
'PMMPXJOHBYJT
U
①
Time when synchronization starts
②
Time when synchronization is complete
The dynamics of the following axis during synchronization is obtained from the calculated
motion profile and the current dynamics of the leading axis. Changes in the dynamics of the
leading axis during synchronization are superimposed with the calculated motion profile in
accordance with the synchronous operation function. This can have the result that the
configured dynamic limits at the following axis are violated. This scenario is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" variables of the technology object.
54
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
After synchronization
The following axis is synchronized as soon as the leading axis has reached the synchronous
position. The following axis travels synchronously with the leading axis (Page 56).
6.2.3.5
Subsequent synchronizing of following axis using leading value distance with
"MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
During gearing (Page 45), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. With subsequent synchronization using the leading value distance,
synchronization begins as soon as the leading value has reached the synchronous position of
the leading axis.
Parameter inputs
You can define the behavior of the following axis for synchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 3, you define the type of synchronization as
subsequent synchronization using the leading value distance.
• With the parameters "MasterSyncPosition" and "SlaveSyncPosition", you define the
synchronous positions of the leading and following axis which determine the relationship
of the axes to each other. For subsequent synchronization, the synchronous position of
the leading axis is the start position for synchronization. The synchronous position of the
following axis is a theoretical position which is assigned to the synchronous position of
the leading axis.
• With the "MasterStartDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance
(synchronization length).
Until synchronization
After starting the "MC_GearInPos" job, a motion profile for the slave axis is calculated
depending on the start position and the synchronous position of the following axis as well as
on the specified leading value distance. The calculation determines the required dynamic
response and the position of the leading axis as of which the leading axis and the following
axis travel synchronously.
The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading value has reached the
synchronous position of the leading axis
(<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 2).
NOTE
Dynamic jumps
If the following axis is in motion and the leading value is at standstill when the
"MC_GearInPos" job is started, dynamic jumps can occur at the following axis as soon as the
leading axis is set in motion and the following axis starts synchronizing.
If the leading and following axes are already at their synchronous positions when the
"MC_GearInPos" job is started, synchronous operation immediately has "Synchronous" status.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
55
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
During synchronization
The following axis begins to synchronize as soon as the leading value has reached the
synchronous position. The synchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction
"MC_GearInPos" with the parameter "StartSync" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X21
(Synchronizing)" tag of the following axis. The leading value must not reverse during
synchronization.
-FBEJOHWBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
EJTUBODF
4ZODISPOPVT
QPTJUJPO
-FBEJOHBYJT
U
'PMMPXJOHWBMVF
5IFPSFUJDBM
TZODISPOPVT
QPTJUJPO
'PMMPXJOHBYJT
U
①
Time when synchronization starts
②
Time when synchronization is complete
The dynamics of the following axis during synchronization is obtained from the calculated
motion profile and the current dynamics of the leading axis. Changes in the dynamics of the
leading axis during synchronization are superimposed with the calculated motion profile in
accordance with the synchronous operation function. This can have the result that the
configured dynamic limits at the following axis are violated. This scenario is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" variables of the technology object.
After synchronization
The position of the leading axis from which the leading axis and following axis travel
synchronously is derived in the following way:
Position axes synchronous = Synchronous position of leading axis + Synchronization length
As soon as the leading axis has reached this position, the following axis is synchronized. The
following axis travels synchronously with the leading axis (Page 56).
6.2.4
Synchronous travel in gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
As soon as the following axis is synchronized to a leading value, the following axis follows the
position of the leading axis according to the synchronous positions and the gear ratio. The
56
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
transmission behavior during gearing is expressed by a linear relationship between the
leading value and the following value.
The following value is calculated as follows:
Position of following axis (following value) = Synchronous position of following axis + gear
ratio × (Position of leading axis - Synchronous position of leading axis)
The "Synchronous" status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInPos (Page
210)" with the parameter "InSync" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X22 (Synchronous)"
tag of the technology object.
NOTE
Avoid homing the leading axis in synchronous operation
Avoid homing the leading axis during an active synchronous operation. Homing the leading
axis during synchronous operation corresponds to a setpoint step-change on the following
axis. The following axis compensates for the jump according to the synchronous operation
function and limited only to the maximum speed of the drive.
6.2.5
Leading value offset during gearing (S7-1500T)
6.2.5.1
Leading value offset on the following axis during gearing using dynamic
parameters (S7-1500T)
With a leading value offset, you offset the effective leading value on the following axis during
gearing with "MC_GearIn (Page 206)" or "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)". You can move the
effective leading value absolutely or relatively. The leading value of the leading value source
and the position of the leading axis are not influenced by the leading value offset.
The leading value offset always refers to the effective leading value. The effective leading
value is made up of the leading value of the leading value source and the additive leading
value. If you do not use an additive leading value via "MC_LeadingValueAdditive (Page 271)",
the effective leading value corresponds to the leading value of the leading value source. You
can find an overview in the "Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation
(Page 30)" section. In the following, "leading value" refers to the effective leading value.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis during leading value offset with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_PhasingAbsolute (Page 228)" or
"MC_PhasingRelative (Page 221)":
• With the parameter "ProfileReference" = 0, you specify the type of leading value offset as
offset using dynamic parameters.
• With the "PhaseShift" parameter, you specify the leading value offset on the following
axis.
• With the "Velocity" parameter, you specify the additive velocity of the following axis
during the leading value offset.
• With the "Acceleration" parameter, you specify the additive acceleration of the following
axis during the leading value offset.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
57
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
• With the "Deceleration" parameter, you specify the additive deceleration of the following
axis during the leading value offset.
• With the "Jerk" parameter, you specify the additive jerk of the following axis during the
leading value offset.
During the leading value offset
The leading value offset via dynamic parameters is effective immediately, regardless of the
leading value position. The leading value is offset on the following axis. The dynamic values
are added to the values of the synchronous operation motion. The required travel distance of
the following axis to offset the leading value is calculated by the system.
The leading value offset is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the parameter
"StartPhasing" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWort.X24 (PhasingCommand)" tag of the
technology object. The "AbsolutePhaseShift" or "CoveredPhaseShift" parameter shows the
absolute leading value portion already shifted.
After the leading value offset
As soon as the following axis has offset the leading value, the leading value offset is active on
the following axis. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the
parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.PhaseShift" tag of the
technology object.
The leading value offset only has an effect in the "Synchronous" status of the gearing. When
the gearing is overridden, the leading value offset is reset to zero.
6.2.5.2
Leading value offset on the following axis during gearing using leading value
distance as of current leading value position (S7-1500T)
With a leading value offset, you offset the effective leading value on the following axis during
gearing with "MC_GearIn (Page 206)" or "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)". You can move the
effective leading value absolutely or relatively. The leading value of the leading value source
and the position of the leading axis are not influenced by the leading value offset.
The leading value offset always refers to the effective leading value. The effective leading
value is made up of the leading value of the leading value source and the additive leading
value. If you do not use an additive leading value via "MC_LeadingValueAdditive (Page 271)",
the effective leading value corresponds to the leading value of the leading value source. You
can find an overview in the "Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation
(Page 30)" section. In the following, "leading value" refers to the effective leading value.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis during leading value offset with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_PhasingAbsolute (Page 228)" or
"MC_PhasingRelative (Page 221)":
• With the parameter "ProfileReference" = 1, you specify the type of leading value offset as
offset using leading value distance as of the current leading value position.
• With the "PhaseShift" parameter, you specify the leading value offset on the following
axis.
58
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
• With the "PhasingDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance (traversing
distance of the leading axis) during the leading value offset.
• With the "Direction" parameter, you specify the direction of the leading value distance in
relation to the direction of motion of the leading value (Page 60).
During the leading value offset
After starting the jobs, the following axis begins with the leading value offset starting from
the current position. Within the traversing distance of the leading axis, the following axis
offsets the leading value at continuous velocity and acceleration. The required dynamics of
the following axis to offset the leading value is calculated by the system. The resulting
dynamic response of the following axis is not limited.
The leading value offset is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the parameter
"StartPhasing" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWort.X24 (PhasingCommand)" tag of the
technology object. The "AbsolutePhaseShift" or "CoveredPhaseShift" parameter shows the
absolute leading value portion already shifted.
The leading value must not reverse during the leading value offset on the following axis.
When the leading value reverses, the "MC_PhasingAbsolute" job or "MC_PhasingRelative" job
is canceled with "ErrorID" = 16#808C.
After the leading value offset
As soon as the following axis has offset the leading value, the leading value offset is active on
the following axis. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the
parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.PhaseShift" tag of the
technology object.
The leading value offset only has an effect in the "Synchronous" status of the gearing. When
the gearing is overridden, the leading value offset is reset to zero.
6.2.5.3
Leading value offset on the following axis during gearing using leading value
distance as of specific leading value position (S7-1500T)
With a leading value offset, you offset the effective leading value on the following axis during
gearing with "MC_GearIn (Page 206)" or "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)". You can move the
effective leading value absolutely or relatively. The leading value of the leading value source
and the position of the leading axis are not influenced by the leading value offset.
The leading value offset always refers to the effective leading value. The effective leading
value is made up of the leading value of the leading value source and the additive leading
value. If you do not use an additive leading value via "MC_LeadingValueAdditive (Page 271)",
the effective leading value corresponds to the leading value of the leading value source. You
can find an overview in the "Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation
(Page 30)" section. In the following, "leading value" refers to the effective leading value.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
59
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis during leading value offset with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_PhasingAbsolute (Page 228)" or
"MC_PhasingRelative (Page 221)":
• With the parameter "ProfileReference" = 2, you specify the type of leading value offset as
offset using leading value distance as of a specific leading value position.
• With the "PhaseShift" parameter, you specify the leading value offset on the following
axis.
• With the "PhasingDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance (traversing
distance of the leading axis) during the leading value offset.
• With the "StartPosition" parameter, you specify the leading value position from which the
leading value offset starts.
• With the "Direction" parameter, you specify the direction of the leading value distance in
relation to the direction of motion of the leading value (Page 60).
Until the leading value offset
After starting the job, the status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis when the leading
value is at standstill and until the leading value has reached the leading value position
(<TO>.StatusWord2.X3 = TRUE (PhasingCommandWaiting)).
During the leading value offset
As soon as the leading value has reached the leading value position, the following axis begins
to offset the leading value. Within the traversing distance of the leading axis, the following
axis offsets the leading value at continuous velocity and acceleration. The required dynamics
of the following axis to offset the leading value is calculated by the system. The resulting
dynamic response of the following axis is not limited.
The leading value offset is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the parameter
"StartPhasing" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWort.X24 (PhasingCommand)" tag of the
technology object. The "AbsolutePhaseShift" or "CoveredPhaseShift" parameter shows the
absolute leading value portion already shifted.
The leading value must not reverse during the leading value offset on the following axis.
When the leading value reverses, the "MC_PhasingAbsolute" job or "MC_PhasingRelative" job
is canceled with "ErrorID" = 16#808C. The waiting job is not canceled.
After the leading value offset
As soon as the following axis has offset the leading value, the leading value offset is active on
the following axis. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the
parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.PhaseShift" tag of the
technology object.
The leading value offset only has an effect in the "Synchronous" status of the gearing. When
the gearing is overridden, the leading value offset is reset to zero.
60
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
6.2.5.4
Defining the direction of the leading value distance of a leading value offset on
the following axis during gearing (S7-1500T)
With a leading value offset, you offset the effective leading value on the following axis during
gearing with "MC_GearIn (Page 206)" or "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)". With the "Direction"
parameter of the Motion Control instruction "MC_PhasingAbsolute (Page 228)" or
"MC_PhasingRelative (Page 221)", you specify the direction of the leading value distance in
relation to the direction of motion of the effective leading value.
Defining leading value distance in the positive direction of motion of the effective leading value
With "Direction" = 1, the following axis only offsets the leading value when the leading axis
travels in the positive direction.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU1IBTJOH
%POF
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
U
U
U
W
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
W
W
61
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
Defining leading value distance in the negative direction of motion of the effective leading
value
With "Direction" = 2, the following axis only offsets the leading value when the leading axis
travels in the negative direction.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU1IBTJOH
%POF
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
U
U
U
W
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
W
W
Defining leading value distance in the current direction of motion of the effective leading value
With "Direction" = 3, the following axis offsets the leading value regardless of the direction in
which the leading axis is currently traveling.
6.2.5.5
Only cancel a pending leading value offset in the gearing (S7-1500T)
With an "MC_PhasingAbsolute (Page 228)" or "MC_PhasingRelative (Page 221)" job with
"ProfileReference" = 5, you cancel a pending "MC_PhasingAbsolute" or "MC_PhasingRelative"
job. Canceling a waiting job has no effect on an active leading value offset.
6.2.6
Following value offset during gearing (S7-1500T)
6.2.6.1
Following value offset on the following axis during gearing using leading value
distance as of current leading value position (S7-1500T)
With a following value offset, you offset the following value on the following axis during
gearing with "MC_GearIn (Page 206)" or "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)". You can move the
62
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
following value absolutely or relatively. The leading value of the leading value source and the
position of the leading axis are not influenced by the following value offset.
The following value offset always refers to the effective leading value. The effective leading
value is made up of the leading value of the leading value source and the additive leading
value. If you do not use an additive leading value via "MC_LeadingValueAdditive (Page 271)",
the effective leading value corresponds to the leading value of the leading value source. You
can find an overview in the "Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation
(Page 30)" section. In the following, "leading value" refers to the effective leading value.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis during following value offset with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_OffsetAbsolute (Page 241)" or
"MC_OffsetRelative (Page 235)":
• With the parameter "ProfileReference" = 1, you specify the type of following value offset as
offset using leading value distance as of the current leading value position.
• With the "Offset" parameter, you specify the following value offset on the following axis.
• With the "OffsetDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance (traversing
distance of the leading axis) during the following value offset.
• With the "Direction" parameter, you specify the direction of the leading value distance in
relation to the direction of motion of the leading value (Page 65).
During the following value offset
After starting the job, the following axis begins with the following value offset starting from
the current position. Within the traversing distance of the leading axis, the following axis
offsets the following value at continuous velocity and acceleration. The required dynamics of
the following axis for the following value offset is calculated by the system. The resulting
dynamic response of the following axis is not limited.
The following value offset is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the parameter
"StartOffset" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWort2.X4 (OffsetCommand)" tag of the
technology object. The "AbsoluteOffset" or "CoveredOffset" parameter shows the absolute
following value portion already shifted.
The leading value must not reverse during the following value offset on the following axis.
When the leading value reverses, the "MC_OffsetAbsolute" job or "MC_OffsetRelative" job is
canceled with "ErrorID" = 16#808C.
After the following value offset
As soon as the following axis has offset the following value, the following value offset is
active on the following axis. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the
parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset" tag of the
technology object.
The following value offset only has an effect in the "Synchronous" status of the gearing.
When the gearing is overridden, the following value offset is reset to zero.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
63
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
6.2.6.2
Following value offset on the following axis during gearing using leading value
distance as of specific leading value position (S7-1500T)
With a following value offset, you offset the following value on the following axis during
gearing with "MC_GearIn (Page 206)" or "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)". You can move the
following value absolutely or relatively. The leading value of the leading value source and the
position of the leading axis are not influenced by the following value offset.
The following value offset always refers to the effective leading value. The effective leading
value is made up of the leading value of the leading value source and the additive leading
value. If you do not use an additive leading value via "MC_LeadingValueAdditive (Page 271)",
the effective leading value corresponds to the leading value of the leading value source. You
can find an overview in the "Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation
(Page 30)" section. In the following, "leading value" refers to the effective leading value.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis during following value offset with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_OffsetAbsolute (Page 241)" or
"MC_OffsetRelative (Page 235)":
• With the parameter "ProfileReference" = 2, you specify the type of following value offset as
offset using leading value distance as of a specific leading value position.
• With the "Offset" parameter, you specify the following value offset on the following axis.
• With the "OffsetDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance (traversing
distance of the leading axis) during the following value offset.
• With the "StartPosition" parameter, you specify the leading value position from which the
following value offset starts.
• With the "Direction" parameter, you specify the direction of the leading value distance in
relation to the direction of motion of the leading value (Page 65).
Until the following value offset
After starting the job, the status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis when the leading
value is at standstill and until the leading value has reached the leading value position
(<TO>.StatusWord2.X5 = TRUE (OffsetCommandWaiting)).
During the following value offset
As soon as the leading value has reached the leading value position, the following axis begins
to offset the following value. Within the traversing distance of the leading axis, the following
axis offsets the following value at continuous velocity and acceleration. The required
dynamics of the following axis for the following value offset is calculated by the system. The
resulting dynamic response of the following axis is not limited.
The following value offset is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the parameter
"StartOffset" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWort2.X4 (OffsetCommand)" tag of the
technology object. The "AbsoluteOffset" or "CoveredOffset" parameter shows the absolute
following value portion already shifted.
The leading value must not reverse during the following value offset on the following axis.
When the leading value reverses, the "MC_OffsetAbsolute" job or "MC_OffsetRelative" job is
canceled with "ErrorID" = 16#808C. The waiting job is not canceled.
64
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.2 Gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (S7-1500T)
After the following value offset
As soon as the following axis has offset the following value, the following value offset is
active on the following axis. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the
parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset" tag of the
technology object.
The following value offset only has an effect in the "Synchronous" status of the gearing.
When the gearing is overridden, the following value offset is reset to zero.
6.2.6.3
Defining the direction of the leading value distance of a following value offset on
the following axis during gearing (S7-1500T)
With a following value offset, you offset the following value on the following axis during
gearing with "MC_GearIn (Page 206)" or "MC_GearInPos (Page 210)". With the "Direction"
parameter of the Motion Control instruction "MC_OffsetAbsolute (Page 241)" or
"MC_OffsetRelative (Page 235)", you specify the direction of the leading value distance in
relation to the direction of motion of the effective leading value.
Defining leading value distance in the positive direction of motion of the effective leading value
With "Direction" = 1, the following axis only offsets the following value when the leading axis
travels in the positive direction.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU0꫻TFU
%POF
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
U
U
U
W
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
W
W
65
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.3 Desynchronize gearing (S7-1500T)
Defining leading value distance in the negative direction of motion of the effective leading
value
With "Direction" = 2, the following axis only offsets the following value when the leading axis
travels in the negative direction.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU0꫻TFU
%POF
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
U
U
U
W
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
W
W
Defining leading value distance in the current direction of motion of the effective leading value
With "Direction" = 3, the following axis offsets the following value regardless of the direction
in which the leading axis is currently traveling.
6.2.6.4
Only cancel a pending following value offset in the gearing (S7-1500T)
With an "MC_OffsetAbsolute (Page 241)" or "MC_OffsetRelative (Page 235)" job with
"ProfileReference" = 5, you cancel a pending "MC_OffsetAbsolute" or "MC_OffsetRelative" job.
Canceling a pending job has no effect on an active following value offset.
6.3
Desynchronize gearing (S7-1500T)
6.3.1
Desynchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters with
"MC_GearOut" (S7-1500T)
Desynchronization ends the synchronous operation relationship between the leading and
following axis and gearing is ended. For desynchronization using dynamic parameters,
66
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.3 Desynchronize gearing (S7-1500T)
desynchronization begins in such a way that the following axis comes to a standstill when the
stop position is reached.
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearOut" you can desynchronize a gearing which
you have started either with a "MC_GearIn (Page 206)" job or with a "MC_GearInPos (Page
210)" job.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis for desynchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearOut (Page 262)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 0, you specify the type of desynchronization
as desynchronization using dynamic parameters.
• With the parameter "SlavePosition", you specify the stop positions of the following axis.
The stop position of the following axis is the position at which the following axis comes to
a standstill and the desynchronization is completed.
• With the "Deceleration" parameter, you specify the deceleration of the following axis.
• With the "Jerk" parameter, you specify the jerk of the following axis.
• With the "SyncOutDirection" parameter, you specify the direction of the desynchronization
(Page 69).
Until desynchronization
After the start of the "MC_GearOut" job, a motion profile for the following axis is calculated
continuously. The motion profile is calculated based on the following parameters:
• Specified stop position of the following axis in the Motion Control instruction
• Specified dynamics of the Motion Control instruction
• Current position and dynamics of the leading and following axes
• Synchronous operation function
• Superimposed motion of the following axis
• Additive leading value of the following axis
The distance of the following axis and thus the starting position of the following axis for
desynchronization results from the calculation.
The start position of the following axis is derived in the following way:
Start position = stop position of the following axis - travel distance of the following axis
The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the following value has reached
the start position (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 4).
During desynchronization
The following axis begins to desynchronize as soon as the following value has reached the
start position. Desynchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearOut"
with the parameter "StartSyncOut" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord2.X1
(DesynchronizingCommand)" tag of the technology object. The synchronous operation is no
longer in the "Synchronous" status. Superimposed jobs of the following axis are canceled.
The following axis moves to the stop position with the specified dynamics, independent of
the leading value. During desynchronization, several modulo revolutions of both axes are
generally possible.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
67
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.3 Desynchronize gearing (S7-1500T)
After desynchronization
As soon as the following axis reaches the stop position, the following axis is desynchronized.
The following axis is at a standstill. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction
"MC_GearOut" with the parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X7
(Standstill)" tag of the technology object.
6.3.2
Desynchronizing following axis using leading value distance with
"MC_GearOut" (S7-1500T)
Desynchronization ends the synchronous operation relationship between the leading and
following axis and gearing is ended. For desynchronization using the leading value distance,
desynchronization begins in such a way that the following axis comes to a standstill when the
stop position is reached.
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearOut" you can desynchronize a gearing which
you have started either with a "MC_GearIn (Page 206)" job or with a "MC_GearInPos (Page
210)" job.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis for desynchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearOut (Page 262)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 1, you specify the type of desynchronization
as desynchronization using the leading value distance.
• With the parameter "SlavePosition", you specify the stop positions of the following axis.
The stop position of the following axis is the position at which the following axis comes to
a standstill and the desynchronization is completed.
• With the "MasterStopDistance" parameter, you define the leading value distance
(desynchronization length).
• With the "SyncOutDirection" parameter, you specify the direction of the desynchronization
(Page 69).
Until desynchronization
After the start of the "MC_GearOut" job, a motion profile is calculated depending on the
specified leading value distance. The calculation determines the required dynamics and thus
the start position of the leading axis for the desynchronization.
The start position of the leading axis is derived in the following way:
Start position = leading value position when the stop position of the following axis is reached
- leading value distance
The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading value has reached the
start position (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 4).
During desynchronization
The following axis begins to desynchronize as soon as the leading value has reached the start
position. Desynchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearOut" with
the parameter "StartSyncOut" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord2.X1
68
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.3 Desynchronize gearing (S7-1500T)
(DesynchronizingCommand)" tag of the technology object. The synchronous operation is no
longer in the "Synchronous" status. Superimposed jobs of the following axis are canceled.
The following axis moves to the stop position with the specified dynamics, independent of
the leading value. The leading value must not reverse during desynchronization. During
desynchronization, several modulo revolutions of both axes are generally possible.
/HDGLQJYDOXH
/HDGLQJYDOXH
GLVWDQFH
W
)ROORZLQJYDOXH
6WRSSRVLWLRQ
)ROORZLQJD[LV
W
①
Time when desynchronization starts
②
Time when desynchronization is complete
The dynamics of the following axis during desynchronization is obtained from the calculated
motion profile and the current dynamics of the leading axis. Changes in the dynamics of the
leading axis during desynchronization are superimposed with the calculated motion profile in
accordance with the synchronous operation function. This can have the result that the
configured dynamic limits at the following axis are violated. This scenario is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" variables of the technology object.
After desynchronization
As soon as the following axis reaches the stop position, the following axis is desynchronized.
The following axis is at a standstill. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction
"MC_GearOut" with the parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X7
(Standstill)" tag of the technology object.
6.3.3
Defining direction of desynchronization with "MC_GearOut" (S7-1500T)
Desynchronization ends the synchronous operation relationship between the leading and
following axis and gearing is ended. You can specify the desynchronization direction with the
"SyncOutDirection" parameter of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearOut (Page 262)".
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
69
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.3 Desynchronize gearing (S7-1500T)
Desynchronizing the following axis in positive traversing direction
With "SyncOutDirection" = 1, the following axis is only desynchronized when the following
axis moves in the positive direction.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU4ZOD0VU
%POF
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
70
U
U
U
U
U
U
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.4 Tags: Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Desynchronizing the following axis in negative traversing direction
With "SyncOutDirection" = 2, the following axis is only desynchronized when the following
axis moves in the negative direction.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU4ZOD0VU
%POF
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
U
U
U
U
U
U
Desynchronizing the following axis in the current traversing direction
With "SyncOutDirection" = 3, the following axis is desynchronized in the direction in which
the following axis is currently moving.
6.3.4
Only cancel a pending gearing with "MC_GearOut" (S7-1500T)
With a "MC_GearOut (Page 262)" job with "SyncProfileReference" = 5, you cancel a pending
gearing. Canceling a pending gearing has no influence on an active gearing.
6.4
Tags: Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The following technology object tags are relevant for gearing:
Status indicators
Tag
Description
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionState
Indication of which synchronous operation function is active
0
No synchronous operation active
1
Gearing ("MC_GearIn")
2
Gearing with specified synchronous positions
("MC_GearInPos")
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
71
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.4 Tags: Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Status indicators
Tag
Description
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionState
3
Camming ("MC_CamIn")
4
Desynchronization of gearing ("MC_GearOut")
5
Desynchronization of camming ("MC_CamOut")
6
Velocity gearing ("MC_GearInVelocity")
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunc­
tionState
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.ActualMaster
Indication of which synchronous operation function is waiting
0
No synchronous operation waiting
1
Reserved
2
Gearing with specified synchronous positions waiting
("MC_GearInPos")
3
Camming waiting ("MC_CamIn")
4
Desynchronization of gearing waiting ("MC_GearOut")
5
Desynchronization of camming waiting ("MC_CamOut")
When a synchronous operation job is started, the number of the techno­
logy data block of the currently used leading axis is displayed.
0
<TO>.Position
Synchronous operation inactive
Setpoints of the axis
<TO>.Velocity
<TO>.Acceleration
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLead­
ingValue.Position
Effective leading value including an additive leading value with an
"MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLead­
ingValue.Velocity
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLead­
ingValue.Acceleration
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.PhaseShift
Current absolute leading value offset with an "MC_PhasingAbsolute" or
"MC_PhasingRelative" job
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionLead­
ingValue.Position
Leading value of the synchronous operation function after a leading value
offset with an "MC_PhasingAbsolute" job or "MC_PhasingRelative" job
including an additive leading value with a "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionFol­
lowingValue.Position
Following value of the synchronous operation function before a following
value offset with an "MC_OffsetAbsolute" job or "MC_OffsetRelative" job
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionFol­
lowingValue.Velocity
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionFol­
lowingValue.Acceleration
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset
Current absolute following value offset with an "MC_OffsetAbsolute" or
"MC_OffsetRelative" job
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 Set to the value "TRUE" when the maximum velocity configured for the fol­
(MaxVelocityExceeded)
lowing axis is exceeded during synchronous operation.
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X1 Set to the value "TRUE" when the maximum acceleration configured for
(MaxAccelerationExceeded)
the following axis is exceeded during synchronous operation.
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X2 Set to the value "TRUE" when the maximum deceleration configured for
(MaxDecelerationExceeded)
the following axis is exceeded during synchronous operation.
72
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
6.4 Tags: Gearing (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Status indicators
Tag
Description
<TO>.StatusWord.X21 (Synchronizing)
Set to the value "TRUE" when the synchronous axis synchronizes to a lead­
ing value.
<TO>.StatusWord.X22 (Synchronous)
Set to the value "TRUE" when the synchronous axis is synchronized and
moves synchronously to the leading axis.
<TO>.StatusWord2.X1 (DesynchronizingCom­
mand)
Set to the value "TRUE" when the synchronous axis desynchronizes.
<TO>.StatusWord.X24 (PhasingCommand)
Is set to the value "TRUE" if a job for leading value offset is active
("MC_PhasingAbsolute", "MC_PhasingRelative").
<TO>.StatusWord2.X3 (PhasingCommandWait­
ing)
Is set to the value "TRUE" if a job for leading value offset is pending
("MC_PhasingAbsolute", "MC_PhasingRelative").
<TO>.StatusWord2.X4 (OffsetCommand)
Is set to the value "TRUE" if a job for following value offset is active
("MC_OffsetAbsolute", "MC_OffsetRelative").
<TO>.StatusWord2.X5 (OffsetCommandWaiting) Is set to the value "TRUE" if a job for following value offset is waiting
("MC_OffsetAbsolute", "MC_OffsetRelative").
<TO>.ErrorWord.X14 (SynchronousError)
Error during synchronous operation
The leading axis specified in the motion control instruction was not con­
figured as a possible leading axis.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
73
Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
7
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInVelocity (Page 217)" you start a velocity
synchronous operation between a leading axis and a following axis. During velocity
synchronous operation , the velocity of the following axis results from the velocity of the
leading axis multiplied by the gear ratio, regardless of the position. You specify the gear ratio
as a ratio of two integers either once or variably during synchronization. This results in a
linear transformation ratio.
You can start synchronous operation when the leading axis is at a standstill or when it is in
motion. Synchronous travel begins after synchronization when the following axis has reached
the velocity and acceleration of the leading axis, taking into account the gear ratio.
'PMMPXJOHWBMVFWFMPDJUZ
-FBEJOHWBMVFWFMPDJUZ
Slope of line/transmission ratio
Gear ratio = "MC_GearInVelocity.RatioNumerator"/"MC_GearInVelocity.RatioDenominator"
For velocity synchronous operation with "MC_GearInVelocity", you have the following
options:
• Defining gear ratio (Page 74)
• Specify gear ratio once or dynamically (Page 75)
• Define position control of the following axis (Page 76)
• Synchronize following axis using dynamic parameters (Page 78)
• Synchronous travel in velocity synchronous operation (Page 79)
• Specify additive leading value with "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" (Page 165)
• Set velocity synchronous operation with "MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation" in
simulation (Page 164)
Also note the Dynamic limits of the following axis in velocity synchronous operation (Page
77).
7.1
Defining gear ratio (S7-1500T)
During velocity synchronous operation , the velocity of the following axis results from the
velocity of the leading axis multiplied by the gear ratio, regardless of the position. You specify
the gear ratio at the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInVelocity (Page 217)" as the
relationship between two integers (numerator/denominator).
74
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
7.2 Specify gear ratio once or dynamically (S7-1500T)
Numerator of the gear ratio
With the "RatioNumerator" parameter, you define the numerator of the gear ratio. You can
define the numerator of the gear ratio as positive or negative. This yields the following
behavior:
• Positive gear ratio:
The leading and following axes move in the same direction.
• Negative gear ratio:
The following axis moves in the opposite direction of the leading axis.
The value "0" is not permitted for the numerator of the gear ratio.
Denominator of the gear ratio
With the "RatioDenominator" parameter, you define the denominator of the gear ratio. Only
positive values are permitted for the denominator of the gear ratio.
Example 1: Positive gear ratio
Leading axis and following axis are rotary axes.
Parameter inputs:
• "RatioNumerator" = 5
• "RatioDenominator" = 1
If the leading axis moves at 100 °/s, the following axis moves at 500 °/s in the "Synchronous"
status of the velocity synchronous operation .
Example 2: Negative gear ratio
The leading axis is a linear axis. The following axis is a rotary axis.
Parameter inputs:
• "RatioNumerator" = -3
• "RatioDenominator" = 1
If the leading axis moves at 100 mm/s, the following axis moves at -300 °/s in the
"Synchronous" status of the velocity synchronous operation .
7.2
Specify gear ratio once or dynamically (S7-1500T)
For a velocity synchronous operation , you can either preset the gear ratio once at the start of
the job or change it continuously during an active synchronous operation.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior with the following parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_GearInVelocity (Page 217)":
• You define the mode for presetting the gear ratio (Page 74) with the parameter
"ContinuousUpdate" .
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
75
Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
7.3 Define position control of the following axis (S7-1500T)
Specify gear ratio once
With "ContinuousUpdate" = FALSE, the gear ratio specified at the start time of the
"MC_GearInVelocity" job is used as long as the job is active.
To change the gear ratio if necessary, you must start the job again with a rising edge of the
parameter "Execute" = TRUE. The following axis then synchronizes again.
Specify gear ratio dynamically
With "ContinuousUpdate" = TRUE you can change the gear ratio dynamically while the
"MC_GearInVelocity" job is active. Changes of the parameter values "RatioNumerator" and
"RatioDenominator" are effective immediately.
NOTE
Dynamic limits
In "Synchronous" status the dynamics of the following axis is limited only to the maximum
speed of the drive. Make sure that the dynamic limits of the following axis are not exceeded
by the changed gear ratios.
That the mode for dynamic presetting of the gear ratio is active is indicated at the motion
control instruction "MC_GearInVelocity" with the parameter "ContinuousUpdateActive"
= TRUE.
Recommendation
You can specify only integer values as numerator ("RatioNumerator") and denominator
("RatioDenominator") of the gear ratio.
To achieve as continuous a change as possible in the gear ratio, multiply the numerator and
denominator by a high factor. This increases the resolution of the gear ratio and reduces the
quantization error.
Example
The gear ratio should change gradually from 1.0 to 1.1.
Parameter assignment 1:
"RatioNumerator" = 100 … 110
"RatioDenominator" = 100 … 100
Increasing the counter in steps of 1 increases the gear ratio by 0.01 each time.
Parameter assignment 2:
"RatioNumerator" = 1 000 000 … 1 100 000
"RatioDenominator" = 1 000 000 … 1 000 000
Increasing the counter in steps of 1 increases the gear ratio by 0.000001 each time.
With parameter assignment 2 you get a higher resolution and can change the gear ratio in
smaller steps than with parameter assignment 1.
7.3
Define position control of the following axis (S7-1500T)
During a velocity synchronous operation , the following axis can be operated in positioncontrolled or non-position-controlled mode. You specify the operating mode of the following
axis independently of the operating mode of the leading axis at the motion control
instruction "MC_GearInVelocity".
76
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
7.4 Dynamic limits of the following axis in velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis with the following parameters of the Motion
Control instruction "MC_GearInVelocity (Page 217)":
• You define the operating mode of the following axis with the parameter
"PositionControlled".
Position-controlled mode
As soon as the "MC_GearInVelocity" job with "PositionControlled" = TRUE becomes effective,
the following axis is switched to position-controlled operation. The configured position
monitorings of the following axis are active.
Superimposed motion, e.g. with a "MC_MoveSuperimposed" job, and travel to a fixed stop is
only possible in position-controlled operation.
Non-position-controlled mode
As soon as the "MC_GearInVelocity" job with "PositionControlled" = FALSE becomes effective,
the following axis is switched to non-position-controlled operation. The configured position
monitorings of the following axis are deactivated.
The position setpoint of the following axis is irrelevant in non-position-controlled operation.
The zero position setpoint is displayed in "<TO>.Position" tag of the technology object.
7.4
Dynamic limits of the following axis in velocity synchronous
operation (S7-1500T)
If a synchronous axis is operated as a following axis in velocity synchronous operation with
the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInVelocity (Page 217)", the following dynamic limits
apply depending on the phase of the synchronous operation:
Synchronization
During the synchronizing phase, dynamic limits configured for the technology object apply to
the following axis.
Synchronous motion
During synchronous travel, the dynamics of the following axis is limited only to the maximum
speed of the drive (<TO>.Actor.DriveParameter.MaxSpeed). The dynamics of the following
axis results from the synchronous operation function.
If the dynamic limits configured for the following axis are exceeded, this is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" tags of the technology object. The
SW limit switches continue to be monitored with the configured dynamic limits of the
following axis.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
77
Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
7.5 Synchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters with "MC_GearInVelocity" (S7-1500T)
Synchronous operation override
As soon as synchronous operation has been overridden (Page 283), the dynamic limits
configured for the technology object apply to the following axis again. With the start of the
overriding job, the active dynamics are transitioned (smoothed) to the configured dynamic
limits and the specifications for the Motion Control instruction.
7.5
Synchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters with
"MC_GearInVelocity" (S7-1500T)
During velocity synchronous operation , the synchronization establishes the relationship
between the leading and following axes. Synchronization begins immediately after the
"MC_GearInVelocity" job starts.
Parameter inputs
You define the dynamic behavior of the following axis for synchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInVelocity (Page 217)":
• With the "Acceleration" parameter, you specify the acceleration of the following axis.
• With the "Deceleration" parameter, you specify the deceleration of the following axis.
• With the "Jerk" parameter, you specify the jerk of the following axis.
Observe the dynamic limits (Page 77) of the following axis during synchronization.
During synchronization
Synchronization begins after the "MC_GearInVelocity" job starts. Active motion jobs are
overridden.
The synchronization duration and distance are dependent on the following parameters:
• Dynamics of the following axis at the start time of the "MC_GearInVelocity" job
• Dynamic settings for synchronization
• Preset gear ratio at the start time of the "MC_GearInVelocity" job
• Dynamics of the leading axis
78
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
7.6 Synchronous travel in velocity synchronous operation with "MC_GearInVelocity" (S7-1500T)
The synchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInVelocity" with
the parameter "StartSync" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X21 (Synchronizing)" tag of
the following axis.
-FBEJOHWBMVFWFMPDJUZ
U
'PMMPXJOHWBMVFWFMPDJUZ
U
①
Time when synchronization starts
②
Time when synchronization is complete
The specified gear ratio at the start time of the "MC_GearInVelocity" job is used for the
synchronization. If you use a variable gear ratio with "ContinuousUpdate" = TRUE, changes to
the gear ratio are only taken into account after synchronization.
After synchronization
The following axis is synchronized when the following axis has reached the velocity of the
leading axis, taking into account the gear ratio. The following axis travels synchronously with
the leading axis.
7.6
Synchronous travel in velocity synchronous operation with
"MC_GearInVelocity" (S7-1500T)
As soon as the following axis is synchronized, it follows the velocity of the leading axis
depending on the specified gear ratio.
The following value velocity is obtained as follows:
Following value velocity = leading value velocity × gear ratio
The "Synchronous" status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInVelocity
(Page 217)" with the parameter "InSync" = TRUE and in the
"<TO>.StatusWord.X22 (Synchronous)" tag of the technology object.
If the gear ratio changes when "ContinuousUpdateActive" = TRUE, the "Synchronous" status is
retained.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
79
Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
7.7 Tags: Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
7.7
Tags: Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
The following tags of the technology object are relevant for the velocity synchronous
operation :
Status indicators
Tag
Description
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionState
Indication of which synchronous operation function is active
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.ActualMaster
0
No synchronous operation active
1
Gearing ("MC_GearIn")
2
Gearing with specified synchronous positions
("MC_GearInPos")
3
Camming ("MC_CamIn")
4
Desynchronization of gearing ("MC_GearOut")
5
Desynchronization of camming ("MC_CamOut")
6
Velocity synchronous operation ("MC_GearInVelocity")
When a synchronous operation job is started, the number of the techno­
logy data block of the currently used leading axis is displayed.
0
<TO>.Position
Synchronous operation inactive
Setpoints of the axis
<TO>.Velocity
<TO>.Acceleration
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLead­
ingValue.Position
Effective leading value including an additive leading value with an
"MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLead­
ingValue.Velocity
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLead­
ingValue.Acceleration
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionFol­
lowingValue.Position
Following value of the synchronous operation function
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionFol­
lowingValue.Velocity
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionFol­
lowingValue.Acceleration
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 Set to the value "TRUE" when the maximum velocity configured for the fol­
(MaxVelocityExceeded)
lowing axis is exceeded during synchronous operation.
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X1 Set to the value "TRUE" when the maximum acceleration configured for
(MaxAccelerationExceeded)
the following axis is exceeded during synchronous operation.
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X2 Set to the value "TRUE" when the maximum deceleration configured for
(MaxDecelerationExceeded)
the following axis is exceeded during synchronous operation.
<TO>.StatusWord.X21 (Synchronizing)
Set to the value "TRUE" when the synchronous axis synchronizes to a lead­
ing value.
<TO>.StatusWord.X22 (Synchronous)
Set to the value "TRUE" when the synchronous axis is synchronized and
moves synchronously to the leading axis.
80
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
7.7 Tags: Velocity synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
Status indicators
Tag
Description
<TO>.ErrorWord.X14 (SynchronousError)
Error during synchronous operation
The leading axis specified in the Motion Control instruction was not con­
figured as a possible leading axis.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
81
8
Camming (S7-1500T)
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)", you start a camming operation
between a leading axis and a following axis. You specify the synchronous operation function
with a cam (Page 25). To use a cam for camming, the cam must be interpolated. The utilized
cam can be scaled on a job-related basis and applied shifted.
You can start synchronous operation when the leading axis is at a standstill or when it is in
motion. Synchronous travel begins after synchronization of the following axis.
'PMMPXJOH
WBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
4ZODISPOPVTQPTJUJPO
Transfer function:
Following value = f(leading value)
Synchronization in advance
Subsequent synchronization
①
Leading value distance with synchronization in advance
②
Leading value distance with subsequent synchronization
You have the following options for camming with "MC_CamIn":
• Defining the synchronous operation function (Page 83)
• Interpolate cam with "MC_InterpolateCam" (Page 116)
• Scaling and shifting cam (Page 125)
• Defining application mode of the cam (Page 127)
• Defining direction of synchronization (Page 130)
• Define synchronous position and type of synchronization:
– Synchronizing following axis in advance using dynamic parameters (Page 133)
– Synchronizing following axis in advance using leading value distance (Page 134)
– Synchronize the following axis in advance via the leading value path from the current
leading value position (Page 136)
– Subsequent synchronizing of following axis using leading value distance (Page 139)
– Subsequent synchronizing of following axis using leading axis value starting at current
leading value position (Page 142)
– Directly set the following axis synchronously (Page 143)
– Directly set following axis synchronously at end of the cam (Page 144)
• Synchronous travel in camming (Page 146)
• Reading a leading value with "MC_GetCamLeadingValue" (Page 146)
82
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
• Reading a following value with "MC_GetCamFollowingValue" (Page 146)
• Specify additive leading value with "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" (Page 165)
• Offset leading value absolute or relative with "MC_PhasingAbsolute" or
"MC_PhasingRelative" (Page 147)
• Absolute or relative following value offset with "MC_OffsetAbsolute" or
"MC_OffsetRelative" (Page 151)
• Changing synchronous operation function during Runtime (Page 113)
• Set camming to simulation mode with "MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation" (Page 164)
• Desynchronize following axis with "MC_CamOut" (Page 156)
• Cancel a pending camming with "MC_CamOut" (Page 161)
Also note the dynamic limits of the following axis in camming with "MC_CamIn" (Page 129).
NOTE
Using "DB_ANY" data type with the cam technology object
In Motion Control instructions with technology version ≥ V6.0, direct assignment of the
"DB_ANY" data type at the "Cam" parameter leads to an access error. Due to this access error,
the CPU changes to the "STOP" state.
Use a data type conversion function for the cam technology object of the type "TO_Cam" or
"TO_Cam_10k". A description of the procedure can be found in the section "Parameter
transfer for function blocks" of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control Overview
documentation" (Page 13).
8.1
Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam
(S7-1500T)
8.1.1
Structure and operation of the cam editor (S7-1500T)
You configure a cam technology object (Page 25) using the cam editor.
You create the cam function using a chart a table containing the elements of the curve and
the properties of the elements. Transitions are calculated between the individual elements of
the curve (e.g. points, lines, polynomials). The curve reflects the path-related dependency
between the leading axis (leading values, abscissa in the chart) and following axis (following
values, ordinate in the chart).
The cam editor offers you the following support when creating a cam:
• Optimization of the curve form
• Generation of continuous and jerk-free transitions between curve elements
• Velocity-optimized design of the cam
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
83
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
The following figure shows the layout of the editor:
①
Toolbar
②
Curve diagram
The leading value range (definition range) is displayed on the abscissa (x axis).
The following value range (value range) is displayed on the ordinate (y axis).
①+②
Graphical editor
③
Tabular editor
④
Inspector window (properties and display)
Toolbar
You use the toolbar to operate the graphical editor and to import/export cams.
Graphical editor
In the graphical editor, you edit the elements of the curve graphically. The elements can be
added, edited and deleted. Up to four charts can be created one above the other with
synchronized abscissa. The setpoint curve as well as the curves for the effective position,
velocity, acceleration and the jerk can be displayed in the charts.
The definition of the cam starts with the first defined interpolation point or the first segment
and ends with the last interpolation point or the last segment. In contrast, the configurable
display range of the leading value and the following value is used in the properties of the cam
editor (Inspector window) only for display in the graphical editor.
84
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Tabular editor
All elements of the curve are listed in the tabular editor. Existing elements can be edited. New
elements can be added.
Inspector window
In the Inspector window, you configure the properties of the curve and of the selected
element in the "Properties" tab. You configure the graphic view in the "Display" tab:
• Profile (e.g. leading and following value range, optimization and interpolation of the
profile, number of elements used)
• Element (e.g. derivatives, polynomial coefficients, optimization of the element)
• Graphical view (e.g. line type, line color, scaling of the view)
Elements of the curve
The following table shows the elements that can be used to define the curve:
Element
Description
Point
A point assigns a following value to a leading value. Depending on the inter­
polation type, the curve runs through the point with these coordinates or
only uses the point for orientation.
The velocity, acceleration and jerk can be defined in this point using the first,
second and third derivative.
Point group
A point group combines two or more points into an commonly interpolated
element and allows precise interpolation between these points.
Line
A line describes a motion with constant velocity from the start point of the
line to the end point. The incline of the line specifies the constant velocity.
Sine
A sine element describes a motion according to the sine function. The sine
function can be adjusted with the phase angle in the start point and end
point, the period length, the amplitude as well as the oscillation zero point
(offset).
Polynomial
A polynomial describes a motion according to a polynomial function of the
7th degree maximum. Polynomials can be defined by entering the boundary
conditions or the polynomial coefficients. Optionally, you can configure a tri­
gonometric polynomial component.
Inverse sine (approxim­
ated)
An inverse sine describes a motion according to the arcsine function. An
inverse sine is approximated using interpolation points of the arcsine func­
tion.
Transition
Transitions interpolate the range between two elements. The ranges are
automatically interpolated by the controller or using a configurable optimiza­
tion according to VDI Guideline 2143.
Transitions are added automatically.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
85
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Additional information
You can find more information about working with the cam editor in FAQ entry 109749820
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109749820) in the Siemens Industry
Online Support.
8.1.1.1
Structure of the graphical editor (S7-1500T)
The graphical editor is divided into the following areas:
• Toolbar
• Curve diagram
Toolbar
The toolbar at the top of the graphical editor provides you with icons for the following
functions:
Symbol
86
Function
Description
Importing cam from file
See section "Importing/exporting cam (Page 111)"
Exporting cam to file
See section "Importing/exporting cam (Page 111)"
Edit elements/Move view
• Selecting and moving of individual elements
• Moving the view using the drag-and-drop feature
To switch from any tool to the "Edit elements/Move view" tool, press the
<Esc> key.
Activate zoom selection
Zoom into selected area
Activate vertical zoom
Vertical zoom into selected area without horizontal scaling
Alternative: <Ctrl> +drag to ordinate keeping mouse button pressed
Activate horizontal zoom
Horizontal zoom into selected area without vertical scaling
Alternative: <Ctrl> +drag to abscissa keeping mouse button pressed
Zoom in
Enlargement of the display
Alternative: <Ctrl> + mouse wheel up in curve diagram
Zoom out
Reduction of the display
Alternative: <Ctrl> + mouse wheel down in curve diagram
Show all
Display of entire definition and value range
Zoom into curve
Zoom to the following value range of the curve that you selected in the
legend of the chart
Activate snap grid
Alignment of inputs and element end points to the configurable snap grid
and to other element end points
Inserting a point
Adding a point to the chart
Inserting a line
Adding a line to the chart
Inserting a sine
Adding a sine element to the chart
Inserting a polynomial
Adding a polynomial to the chart
Inserting an inverse sine
Adding an inverse sine to the chart
Insert point group
Add a point group to the chart
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Symbol
Function
Description
View: A chart with positions
Display of one chart with the following curves of the cam opened in the edit­
or:
• Preset curve
• Effective position
View: A chart with all curves
Display of one chart with the following curves of the cam opened in the edit­
or:
• Preset curve
• Effective position
• Effective velocity
• Effective acceleration
• Effective jerk
View: Four charts with all
curves
Display of four charts with the following curves of the cam opened in the
editor:
• Chart with setpoint curve and effective position
• Chart with effective velocity
• Chart with effective acceleration
• Chart with effective jerk
Vertical measuring lines
Displaying and moving of vertical measuring lines
Hold down the left mouse button and drag to draw a measuring range. The
vertical position of the measuring lines can be moved.
The function values for the measuring line positions are displayed in the
chart. The difference of the measuring lines is displayed between the meas­
uring lines.
Horizontal measuring lines
Displaying and moving of horizontal measuring lines
Hold down the left mouse button and drag to draw a measuring range. The
horizontal position of the measuring lines can be moved.
The function values for the measuring line positions are displayed in the
chart. The difference of the measuring lines is displayed between the meas­
uring lines.
Show legend
Showing or hiding of the legend in the curve diagram.
To display values for a specific curve on the ordinate, click on the name of
the corresponding curve in the legend.
Read out and display online
curve one time
Display of the position values of the cam read back from the CPU (orange)
The cam editor reads out the cam that was already loaded into the CPU. The
read out "Online curve" is displayed in the graphical editor.
Curve diagram
In the curve diagram, you enter the elements of the curve and adjust the curve by selecting
and moving elements.
Chart areas outside of the leading value/following value range configured in "Profile >
General (Page 92)" are grayed out. Elements outside the leading value/following value range
are displayed with a warning ("Element is outside the definition range").
You can display various curves (position, velocity, acceleration and jerk) one above the other
in up to four charts by configuring the graphical view accordingly. When multiple charts are
displayed, you can adapt the graphs to match the separator lines.
The view can be zoomed in the manual mode by pressing <Ctrl > + Mouse wheel and <Ctrl >
+ while pressing the mouse button on the abscissa/ordinate.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
87
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
The editor shows messages for checking the entered curve via warning triangles . The
tooltip of the waring triangle shows the message text. Configure the checking of the curve in
the "Check (Page 93)" configuration window.
Display of the online curve
When you click the icon, the cam editor reads the data from the technology object data
block and displays the curve in the graphical editor:
Cam status
Interpolation status
Description
Data not modified
(CamDataChanged = 0)
Not interpolated
(Interpolated = 0)
Only the points and segments of the cam are dis­
played.
Interpolated
(Interpolated = 1)
The interpolated cam is displayed.
Not interpolated
(Interpolated = 0)
Only the points and segments of the cam are dis­
played.
Interpolated
(Interpolated = 1)
The interpolated cam as well as changed points
and segments are displayed.
Data modified
(CamDataChanged = 1)
8.1.1.2
Shortcut menu in the graphical editor (S7-1500T)
Use the shortcut menu in the graphical editor to call up the following functions:
88
Function
Description
Show all
Displaying the entire definition range and value range
Zoom into curve
Displaying the curve selected in the legend of the chart
Zoom in
Enlargement of the display
Zoom out
Reduction of the display
Open charts and curves
Opening of the "Charts and curves (Page 94)" dialog
Cut
Removing the selected elements and copying them to the clipboard
Copy
Copying of the selected elements to the clipboard
Insert
Pasting of the elements from the clipboard to the last element
Delete
Deletion of the selected elements
Transitions to existing elements are also deleted.
Insert special
Open the "Insert elements (Page 106)" dialog
Group points
Combine the selected points into a group of points
The entry is displayed under the following conditions:
• Only points are selected in the graphic/tabular editor.
• There are no other elements between the selected points.
Dissolve point group
Ungrouping the selected point group into individual points
Show/hide measuring
point labels
Showing or hiding the measuring points
The entry is displayed under the following conditions:
• Measuring lines are displayed.
• Measuring points are hidden/shown.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
8.1.1.3
Function
Description
Move
Open the "Move elements (Page 107)" dialog
Scale
Open the "Scale elements (Page 108)" dialog
Structure of the tabular editor (S7-1500T)
The tabular editor shows all elements of the curve, sorted by their leading values. The
elements can be adjusted. New elements can be added.
The following properties are displayed in the corresponding column for each element of the
curve:
Column/Property
Description
First column
Sequential number of the element
Second column
Display of calculation problems that might occur with warning triangle
The alarm text is displayed in the tooltip of the warning triangle.
Element type
• Display/change of element type
• Adding elements
Possible element types:
• Point
• Point group
• Line
• Sine
• Polynomial
• Inverse sine
• Transition
Start
Parameter values at start point of the element
Leading value
Leading values at start point of the element
Following value
Following values at start point of the element
Position1)
Calculated effective position at start point of the element
Velocity1)
Calculated effective velocity at start point of the element
Acceleration1)
Calculated effective acceleration at start point of the element
Jerk1)
Calculated effective jerk at start point of the element
End
Leading value
Leading values at end point of the element
Following value
Following values at end point of the element
Position1)
Calculated effective position at end point of the element
Velocity1)
Calculated effective velocity at end point of the element
Acceleration1)
Calculated effective acceleration at end point of the element
Jerk1)
Calculated effective jerk at end point of the element
Comment
1)
Parameter values at end point of the element
Optional comment for element.
Displayed according to the configuration in "Properties (Inspector window) > Graphical view > Charts
and curves".
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
89
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
8.1.1.4
Shortcut menu in the tabular editor (S7-1500T)
Use the shortcut menu in the tabular editor to call up the following functions:
8.1.1.5
Function
Description
Insert row above
Insert a table row/element before the selected row/element
If no transition exists before the element, the selected element and the
adjoining elements are changed.
Insert row below
Insert a table row/element after the selected row/element
If no transition exists after the element, the selected element and the adjoin­
ing elements are changed.
Cut
Removing the selected elements and copying them to the clipboard
Copy
Copying of the selected elements to the clipboard
Insert
Pasting of the elements from the clipboard to the last element
Delete
Deletion of the selected elements
Transitions to existing elements are also deleted.
Insert special
Open the "Insert elements (Page 106)" dialog
Group points
Combine the selected points into a group of points
The entry is displayed under the following conditions:
• Only points are selected in the graphic/tabular editor.
• There are no other elements between the selected points.
Dissolve point group
Ungroups the selected point group into individual points
Move
Open the "Move elements (Page 107)" dialog
Scale
Open the "Scale elements (Page 108)" dialog
Operating the cam editor (S7-1500T)
The procedure described here shows the basic operation of the cam editor. This procedure
serves as a recommendation.
The basic operation can include the follow tasks:
• Adapting defaults
• Creating and adapting the curve
• Interpolation/optimization of the transitions (Page 122)
Adapting defaults
To adjust the leading and following value range of the cam profile as well as the graphical
view, follow these steps:
1. In the properties (Inspector window), open the "Profile > General (Page 92)" configuration
window.
2. Configure the leading value range and the following value range of the curve definition.
The graphical view is automatically adapted to the inputs.
90
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
3. In the area navigation of the Inspector window, open the "Display (Page 91)" tab.
4. Configure the following configuration windows:
– The display of the charts and curves
– The grid spacing for aligning inputs in the graphical editor
– The decimal places displayed in the cam editor.
Creating and adapting the curve
To create and adapt the curve, follow these steps:
1. Use the graphical editor and/or the tabular editor to add the elements of the cam:
– On the toolbar, click the icon for inserting the corresponding element. Place the
element at the required position in the graphical editor.
– Use <Add> to insert the corresponding elements in the "Element type" column of the
tabular editor. Adjust the position of the elements using the start and end values.
Transitions between the elements are added automatically.
2. To edit an element, select it in the graphical or tabular editor.
The element is highlighted in the graphical and in the tabular editor. The "Element >
Parameter" configuration window is displayed in the properties (Inspector window), or in
case of a transition, "Element > Characteristic".
3. The elements can be adjusted as follows:
– Move the element or the drag handles of the element in the graphical editor.
– Adjust the start and end values in the tabular editor.
– Configure additional element-specific parameters in the properties (Inspector window)
in the "Element > Parameter" configuration window.
– Set the interpolation of the transitions with the properties (Inspector window).
The number of elements used is displayed in the properties (Inspector window) in the "Profile
> Statistics (Page 108)" properties window.
See also
System interpolation (Page 119)
Configuring transitions (Page 116)
Configuration charts - Charts and curves (Page 94)
Interpolate cam with "MC_InterpolateCam" (Page 124)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
91
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
8.1.2
Configure the profile and display of the cam (S7-1500T)
8.1.2.1
Properties and display in the inspector window (S7-1500T)
You configure further element-specific parameters in the inspector window in the following
tabs:
• The parameters for the profile of the cam as well as for the elements are displayed in the
"properties" tab. The corresponding parameters are displayed depending on the selected
element:
– If no element of the curve is selected, only the settings for the profile of the cam are
displayed.
– If an element of the curve is selected, the parameters of the element are additionally
displayed.
• In the "Display" tab you can configure the graphic view of the charts and curves.
8.1.2.2
Configuration of profile - General (S7-1500T)
Configure the display range of the graphical editor in the "General" configuration window.
The inputs of the leading value range and following value range only effect the display in the
graphical editor. The cam is interpolated in the definition range between the following
values:
• First defined interpolation point/start of the first segment of the cam
(<TO>.StatusCam.StartLeadingValue)
• Last defined interpolation point/end of the last segment of the cam
(<TO>.StatusCam.EndLeadingValue)
Leading value display range
In this area, configure the leading value display range in the graphical editor:
Parameters
Description
Start
In this field you configure the initial value of the display range of the leading
value.
End
In this field you configure the full-scale value of the display range of the lead­
ing value.
Following value display range
In this area, you can configure the limitation of the following value range in the graphical
editor:
92
Parameters
Description
Minimum
In this field you configure the lowest permissible value for the following
value display range.
Maximum
In this field you configure the greatest permissible value for the following
value display range.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
8.1.2.3
Configuration of profile - Effective runtime curves (S7-1500T)
Configure the values for the leading axis and following axis that are applied to the effective
curve In the "Effective runtime curves" configuration window. The runtime emulation
calculates the effective curve with these applied values and displays the curve in the graphical
editor with the applied limits.
The inputs are not downloaded into the CPU. This means the cam is interpolated without
these inputs. You can use these applied values to test and visualize how the cam behaves
during operation, for example, when entering a scaling at an "MC_CamIn" job.
Settings of the leading axis
Configure the calculation and display of the curve on the leading value end in this area:
Parameters
Description
Copy from axis
Using the button and the "Copy leading value settings of axis" dialog,
select an axis whose maximum velocity is applied as the velocity for the
leading axis.
Scaling factor
Configure a leading value-side scaling factor in this field. This visualizes
a scaled curve. You enter a scaling during runtime with an "MC_CamIn"
job.
Unit of measure
In the selection list, select the unit of measure for the leading value.
Unit of measure for the first
derivative
In the selection list, select the unit of measure for the first derivative of
the leading value.
Velocity
Configure the velocity of the leading axis applied for the runtime emula­
tion of the curve in this field.
Settings of the following axis
Configure the calculation and display of the curve on the following value side in this area:
Parameters
Description
Copy from axis
Using the button and the "Copy following value settings of axis" dialog,
select an axis whose maximum dynamic values are applied as the limits
to be checked during calculation and display of the curve.
Scaling factor
Configure a following value-side scaling factor in this field. This visual­
izes a scaled curve. You enter a scaling during runtime with an
"MC_CamIn" job.
Unit of measure
In the selection list, select the unit of measure for the following value.
Unit of measure for the first
derivative
In the selection list, select the unit of measure for the first derivative of
the following value.
Maximum velocity
Configure the maximum velocity for the following axis in this field.
Maximum acceleration
Configure the maximum acceleration for the following axis in this field.
Maximum jerk
Configure the maximum jerk for the following axis in this field.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
93
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
8.1.2.4
Configuration of profile - Check (S7-1500T)
In the "Verification" configuration window, you configure which criteria the cam editor checks
when entering the curve. When you activate a check, the graphical and the tabular editor
display corresponding messages via a warning triangle on the element. Use the tooltip at the
warning triangle to display the message text.
NOTE
Use the checking options for the final check of the cam and enable all checks before
completing the cam. Make any required adjustments to the cam profile.
Examination of limit violations
Configure the checks for compliance with the configured limits in this area:
Check/Element
Description
Check curve definition of the leading
and following value ranges
Select this check box to have the cam editor check the curve
accordingly.
Check adherence to the maximum val­
ues of the derivatives of the effective
runtime curve
Select this check box to have the cam editor check the curve
accordingly.
Verification of VDI suitability
Select the "Check the suitability of transitions in accordance with VDI" check box to have the
cam editor check the VDI suitability of the curve.
The cam editor checks the following with this:
• Support of the transition classification of the currently selected VDI transition
• Boundary value adjustment according to VDI
Verification of continuity
In the "Required continuity" list, select which parameter the cam editor checks for continuity:
• Position
• Velocity
• Acceleration
• Jerk
If a function or a derivative is discontinuous, all higher derivatives are also discontinuous.
8.1.2.5
Configuration charts - Charts and curves (S7-1500T)
In the "Charts and curves" configuration window, configure the display of the graphical
editor.
94
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
"Reset to defaults" button
Use this button to reset all settings of the view of charts and curves to the default settings.
Configuration table
Configure the display of the graphical editor in the table:
Column
Description
Show
Displaying/hiding of charts 1 to 4
Visible
Displaying/hiding of curves in the chart
You can show or hide online curves already offline.
The curve becomes visible when you have shown the curve, established an
online connection and read out the online curve.
Name
Name of chart or curve
New curves can be added. Existing curves can be removed.
Curves of other cams can also be displayed. The name of the other cam is
also displayed in the table and in the legend of the chart.
A curve can be inserted multiple times in a chart, e.g. in order to display it
with different scalings.
Color
Line color of the curve
Line type
Line type of the curve
Offset of the leading val­ Movement of the curve on the abscissa
ues1)
Multiplier for leading val­ Scaling of abscissa
ues1)
Offset of the following
values1)
Movement of the curve on the ordinate
Multiplier for following
values1)
Scaling of ordinate
1)
8.1.2.6
Only affects the display of the curve in the chart. You specify the scaling and shifting of the cam dur­
ing camming in the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn".
Configuration charts - Snap grid (S7-1500T)
In the "Snap grid" configuration window, you configure the grid spacing for aligning inputs to
the grid in the graphical editor. When "Snap" is activated, inputs and element end points are
aligned to this grid and to other element end points.
Snap grid spacing
In this area, configure the grid spacing of the snap grid:
Parameter
Description
Grid spacing leading
value
Configure the grid spacing on the abscissa (leading values) in this field.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
95
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
8.1.2.7
Parameter
Description
Grid spacing following
value
Configure the grid spacing on the ordinate (following values) in this field.
Configuration - Decimal places (S7-1500T)
In the "Decimal places" configuration window, you configure how many decimal places are
used to represent the values in the graphical and tabular editor as well as in the configuration
windows. The values are rounded in the displays. The settings do not affect the calculation of
the curves. The curves are calculated with higher accuracy regardless of the settings.
Displayed decimal places
In this area, configure the displayed decimal places:
Parameter
Description
Tabular editor and con­
figuration window
In this field, configure the number of decimal places for displaying values in
the tabular editor and in the configuration windows.
Graphical editor
In this field, configure the number of decimal places for displaying values in
the graphical editor.
8.1.3
Inserting and configuring cam elements (S7-1500T)
8.1.3.1
Inserting and configuring a point (S7-1500T)
A point assigns a following value to a leading value. The curve runs through the point with
these coordinates.
By means of the first, second and third derivatives, the velocity, acceleration and jerk can be
defined in this point. The derivative are only taken into consideration during VDI-based
optimization of transitions of the point to other elements.
Inserting a point
To add a point to the curve, follow these steps:
1. On the toolbar, click the "Insert point" icon.
2. In Chart 1, click on the desired position.
The point is inserted. The coordinates are displayed for the point. The tabular editor and
the view of the properties (Inspector window) are updated. A transition to any element is
inserted automatically.
96
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Moving a point
To move a point in the graphical editor, follow these steps:
1. On the toolbar, click the icon "Edit elements/Move view".
2. Select the point in chart 1.
3. Use the drag-and-drop feature to move the point to the desired position.
Adapting parameters
The parameters of the point can be adjusted in the tabular editor as well as in the inspector
window under "Properties > Element > Parameter".
Configure the parameters of the selected point in this area:
Parameter/Option
Description
Leading value of the point
Leading value
In this field, configure the leading value of the point (value in the definition
area).
Following values of the
point
Following value
Configure the following value of the point (value in the range of the func­
tion) in this field.
Use first derivative
By selecting the check box, you can specify the first derivative at the selec­
ted point and include it in the interpolation of the cam.
First derivative
Configure the value of the first derivative in the selected point in this field.
Use second derivative
By selecting the check box, you can specify the second derivative at the
selected point and include it in the interpolation of the cam.
Second derivative
Configure the value of the second derivative in the selected point in this
field.
Use third derivative
By selecting the check box, you can specify the third derivative at the selec­
ted point and include it in the interpolation of the cam.
Third derivative
Configure the value of the third derivative in the selected point in this field.
The derivative are only taken into consideration during VDI-based optimization of transitions
of the point to other elements.
8.1.3.2
Inserting and configuring a point group (S7-1500T)
A point group combines two or more points into a commonly interpolated element and
allows precise interpolation between the points.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
97
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Insert point group
To add a point group to the curve, proceed as follows:
1. On the toolbar, click the "Insert point group" icon.
2. In Chart 1, click on the desired position at which you want to insert the point group.
The point group is inserted. The coordinates of the start point and the end point are
displayed at the point group. The tabular editor and the view of the properties (Inspector
window) are updated. If a different element already exists, a transition to the existing
element is automatically inserted.
Adapt point group
To adapt a point group in the graphical editor, proceed as follows:
1. On the toolbar, click the icon "Edit elements/Move view".
2. Select the point group in chart 1.
The point group is highlighted graphically with drag handles. The following drag handles
are displayed:
– Start point of the point group
– End point of the point group
3. Use the drag-and-drop feature to move the handles or the whole point group to the
desired position.
If further interpolation points are configured between the start point and the end point in
the point group, the cam editor handles the interpolation points as follows:
– Definition type of the leading value "Relative to segment"
The interpolation points are shifted relative to the start and end points.
– Definition type of the leading value "Absolute in the profile"
The interpolation points are not moved.
Adapting parameters
You can adjust the parameters of the point group in the graphical editor, in the tabular editor
as well as in the inspector window under "Properties > Element > Parameter".
Configure the parameters of the selected point group in this area:
Parameter/Option
Description
Leading values of the point
group
Start
In this field, configure the start point of the point group in the leading
value range (definition area).
End
In this field, configure the end point of the point group in the leading
value area (definition area).
Interpolation points
98
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Parameter/Option
Description
Definition type of the lead­ In the drop-down list, select how the leading values of the interpolation
ing values
points are specified:
• Relative to segment
You specify the leading values of the interpolation points relative to
the group of points from 0.0 to 1.0. The value 0.0 corresponds to the
beginning of the point group. The value 1.0 corresponds to the end
of the point group.
• Absolute in the profile
You specify the leading values of the interpolation points as absolute
values.
Definition type of the fol­
lowing values
In the drop-down list, select how the following values of the interpola­
tion points are specified:
• Relative to segment
You specify the following values of the interpolation points relative to
the following value range of the point group from 0.0 to 1.0. The
value 0.0 corresponds to the configured minimum following value of
the point group. The value 1.0 corresponds to the configured maxim­
um following value of the point group.
• Absolute in the profile
You specify the following values of the interpolation points as abso­
lute values.
Minimum following value
In this field, configure the minimum following value for the point group
in the following value range.
Maximum following value In this field, configure the maximum following value of the point group
in the following value range (value range).
Use this "Insert interpolation point" icon to add an interpolation point to
the point group.
Interpolation points
This table shows the configured interpolation points sorted by increasing
leading value.
Add interpolation points using the
icon. Delete interpolation points by
marking a row and pressing the <Delete> key. If you delete all points
except one, the element type is changed from "Point group" to "Point".
Leading value
In this field, configure the leading value of the interpolation point (value
in the definition area).
Following value
In this field, configure the following value of the interpolation point
(value in the value range).
Interpolation
Interpolation type
In the drop-down list, select the interpolation type to be used for inter­
polating the point group:
• Interpolation with cubic splines
• Interpolation with Bézier splines
Approximation
Mapping method
Select the mapping method in the drop-down list:
• Point approximation
• Segment approximation
Number of interpolation
points
Configure the number of interpolation points for the point approxima­
tion in this field.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
99
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Parameter/Option
Description
Maximum following value In this field, enter the maximum permissible deviation (absolute) of the
tolerance
approximation from the interpolation points.
If the configured value is exceeded, a warning is displayed in the graphic­
al editor at the point group.
8.1.3.3
Inserting and configuring the line (S7-1500T)
A line describes a motion with constant velocity from the start point to the end point of the
line. The incline of the line specifies the constant velocity.
Inserting a line
To add a line to the curve, follow these steps:
1. On the toolbar, click the "Insert line" icon.
2. Use the drag-and-drop feature in chart 1 to draw the line from the start position to the
end position.
The straight line is inserted. The coordinates of the start point and end point are displayed
for the line. The tabular editor and the view of the properties (Inspector window) are
updated. A transition to any element is inserted automatically.
Moving a line
To move a line in the graphical editor, follow these steps:
1. On the toolbar, click the icon "Edit elements/Move view".
2. Select the line in chart 1.
The line is graphically highlighted with drag handles. The following drag handles are
displayed:
– Start point of the line
– End point of the line
3. Use the drag-and-drop feature to move the handles or the entire line to the desired
position.
Adapting parameters
The parameters of the line can be adjusted in the graphical editor, in the tabular editor as
well as in the inspector window under "Properties > Element > Parameter".
Configure the parameters of the selected line in this area:
Parameters
Description
Leading values of the line
100
Start
Configure the start point of the line in the leading value range (definition
range) in this field.
End
Configure the end point of the line in the leading value range (definition
range) in this field.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Parameters
Description
Following values of the line
8.1.3.4
Definition by
In the selection list, select the parameters to be used to define the line:
• Following values at start and end
• Following value at the start and incline
• Incline and following value at end
The corresponding parameters are displayed based on the selection.
Start
Configure the start point of the line in the following value range (value
range) in this field.
End
Configure the end point of the line in the following value range (value
range) in this field.
Incline
Configure the incline of the line in this field.
Inserting and configuring a sine (S7-1500T)
A sine element describes a motion according to the sine function. The sine function can be
adjusted with the phase angle in the start point and end point, the period length, the
amplitude as well as the oscillation zero point (offset).
Inserting a sine
To add a sine to the curve, follow these steps:
1. On the toolbar, click the "Insert sine" icon .
2. In Chart 1, click on the position desired position. The mouse pointer points to the start
position of the sine here.
The sine is inserted. The coordinates of the start point and end point are displayed for the
sine. The tabular editor and the view of the properties (Inspector window) are updated. A
transition to any element is inserted automatically.
Adjusting a sine
To adjust a sine in the graphical editor, follow these steps:
1. On the toolbar, click the icon "Edit elements/Move view".
2. Select the sine in chart 1.
The sine is graphically highlighted with drag handles and guide lines for the zero line and
the amplitude. The following drag handles are displayed:
– Leading value/shift at left/right boundary
These drag handles can also be used to adjust the inclination of an inclined sine.
– Leading value at left/right boundary
– Phase at left/right boundary
– Amplitude
3. Use the drag-and-drop feature to move the handles or the entire sine to the desired
position.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
101
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Adapting parameters
The parameters of the sine can be adjusted in the graphical editor, in the tabular editor as
well as in the inspector window under "Properties > Element > Parameter".
Configure the parameters of the selected sine element in this area:
Parameters
Description
Leading values of the sine
Start
Configure the start point of the sine element in the leading value range
(definition range) in this field.
End
Configure the end point of the sine element in the leading value range
(definition range) in this field.
Trigonometric parameters
Amplitude
Configure the amplitude of the sine element in this field.
Definition by
In the drop-down list, select how the sine element is defined:
• Phase at start and at end
• Phase at start and period length
• Phase at start and frequency
• Period length and phase at end
• Frequency and phase at end
The corresponding parameters are displayed based on the selection.
Phase angle at start
Configure the phase angle at the start of the sine element in this field.
Phase angle at end
Configure the phase angle at the end of the sine element in this field.
Period length
Configure the period length of the sine element in this field.
Frequency
Configure the frequency of the sine element in this field.
Extended parameters
102
Segment type
Select the variant of the sine element in the drop-down list.
• Sine
• Inclined sine
If you have configured an inclined sine, additional orientation lines are
displayed in the graphical editor for the amplitude and center position.
The corresponding parameters are displayed based on the selection.
Offset
Configure the oscillation midpoint of the sine element in this field.
Definition of inclination
as a function of:
In the drop-down list, select how the inclined sine element is defined:
• Offset at start and end
• Offset at start and inclination
• Inclination and offset at end
The corresponding parameters are displayed based on the selection.
Offset at start
Configure the center of oscillation at the start of the sine element in this
field.
Offset at end
Configure the center of oscillation at the end of the sine element in this
field.
Inclination
Configure the inclination of the sine element in this field.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
8.1.3.5
Inserting and configuring a polynomial (S7-1500T)
A polynomial describes a motion according to a polynomial function of the 7th degree
maximum. Polynomials can be defined by entering the boundary conditions or the
polynomial coefficients. Optionally, you can configure a trigonometric polynomial
component.
Inserting a polynomial
To add a polynomial to the curve, follow these steps:
1. On the toolbar, click the "Insert polynomial" icon.
2. In Chart 1, click on the position desired position. In so doing, the mouse pointer points to
the start position of the polynomial.
The polynomial is inserted. The coordinates of the start point and end point are displayed
for the polynomial. The tabular editor and the view of the properties (Inspector window)
are updated. If a different element already exists, a transition to the existing element is
automatically inserted.
Adjusting a polynomial
To adjust a polynomial in the graphical editor, follow these steps:
1. On the toolbar, click the icon "Edit elements/Move view".
2. Select the polynomial in chart 1.
The polynomial is graphically highlighted with drag handles. The following drag handles
are displayed:
– Leading value/following value at left/right boundary
– Position of point of inflection (lambda: relative to the element or absolute in the
profile)
3. Use the drag-and-drop feature to moves sizing handles or the entire polynomial to the
required position.
Adapting parameters
You can adjust the parameters of the polynomial in the graphical editor, in the tabular editor
as well as in the inspector window under "Properties > Element > Parameter".
Configure the parameters of the selected polynomial in this area:
Parameters
Description
Leading values of the poly­
nomial
Start
Configure the start point of the polynomial in the leading value range
(definition range) in this field.
End
Configure the end point of the polynomial in the leading value range
(definition range) in this field.
Polynomial parameters
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
103
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Parameters
Description
Definition by
In the selection list, select how the polynomial is defined:
• Coefficients
• Boundary values
The corresponding parameters are displayed based on the selection.
Coefficients
Configure the coefficients of the 6th degree polynomial function in these
fields:
P(x) = a6x6 + a5x5 + a4x4 + a3x3 + a2x2 + a1x + a0
The coefficients are shown in scientific notation, e.g. "9.6450617283e-11".
Following value - Left
boundary value
Configure the following value at the start of the polynomial in this field.
Following value - Right
boundary value
Configure the following value at the end of the polynomial in this field.
Use first derivative
Select the check box to specify the first derivative (velocity) in the left/right
boundary value of the polynomial and to include it in the interpolation of
the cam.
First derivative - left
boundary value
Configure the first derivative (velocity) for the following value at the start
of the polynomial in this field.
First derivative - right
boundary value
Configure the first derivative (velocity) for the following value at the end of
the polynomial in this field.
Use second derivative
Select the check box to specify the second derivative (acceleration) in the
left/right boundary value of the polynomial and to include it in the interpol­
ation of the cam.
Second derivative - left
boundary value
Configure the second derivative (acceleration) for the following value at
the start of the polynomial in this field.
Second derivative - right Configure the second derivative (acceleration) for the following value at
boundary value
the end of the polynomial in this field.
Use third derivative
Select the check box to specify the third derivative (jerk) in the left/right
boundary value of the polynomial and to include it in the interpolation of
the cam.
Third derivative - left
boundary value
Configure the third derivative (jerk) for the following value at the start of
the polynomial in this field.
Third derivative - right
boundary value
Configure the third derivative (jerk) for the following value at the end of
the polynomial in this field.
Lambda
In the selection list, select how the turning point of the polynomial is spe­
cified in the "Lambda position" field:
• No lambda
Do not enter any value. The position of the point of inflection is calcu­
lated automatically.
• Relative to the element
You specify the leading value of the turning point relative to the poly­
nomial from 0.0 to 1.0. The value 0.0 corresponds to the beginning of
the polynomial. The value 1.0 corresponds to the end of the polynomi­
al.
• Absolute in the profile
You specify the leading value of the point of inflection as an absolute
value.
In this field, configure the leading value of the point of inflection for the
polynomial according to the selection in the selection list.
Extended parameters
104
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Parameters
8.1.3.6
Description
Segment type
In the selection list, select whether or not the polynomial is to have a trigo­
nometric component.
When "Polynomial with trigonometric portion" is selected, the correspond­
ing trigonometric parameters are displayed, as they are with sine. When a
sine element is converted to a polynomial, the sine element is configured
as a polynomial with trigonometric portion. The shape of the element is
retained.
You have the option to define the trigonometric portion of the polynomial
using the following formula:
Y(x) = a6x6 + a5x5 + a4x4 + a3x3 + a2x2 + a1x + a0 + b0sin((b1x) + b2)
a0…6: Coefficient of order 0 to 6 of the polynomial
b0: Amplitude of the trigonometric portion
b1: Period of the trigonometric portion
b2: Phase offset of the trigonometric portion
Amplitude
Configure the amplitude of the trigonometric component in this field.
Definition by
In the selection list, select how the trigonometric component is defined:
• Phase at start and at end
• Phase at start and period length
• Phase at start and frequency
• Period length and phase at end
• Frequency and phase at end
The corresponding parameters are displayed based on the selection.
Phase angle at start
Configure the phase angle at the start of the trigonometric component in
this field.
Phase angle at end
Configure the phase angle at the end of the trigonometric component in
this field.
Period length
Configure the period length of the trigonometric component in this field.
Frequency
Configure the frequency of the trigonometric component in this field.
Inserting and configuring an inverse sine (S7-1500T)
An inverse sine describes a motion according to the arcsine function. The arcsine function is
the inverse function of the sine function. An inverse sine is approximated using interpolation
points of the arcsine function.
The inverse sine is defined within the definition range [-1, 1]. The inverse sine can be
calculated for the entire definition range or a restricted definition range of the arcsine
function.
Inserting an inverse sine
To add an inverse sine to the curve, follow these steps:
1. On the toolbar, click the "Insert inverse sine" icon.
2. In Chart 1, click on the position desired position. In so doing, the mouse pointer points to
the start position of the inverse sine.
The sine is inserted. The coordinates are displayed for the point. The tabular editor and the
view of the properties (Inspector window) are updated. A transition to any element is
inserted automatically.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
105
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Adjusting an inverse sine
To adjust an inverse sine in the graphical editor, follow these steps:
1. On the toolbar, click the icon "Edit elements/Move view".
2. Select the inverse sine in chart 1.
The inverse sine is graphically highlighted with drag handles. The following drag handles
are displayed:
– Start point of the inverse sine
– End point of the inverse sine
3. Use the drag-and-drop feature to move the handles or the entire inverse sine to the
desired position.
Adapting parameters
The parameters of the inverse sine can be adjusted in the graphical editor, in the tabular
editor as well as in the inspector window under "Properties > Element > Parameter".
Configure the parameters of the selected inverse sine in this area:
Parameters
Description
Leading values of the
inverse sine
Start
Configure the start point of the inverse sine in the leading value range
(definition range) in this field.
End
Configure the end point of the inverse sine in the leading value range
(definition range) in this field.
Following values of the
inverse sine
Minimum
Configure the minimum value of the inverse sine in the following value
range (value range) in this field.
Maximum
Configure the maximum value of the inverse sine in the following value
range (value range) in this field.
Definition range
Not mirrored/mirrored
Select whether or not the inverse sine is to be mirrored about the abscissa.
Start
Configure the start point in the definition range of the arcsine function that
is to be used in this field.
End
Configure the end point in the definition range of the arcsine function that
is to be used in this field.
Approximation
Number of interpolation Configure the number of interpolation points for the approximation in this
points
field.
Maximum following
value tolerance
106
In this field, specify the maximum permitted deviation (absolute) of the
approximation from the arcsine function.
If the configured value is exceeded, a warning is displayed in the graphical
editor for the arcsine element.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
8.1.3.7
Inserting elements from the clipboard (S7-1500T)
Insert element after the last element
To insert an element from the clipboard after the last element, follow these steps:
1. Open the shortcut menu in graphic or tabular editor.
2. Select "Insert" from the shortcut menu entry.
The element from the clipboard is inserted after the last element.
Insert element using insert mode
To insert an element from the clipboard using a selected insert mode, follow these steps:
1. If necessary, select the elements to be overwritten.
2. Open the shortcut menu in graphic or tabular editor.
3. Select the "Insert special" entry from the shortcut menu.
The "Insert elements" dialog opens.
4. In the "Insert mode" selection list, select the desired insert mode:
Insert mode
Description
Overwrite from the end You overwrite the selected elements with the elements from the clipboard
to the left
starting from the end in the direction of smaller leading values. The end of
the inserted elements then lies at the end of the selected elements.
Elements that are located in the leading value range of the elements in the
clipboard are overwritten or truncated.
Overwrite from the start You overwrite the selected elements with the elements from the clipboard
to the right
starting from the start in the direction of bigger leading values. The start
of the inserted elements then lies at the start of the selected elements.
Elements that are located in the leading value range of the elements in the
clipboard are overwritten or truncated.
Overwrite from the
middle
Starting from the center, you overwrite the selected elements with the ele­
ments from the clipboard. The center of the inserted elements then lies at
the center of the selected elements.
Elements that are located in the leading value range of the elements in the
clipboard are overwritten or truncated.
Scale selection to the
leading value range
The elements in the clipboard are scaled to the leading value range of
selected elements. The start and end of the inserted elements then lie at
the start and end of the selected elements.
Apply leading values
from the clipboard
The elements in the clipboard are inserted with the leading values at the
start and end.
Elements that are located in the leading value range of the elements in the
clipboard are overwritten or truncated.
5. Click "OK".
The element from the clipboard is inserted using the selected insert mode.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
107
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
8.1.3.8
Move elements (S7-1500T)
To move an element, follow these steps:
1. In the graphical or tabular editor, open the shortcut menu of the element that is to be
moved.
2. Select the "Move" shortcut menu entry.
The "Move elements" dialog opens.
3. In the "Horizontal distance" field, enter the shift of the selection on the abscissa (x-axis).
4. In the "Vertical distance" field, enter the shift of the selection on the ordinate (y-axis).
5. Click "OK".
The element is moved the entered distance.
8.1.3.9
Scale elements (S7-1500T)
To scale an element, follow these steps:
1. In the graphical or tabular editor, open the shortcut menu of the element that is to be
scaled.
2. Select the "Scale" shortcut menu entry.
The "Scale elements" dialog opens.
3. In the "Leading value range" field, enter the scaling length (leading value side) to which
you want to scale the selection.
4. Select the direction of scaling in the "Anchor point" selection list:
Direc­
tion
Description
Links
The selection is adjusted by the left boundary point to the scaling length.
Center
The selection is adjusted by the center point to the scaling length.
Right
The selection is adjusted by the right boundary point to the scaling length.
5. Click "OK".
The element is scaled using the selected parameter values.
8.1.3.10
Deleting elements (S7-1500T)
To delete an element in the graphical editor, follow these steps:
1. Select the element that is to be deleted.
2. Press the <Del> key.
The element is deleted. The graphical editor and the view of the properties (Inspector
window) are updated. A transition to any element present is also deleted.
8.1.3.11
Show elements used (S7-1500T)
The "Statistics" properties window shows an overview of the number of elements of the cam,
as well as the minimum and maximum values of the effective curves for the slave value and
the derivatives.
108
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Used elements
In the statistics, a distinction is made between points and segments:
• Point
A following value/leading value coordinate on the cam through which the curve runs
• Segments
All elements and transitions that are calculated by a 6th degree polynomial with a
trigonometric component
The "Elements used" area shows the number of curve elements used:
Parameters
Description
Points
This field shows the number of used points of the cam.
A cam of the type "TO_Cam" consists of a maximum of 1000 points.
A cam of the type "TO_Cam_10k" consists of a maximum of 10 000 points.
Segments
This field shows the number of used segments of the cam.
A cam consists of a maximum of 50 segments.
The use of points and segments depends on the compilation and configuration of the
elements.
If an element or a transition is defined via a point or several interpolation points, the number
of specified interpolation points determines the number of points used. The following
elements or transitions are calculated using interpolation points:
• "Point" element
• "Inverse sine" element
• "Point group" element with "Point approximation" mapping option
• "Double-harmonic transition" motion rule according to VDI Guideline
All other elements and transitions according to the VDI guideline are defined using 6th
degree polynomials with a trigonometric component and thus count as segments in the
statistics.
The following table shows the use of points and segments per element:
Element
Number of used points
Number of used segments
Point
1
0
Point at a transition with VDI-based optimization 0
0
Point group with point approximation mapping
method
Number of interpolation points con­ 0
figured.
("Properties (Inspector window) >
Element > Parameter > Approxima­
tion > Number of interpolation
points")
Default setting: 32
Point group with segment approximation map­
ping method
0
Number of interpolation points con­
figured - 1
Line
0
1
Sine
0
1
< of the 7th degree
0
1
of the 7th degree
0
2
Polynomial
Lambda = turning point of the curve
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
109
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Element
Number of used points
Number of used segments
Inverse sine
Number of interpolation points con­ 0
figured.
("Properties (Inspector window) >
Element > Parameter > Approxima­
tion > Number of interpolation
points")
Default setting: 32
Inverse sine to the right of a transition with VDIbased optimization
Number of interpolation points con­ 0
figured - 1
Transition with system interpolation
0
0
Sine
0
1
Sine with relative Lambda ≠ 0.5
0
2
Inclined sine
0
1
Inclined sine with relative Lambda ≠ 0.5
0
2
Polynomial
0
1
Sinus with relative Lambda ≠ 0.5
0
2
Dwell-in-reverse
0
5
Reverse-in-dwell
0
5
Dwell-in-dwell
0
6
Dwell-in-dwell
0
3
Constant velocity-in-constant velo­
city
0
4
Constant-velocity-in-dwell
0
4
Dwell-in-constant velocity
0
4
Sine line combination
0
3
Harmonic combination
0
3
Double-harmonic transition
Number of interpolation points con­ 0
figured.
("Properties (Inspector window) >
Element > Parameter > Approxima­
tion > Number of interpolation
points")
Default setting: 32
Quadratic parabola
0
Transition with VDI-based optimization
Motion rule
Modified acceleration trapezoid
Motion task
Modified sine
Motion task
2
Lambda = turning point of the curve
110
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
Value ranges
This area shows the minimum and maximum values of the effective curves for the following
value and the derivatives.
Boundary conditions
The following boundary conditions apply to the input and use of points and segments:
• Points
With points with the same leading values, the point that you have entered last or which is
listed in the tabular editor is active.
• Segments
– Gaps between segments are filled with a transition segment.
– For gaps in the leading value range of less than 1.0E-4, segment end points and
segment start points are pulled together.
– For gaps in the leading value range greater than 1.0E-4, a new transition segment is
inserted.
– For overlaps, the new segment is inserted from the start point and used completely.
When the previous segment is defined in excess of the new segment, the previous
segment continues to be used after the end point of the new segment.
• Interpolation points and segments (mixed cams)
The segment is used when points are defined in the same range.
8.1.4
Importing/exporting cam (S7-1500T)
Use the toolbar to export cams from the cam editor and import cams into the cam editor.
In the cam diagnostics you export and import snapshots of cams.
You can do the following jobs via export and import:
• Archive cams
• Generate cam in the cam editor from an exported snapshot of a cam generated during
runtime
• Exchange cams between TIA Portal and external software tools
Importing cam
NOTICE
Machine damage
Importing corrupt files (*.txt, *.csv) can result in unwanted behavior of the axes.
Each time you import a cam from a file, check the integrity of the imported data.
Import formats
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
111
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.1 Configuring the synchronous operation function of the cam (S7-1500T)
The following table shows the supported file formats for importing a cam:
File format
Comment
SIMOTION SCOUT
CamTool format1)/MCD
*.txt
MCD exchange format is automatically detected, imported data:
• Interpolated points
• Lines
• Sine elements
• Inverse sine elements
• Polynomials
• Transitions
SIMOTION SCOUT
CamTool format1)/MCD
*.csv
Binary format
*.bin
1)
The binary format is used for exchanging cams between multiple TIA Portal
installations.
Export the geometry "as polynomials" in SIMOTION SCOUT.
Procedure
To import a cam, follow these steps:
1. On the toolbar, click the "Import cam from file" icon.
The "Cam import" dialog opens.
2. Select the file type of the file to be imported.
3. From the file directory, select the file to be imported.
4. Click the "Open" button.
The cam is imported into the cam editor and opened. All previous entries in the editor are
discarded.
Exporting cam
Export formats
The table below shows the supported export formats, their use and special features:
112
Format
Comment
MCD exchange format
Exchange of cams between the TIA Portal and the NX Mechatronics Concept
Designer
The following elements are exported in a different form, while maintaining
the profile of the cam:
• Polynomial of the 7th degree
The format does not support 7th degree polynomials. You can define
polynomials of the 7th degree using boundary values in the cam editor. If
you configure all three derivatives at the right and left boundary values,
which corresponds to a 7th degree polynomial. A 7th degree polynomial
is mapped into two 6th degree polynomials during export.
• Point group
With the "Point group" element, the export depends on the mapping
method. With the "Point approximation" mapping method, the interpola­
tion points are exported and the transitions between the points are inter­
polated with the system interpolation. With the "Segment approximation"
mapping method, the point group is exported in segments.
• Inverted sine
The "Inverted sine" element is exported using interpolation points.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.2 Changing the synchronous operation function of the cam online (S7-1500T)
Format
Comment
SIMOTION SCOUT
CamTool format
Exchange of cams between the TIA Portal and the SIMOTION SCOUT CamTool
The same special features apply to this format as to the MCD Exchange
format.
Point list
Export cams as x and y values for processing in, for example, spreadsheet or
word processing programs
With the point list, you export points at isochronous distances from the lead­
ing value. In addition to the following values, you also have the option to
export velocity, acceleration and jerk. Select as many points as possible in
order to export the cam with a high degree of accuracy.
Binary format
Exchange of cams between multiple TIA Portal projects.
With the binary format you export all configuration data of the cam without
restrictions. In addition, your settings for the displaying the charts, such as
colors of the curves, are exported.
Procedure
To export a cam, follow these steps:
1. On the toolbar, click the "Cam file exporting" icon.
The "Export cam" dialog opens.
2. Select the desired export format from the "Export as" drop-down list.
3. Select the desired delimiter:
– When you select the "Comma" delimiter, a CSV file is created.
– When you select the "Tabulator" delimiter, a TXT file is created.
– This selection is not possible for the binary format.
4. If you export the cam as a point list, enter the number of points and optionally activate the
curves to be exported for velocity, acceleration and jerk.
The more points you export, the more accurately the point list maps the configured cam.
5. Enter a file name in the "File name" box.
6. Select the directory to which the file is written.
7. Click the "Export" button.
8.2
Changing the synchronous operation function of the cam online
(S7-1500T)
You can configure the y = f(x) function of the cam using the cam editor in the configuration
of the technology object (Page 83). Alternatively, for dynamic cam plate calculations, you can
define or change the synchronous operation function of the cam during the runtime of the
user program. The cam technology object must already be created for this.
To change the synchronous operation function of a cam online, you have the following
options:
• Changing the synchronous operation function of the cam manually (Page 113)
• Copy calculated cam elements (Page 115)
• Creating the synchronous operation function of the cam with the "LCamHdl" library (Page
116)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
113
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.2 Changing the synchronous operation function of the cam online (S7-1500T)
8.2.1
Changing the synchronous operation function of the cam manually
(S7-1500T)
The following tags of the technology object data block (Page 323) of the cam are relevant for
defining the synchronous operation function of a cam manually in runtime:
• <TO>.Point[i]
• <TO>.ValidPoint[i]
• <TO>.Segment[i]
• <TO>.ValidSegment[i]
• <TO>.InterpolationSettings
You can adapt the tags in runtime via the user program. You can use the "<TO>.ValidPoint[i]"
and "<TO>.ValidSegment[i]" tags to determine which cam elements included for the
interpolation. If the value is "TRUE", the element "<TO>.Point[i]" or "<TO>.Segment[i]" with
the corresponding index "i" is included in the interpolation. You can determine the
interpolation type (Page 124) using the "<TO>.InterpolationSettings" tag.
Requirement
• The cam technology object has been created. Configuration via the cam editor is not
required.
• The project is downloaded to the CPU.
• The cam elements to be adapted should not be edited by an active copy operation of an
"MC_CopyCamData (Page 279)" job.
Procedure
To manually change the synchronous operation function of a cam in runtime, follow these
steps:
1. Calculate the points and segments of the cam depending on your application.
2. Define the calculated points in the technology object data block of the cam.
<TO>.Point[i] := Point; // data type TO_Cam_Struct_PointData
3. Set the defined points to valid.
<TO>.ValidPoint[i] := TRUE;
4. Set all undefined points to invalid.
<TO>.ValidPoint[i] := FALSE;
5. Define the calculated segments in the technology object data block of the cam.
<TO>.Segment[i] := Segment; // data type TO_Cam_Struct_SegmentData
6. Set the defined segments to valid.
<TO>.ValidSegment[i] := TRUE;
7. Set all undefined segments to invalid.
<TO>.ValidSegment[i] := FALSE;
8. Make the interpolation settings of the cam.
<TO>.InterpolationSettings.InterpolationMode := 1;
<TO>.InterpolationSettings.BoundaryConditions := 0;
The values "1" and "0" are only used as examples. Adapt them as needed.
9. Interpolate the cam with a "MC_InterpolateCam (Page 274)" job.
114
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.2 Changing the synchronous operation function of the cam online (S7-1500T)
Check the synchronous operation function of the cam
Use the cam diagnostics (Page 190) to analyze and check the generated cam. This provides
you with a graphical view of the cam, a list of all valid cam elements and the interpolation
type.
8.2.2
Copy calculated cam elements (S7-1500T)
You use an "MC_CopyCamData (Page 279)" job to copy calculated cam elements to a cam.
You can use the same job to copy points and segments to the technology object data block of
the cam.
Cam elements to be copied
Save or calculate the cam elements in a data block. Create an array for points of the
"TO_Cam_Struct_PointData" type and an array for segments of the "TO_Cam_Struct_Segment­
Data" type. The size of the arrays depends on the use case and is variable.
The consistency of the cam elements in the data block is your responsibility. The cam
elements must not change during an active copy operation of an "MC_CopyCamData" job.
Specify the arrays for points and segments at the "ArrayOfPoints" and "ArrayOfSegments"
parameters of the "MC_CopyCamData" job. Define the number of elements to be copied at
the "NumberOfPoints" and "NumberOfSegments" parameters.
Use the "StartPointArray" and "StartSegmentArray" parameters to define the index of the first
element to be copied in the array, respectively. Use the "StartPointCam" and
"StartSegmentCam" parameters to define the respective index in the cam starting at which
the elements to be copied are to be inserted.
Copy mode
Following the copy operation, the inserted cam elements are set as valid ("ValidPoint" = TRUE,
"ValidSegment" = TRUE).
With copy mode "Mode" = 0, you specify that all defined elements already present in the cam
are set as invalid before the copy operation ("ValidPoint" = FALSE, "ValidSegment" = FALSE).
This results in only the inserted elements being valid after the copy operation. Use this copy
mode to completely regenerate the cam and overwrite its previous synchronous operation
function.
Use copy mode "Mode" = 1 to specify that all defined elements already present in the cam
remain valid ("ValidPoint" = TRUE, "ValidSegment" = TRUE). This results in both the inserted
elements and the still existing elements not overwritten being valid after the copy operation.
Use this copy mode to append cam elements to the previous synchronous operation function
of the cam, or to partially overwrite the synchronous operation function of cam.
Copy operation
Copying of cam elements is possible during active cam synchronization.
An active copy operation is indicated by the "MC_CopyCamData.Busy" = TRUE parameter, in
the "<TO>.StatusWord.X7 (CopyCamDataActive)" tag as well as in the status and error bits of
the diagnostics of the technology object. Only one active "MC_CopyCamData" job is possible
at a given time on a cam.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
115
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.3 Interpolating a cam (S7-1500T)
As soon as the cam elements have been copied and set to valid, the copy operation is
complete. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the parameter
"Done" = TRUE. The "<TO>.StatusWord.X4 (CamDataChanged)" tag of the technology object is
set to "TRUE".
Before you can use the cam with the inserted elements, the cam must be interpolated. To do
this, start an "MC_InterpolateCam" job.
8.2.3
Creating the synchronous operation function of the cam with the "LCamHdl"
library (S7-1500T)
The "LCamHdl" library provides function blocks that support you in creating jerkless cams in
accordance with VDI guideline 2143. The function blocks perform the required calculations of
the segments for different profile types, e.g. the polynomial coefficients.
In addition, you can use the optimized "Basic" function block with a simplified user interface
to define the synchronous operation function of the cam in terms of points and associated
dynamic values. From this, the function block calculates the corresponding segments
according to a 5th degree polynomial function.
More information
You can find additional information about the "LCamHdl" library in the Siemens Industry
Online Support under entry ID 105644659
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/105644659).
An application example shows the creation of cams with the "LCamHdl" library and switching
of two cams using the example of a press. The application example can be found in the
Siemens Industry Online Support under entry ID 109749460
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109749460).
8.3
Interpolating a cam (S7-1500T)
8.3.1
Configuring transitions (S7-1500T)
To use a cam in the user program, you must interpolate the cam after downloading to the
CPU or after adapting the technology object data block. The interpolation closes the gaps
between the defined interpolation points and segments of the cam. These missing ranges are
called transitions. The interpolation type defines how the transitions are interpolated.
116
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.3 Interpolating a cam (S7-1500T)
Configuring interpolation
You specify the interpolation type in the configuration of the technology object. You can set
the interpolation separately for each transition in the cam. The following methods are
possible:
• System interpolation (Page 119):
The system interpolation is the default for interpolation of the transitions. You configure
the system interpolation for all transitions in the properties (Inspector window) in the
"Profile > System interpolation" configuration window.
• Interpolation according to VDI Guideline 2143 (Page 122):
You can adapt each transition separately according to the VDI Guideline 2143. The
settings in the properties (Inspector window) in the "Profile > Default optimization
settings" configuration window are hereby taken into consideration.
"Characteristic" configuration window
In the "Characteristic" configuration window, you configure the parameters for optimizing the
selected transition in the properties (Inspector window):
Parameters
Description
Interpolation settings of the
transition
Optimization method
Select the optimization method in the drop-down list:
• System interpolation (Page 119)
The CPU defines the optimization parameters automatically according
to the settings of the system interpolation.
• VDI-based optimization (Page 122)
Adjust the optimization manually. The inputs are applied automatic­
ally according to the VDI Guideline 2143.
Motion task
The transition type is determined from the properties of the adjacent ele­
ments of the transition and displayed in this field.
Continuity at start/end
In the drop-down lists, select which parameter is continuous in the
boundary points and is to be included for optimization:
• Default optimization setting (setting under "Profile > Default optimiz­
ation settings")
• Position
• Velocity (bumpless)
• Acceleration (jerkless)
• Jerk (jerk continuity permitted on one side only)
Optimization target
In the drop-down list, select the optimization target:
• Default optimization setting (setting under "Profile > Default optimiz­
ation settings")
• Not specified
• Velocity (Cv)
• Acceleration (Ca)
• Jerk (Cj)
• Dynamic torque (Cmdyn)
Selection of motion rule
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
117
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.3 Interpolating a cam (S7-1500T)
Parameters
Description
Motion rule
In the drop-down list, select the motion rule according to which optimiz­
ation is to occur:
• Line
• Quadratic parabola
• Sine
• Polynomial
• Inclined sine
• Modified acceleration trapezoid
• Modified sine
• Harmonic combination
• Double-harmonic transition
• Sine line combination
The selection is automatically limited to the motion rules that can be
applied according to the motion task and the selected boundary condi­
tions. Additional parameters are displayed depending on the selected
motion rule.
If you have changed the motion task in such a way that the motion rule
can no longer be applied, a notice is displayed. In this case, you need to
select a motion rule that can be applied.
Parameter used
In the drop-down list, select the parameters to be included in the optim­
ization:
• Lambda
• Maximum acceleration (Ca)
• Maximum deceleration (Ca*)
The selection is automatically limited to the parameters that can be
applied according to the motion rule.
Lambda
In the drop-down list, select the transition point in the "Lambda position"
field:
• No lambda
Do not enter any value. The position of the point of inflection is calcu­
lated automatically.
• Relative to segment
Specify the leading value of the point of inflection relative to the
transition from 0.0 to 1.0. The value 0.0 corresponds to the begin­
ning of the transition. The value 1.0 corresponds to the end of the
transition.
• Absolute in the profile
You specify the leading value of the point of inflection as an absolute
value.
Lambda position
In this field, configure the leading value of the point of inflection for the
transition according to the selection in the "Lambda" drop-down list.
Maximum acceleration (Ca) Configure the maximum acceleration (Ca) for the transition in this field.
Maximum deceleration
(Ca*)
Configure the maximum deceleration (Ca*) for the transition in this field.
Approximation
Number of interpolation In this field, configure the number of interpolation points for the trans­
points
ition.
Maximum following
value tolerance
118
In this field, enter the maximum permitted deviation (absolute) of the
approximation from the motion rule.
If the configured value is exceeded, a warning is displayed in the graphic­
al editor at the transition.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.3 Interpolating a cam (S7-1500T)
8.3.2
Parameters
Description
Characteristic values of the
transition
The characteristic values of the transition that are relevant according to
VDI 2143 are displayed in this area. The maximum value and the stand­
ardized value are displayed for the following characteristic values:
• Velocity (Cv)
• Acceleration (Ca)
• Deceleration (Ca*)
• Jerk (Cj)
• Dynamic torque (Cmdyn)
System interpolation (S7-1500T)
With system interpolation, the transitions are interpolated according to the interpolation type
and the response in the boundary points of the transition segment. The following
interpolation methods are possible:
• Linear interpolation
Gaps in the curve are closed with a straight line.
Specified position (point)
Interpolated position
Resulting velocity (scaled)
Resulting acceleration
Resulting jerk
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
119
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.3 Interpolating a cam (S7-1500T)
• Interpolation with cubic splines
The interpolated curve runs through the interpolation points and the segments of the
curve.
After interpolation has been completed, the value range of the following value of the cam
can be greater than before interpolation.
Specified position (point)
Interpolated position
Resulting velocity (scaled)
Resulting acceleration (scaled)
Resulting jerk (scaled)
120
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.3 Interpolating a cam (S7-1500T)
• Interpolation with Bézier splines
The interpolated curve runs along the interpolation points and through the segments of
the curve.
The range of the cam is not changed by interpolation.
Specified position (point)
Interpolated position
Resulting velocity (scaled)
Resulting acceleration (scaled)
Resulting jerk (scaled)
NOTE
Differences in the interpolation types
Depending on the definition of the cam, high dynamic responses can result when
interpolating with cubic splines, as the interpolated curve always runs through the specified
points. The course of the curve for interpolation via cubic splines runs through all specified
points, while the course of the curve for interpolation via Bézier splines is only based on the
points and thus results in lower dynamic values.
If required, select an interpolation using Bézier splines in order to obtain a smooth, slower
interpolated curve.
"System interpolation" configuration window
In the "System interpolation" configuration window, configure the interpolation of transitions
according to the system specifications in the properties (Inspector window). These settings
are used when the "System interpolation" optimization method is used for a transition (Page
116) (default setting).
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
121
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.3 Interpolating a cam (S7-1500T)
Configure the interpolation type and the behavior of the boundary points in this area:
Parameter
Description
Interpolation type
In the drop-down list, select the interpolation type by which the transitions in
the curve are interpolated:
• Linear interpolation
In linear interpolation, the transitions (magenta) between the cam ele­
ments (blue) are defined by a straight line.
• Interpolation with cubic splines
In the interpolation with cubic splines, the transitions (magenta) between
the cam elements (blue) are defined so that the interpolated curve runs
through all the cam elements. The acceleration (green) in the transition is
linear.
• Interpolation with Bézier splines
In the interpolation with Bézier splines, the transitions (magenta)
between the cam elements (blue) are defined so that the interpolated
curve is based on specified points and the curve runs through other cam
element types.
Behavior at boundary
In the drop-down list, select which behavior of the interpolation applies to a
cyclic use of the cam in the boundary points:
• No restrictions
The areas between the elements are closed.
• First derivative continuous (velocity continuous)
The cam is interpolated in such a way that the first derivative (velocity) is
equal at the start and end of the cam.
See also
MC_InterpolateCam: Interpolate cam disc V7 (Page 274)
8.3.3
Interpolation according to VDI Guideline 2143 (S7-1500T)
The VDI Guideline 2143 deals with motion rules for cam gears. The aim of these motion rules
is to achieve high running quality and to avoid jolts and jerks.
The VDI Guideline 2143 distinguishes between areas of usage and motion transitions:
• Areas of usage correspond to the sequences in a process, which means the inserted
elements of the cam.
• Motion transitions are transitions between areas of usage that are not directly relevant to
the process but must meet specific boundary conditions, for example, velocity
consistency.
The following motion tasks are defined based on VDI Guideline 2143:
122
Motion task
Designation
Properties
Dwell
R
Velocity = 0
Acceleration = 0
Constant velocity
G
Velocity ≠ 0
Acceleration = 0
Reverse
U
Velocity = 0
Acceleration ≠ 0
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.3 Interpolating a cam (S7-1500T)
Motion task
Designation
Properties
Motion
B
Velocity ≠ 0
Acceleration ≠ 0
The graphic below shows an example of the motion jobs:
I[
8
*
5
;
The following graphic shows the possible combinations of motion jobs:
5
5
*
8
%
Y D Y D Y D Y D *
Y D Y D Y D Y D 8
Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Y D %
Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D Y D 123
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.3 Interpolating a cam (S7-1500T)
Adjust the optimization of a transition
To adapt the optimization of a transition according to the VDI Guideline 2143, follow these
steps:
1. Select the transition in the graphical or tabular editor.
2. In the properties (Inspector window), open the "Element > Characteristic (Page 116)"
configuration window.
3. Select the optimization method "VDI-based optimization" in the "Optimization method"
drop-down list.
4. If necessary, change the default settings.
The selection of the parameters is automatically limited to the settings that can be applied
according to VDI Guideline 2143.
You interpolate the cam with the Motion Control instruction "MC_InterpolateCam (Page 274)"
according to the settings for the VDI optimization. Note that, in contrast to system
interpolation, the optimization of transitions according to VDI Guideline 2143 directly
occupies segments in the technology object data block. This optimization type is thus not
possible via "MC_InterpolateCam" during runtime.
"Default optimization settings" configuration window
You configure the default values for optimization of transitions according to VDI Guideline
2143 in the "Profile > Default optimization settings" configuration window in the properties
(Inspector window). The default values are used when the "VDI-based optimization"
optimization method is selected for a transition (Page 116) and when the setting "Default
optimization setting" is selected for the continuity or the optimization target.
Configure the default settings for continuity requirement and optimization target in this area:
124
Parameter
Description
Continuity
In the drop-down list, select which parameter is continuous in the boundary
points and is to be taken into consideration for optimization:
• Position
• Velocity
• Acceleration
• Jerk
Optimization target
In the drop-down list, select the optimization target according to the VDI
Guideline:
• Not specified
• Velocity (Cv)
• Acceleration (Ca)
• Jerk (Cj)
• Dynamic torque (Cmdyn)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.4 Scaling and shifting cam (S7-1500T)
8.3.4
Interpolate cam with "MC_InterpolateCam" (S7-1500T)
To use a cam in the user program, you must interpolate the cam after downloading to the
CPU or after adapting the technology object data block. The interpolation closes the gaps
between the defined interpolation points and segments of the cam. The interpolation type
defines how missing ranges are interpolated.
NOTE
Improving system performance
To improve the system performance for interpolating the cam technology object, select the
"Improve system performance" check box in the properties of MC‑Interpolator [OB92] under
"General > Multi-core processor".
After you have configured the interpolation type (Page 116), you interpolate a cam in the
user program with the Motion Control instruction "MC_InterpolateCam (Page 274)". After
starting the "MC_InterpolateCam" job, the cam is interpolated in the definition range from the
minimum to the maximum value in the leading value range:
• The minimum value in the leading value range is the first defined interpolation point or
start of the first segment of the cam (<TO>.StatusCam.StartLeadingValue).
• The maximum value in the leading value range is the last defined interpolation point or
end of the last segment of the cam (<TO>.StatusCam.EndLeadingValue).
As soon as the cam has been interpolated, this is indicated on Motion Control instruction
"MC_InterpolateCam" with parameter "Done" = TRUE and in tag "<TO>.StatusWord.X5
(Interpolated)" = 1 of the technology object. After interpolation, an explicit value in the value
range is assigned to each value in the definition range.
8.4
Scaling and shifting cam (S7-1500T)
You can scale and shift the utilized cam for camming (Page 82) at the Motion Control
instruction "MC_CamIn" in the leading and following value range. The configured cam is not
changed by this. In contrast, the specification for leading and following value range in the
configuration of the technology object only effect the display in the graphical editor.
The following diagram shows the general sequence of scaling and shifting the cam:
/HDGLQJYDOXHVKLIW
3RVLWLRQ
OHDGLQJD[LV
ದ
&DP
)ROORZLQJYDOXHVKLIW
™
/HDGLQJYDOXHVFDOLQJ
)ROORZLQJYDOXHVFDOLQJ
3RVLWLRQ
IROORZLQJD[LV
Position following axis = f[(Position leading axis - Leading value shift) / Leading value scaling]
× Following value scaling + Following value shift
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
125
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.4 Scaling and shifting cam (S7-1500T)
Parameter inputs
You define the use of the cam with the following parameters of the Motion Control
instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)":
• With the "MasterScaling" parameter, you specify the scaling of the cam in the leading
value range.
• With the "SlaveScaling" parameter, you specify the scaling of the cam in the following
value range.
• You define the offset of the cam in the leading value range with the parameter
"MasterOffset".
• You define the offset of the cam in the following value range with the parameter
"SlaveOffset".
Scaling of the cam
The figure below shows the basic effect of scaling the cam with the parameters
"MasterScaling" and "SlaveScaling":
0DVWHU6FDOLQJ 6ODYH6FDOLQJ 0DVWHU6FDOLQJ 6ODYH6FDOLQJ W
W
0DVWHU6FDOLQJ 6ODYH6FDOLQJ 0DVWHU6FDOLQJ 6ODYH6FDOLQJ W
W
Leading value
Following value
126
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.5 Defining application mode of the cam (S7-1500T)
Shifting of the cam
)ROORZLQJYDOXH
)ROORZLQJYDOXHRIWKHV\QFKURQRXV
RSHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQ
IROORZLQJD[LVSRVLWLRQ
The following figure shows the basic effect of the leading value and following value offset as
well as the position of the cam with the following parameter values:
• "MasterOffset" > 0
• "SlaveOffset" > 0
• Start position of the cam > 0
• "MasterSyncPosition" > 0
&DP
6ODYH2IIVHW
/HDGLQJYDOXH
0DVWHU2IIVHW
8.5
/HDGLQJYDOXHRIWKHV\QFKURQRXV
RSHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQ
OHDGLQJD[LVSRVLWLRQ
①
Start position of the cam
First defined interpolation point/start of the first segment of the cam (<TO>.Status­
Cam.StartLeadingValue)
②
Leading value distance with synchronization in advance ("MasterStartDistance")
③
Synchronous position of the leading axis relative to the starting position of the cam ("Master­
SyncPosition")
④
Leading value distance with subsequent synchronization ("MasterStartDistance")
⑤
End position of the cam
Last defined interpolation point/end of the last segment of the cam (<TO>.Status­
Cam.EndLeadingValue)
Defining application mode of the cam (S7-1500T)
For camming (Page 82), you can define the application mode of the cam. The following
modes are available:
• Not cyclic
• Cyclical
• Cyclic appending
A cam is defined between the start position (<TO>.StatusCam.StartLeadingValue) and end
position (<TO>.StatusCam.EndLeadingValue) after the interpolation.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
127
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.5 Defining application mode of the cam (S7-1500T)
Parameter inputs
You define the use of the cam with the following parameters of the Motion Control
instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)":
• With the "ApplicationMode" parameter, you define the application mode of the cam.
Not cyclic
With the "ApplicationMode" = 0 parameter, you define the application mode of the cam as
"Not cyclic".
The cam is run exactly once. When the cam is run through in the positive direction,
synchronous operation is ended when the end position of the cam is reached. When the cam
is run through in the negative direction, synchronous operation is ended when the start
position of the cam is reached.
To prevent step changes in the dynamic values, the velocity of the following axis must be
zero at the start and end position of the cam.
)ROORZLQJYDOXH
/HDGLQJYDOXH
Cyclical
With the "ApplicationMode" = 1 parameter, you define the application mode of the cam as
"Cyclical".
The cam is run cyclically. When the cam is run through in the positive direction, the cam is
repeated from the start position when the end position of the cam is reached. When the cam
is run through in the negative direction, the cam is repeated from the end position when the
start position of the cam is reached.
To prevent step changes in the dynamic values, the start and end positions of the cam must
be match, and the velocity at the start and end position must be identical. For a velocity
continuous transition, use the setting "First derivative continuous (velocity continuous)"
under "Properties (Inspector window) > System interpolation > Behavior at boundary"
(<TO>.InterpolationSettings.BoundaryConditions = 1) for interpolation of the cam.
)ROORZLQJYDOXH
/HDGLQJYDOXH
Cyclic appending
With the "ApplicationMode" = 2 parameter, you define the application mode of the cam as
"Cyclic appending".
128
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.6 Dynamic limits of the following axis in camming (S7-1500T)
The cam is run cyclically. When the cam is run through in the positive direction, the end
position of the cam is used as the start position for the next run. When the cam is run
through in the negative direction, the start position of the cam is used as the start position for
the next run. The position difference between the start and end position on the following
value side is added up.
To prevent step changes in the dynamic values, the velocity at the start and end position
must be identical. For a velocity continuous transition, use the setting "First derivative
continuous (velocity continuous)" under "Properties (Inspector window) > System
interpolation > Behavior at boundary" (<TO>.InterpolationSettings.BoundaryConditions = 1)
for interpolation of the cam.
)ROORZLQJYDOXH
/HDGLQJYDOXH
8.6
Dynamic limits of the following axis in camming (S7-1500T)
If a synchronous axis is operated as a following axis in camming with the Motion Control
instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)", the following dynamic limits apply depending on the
phase of the synchronous operation:
Pending synchronous operation
If synchronous operation is not active, the configured dynamic limits of the following axis
apply. If synchronous operation is already active, the description in section
"Synchronization/synchronous motion/desynchronization" applies.
Synchronization/synchronous motion/desynchronization
During synchronization, synchronous travel and desynchronization (Page 267), the dynamics
of the following axis are only limited to the maximum speed of the drive
(<TO>.Actor.DriveParameter.MaxSpeed). The dynamics of the following axis results from the
synchronous operation function.
If the dynamic limits configured for the following axis are exceeded, this is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" tags of the technology object. The
SW limit switches continue to be monitored with the configured dynamic limits of the
following axis.
If the following axis cannot follow the leading value, this results in a following error, which is
monitored by the following error monitoring.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
129
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
Synchronous operation override
As soon as synchronous operation has been overridden (Page 283), the dynamic limits
configured for the technology object apply to the following axis again. With the start of the
overriding job, the active dynamics are transitioned (smoothed) to the configured dynamic
limits and the specifications for the Motion Control instruction.
8.7
Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
8.7.1
Parameter overview for synchronizing with "MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
During camming (Page 82), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" you define the type of
synchronization:
SyncProfileReference
Synchronization profile
0
Synchronization in advance using dynamic parameters (Page 133)
1
Synchronization in advance using leading value distance (Page 134)
2
Direct synchronous setting (Page 143)
3
Subsequent synchronization using leading value distance (Page 139)
4
Subsequent synchronization using leading value distance starting from cur­
rent leading value position (Page 142)
5
Direct synchronous setting at the end of the cam (Page 144)
6
Synchronization in advance using leading value distance starting from cur­
rent leading value position (Page 136)
Depending on the synchronization profile, different parameters of the Motion Control
instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)" are relevant:
Parameters
130
SyncProfileReference
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
MasterOffset
✓
✓
-
✓
✓
-
-
SlaveOffset
✓
✓
-
✓
✓
-
✓
MasterScaling
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
SlaveScaling
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
MasterSyncPosition
✓
✓
✓
✓
-
✓
✓
MasterStartDistance
-
✓
-
✓
✓
-
✓
Velocity
✓
-
-
-
-
-
-
Acceleration
✓
-
-
-
-
-
-
Deceleration
✓
-
-
-
-
-
-
Jerk
✓
-
-
-
-
-
-
ApplicationMode
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
SyncDirection
✓
✓
-
✓
✓
-
✓
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
8.7.2
Defining direction of synchronization with "MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
During camming (Page 82), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. If you have activated the "Modulo" setting for the following axis, you
can define the direction of the synchronization with the "SyncDirection" parameter of the
Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)".
$BN
'PMMPXJOH
WBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
Positive direction
With "SyncDirection" = 1, the following axis may only travel in positive direction during
synchronization. In this example, the synchronous position is 0.0.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
U
U
U
U
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
U
U
131
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
Negative direction
With "SyncDirection" = 2, the following axis may only travel in negative direction during
synchronization. In this example, the synchronous position is 0.0.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
132
U
U
U
U
U
U
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
Shortest distance
With "SyncDirection" = 3, changes in direction of the following axis are permitted during
synchronization. In this example, the synchronous position is 90.0.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
8.7.3
U
U
U
U
U
U
Synchronizing following axis in advance using dynamic parameters with
"MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
During camming (Page 82), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. During synchronization in advance using dynamic parameters,
synchronization begins in such a way that the leading and following axis are synchronous
when the synchronous position is reached.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis for synchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 0, you define the type of synchronization as
synchronization in advance using dynamic parameters.
• With the parameter "MasterSyncPosition", you define the synchronous position of the
leading axis relative to the start position of the cam. The synchronous position establishes
the relationship between leading value and following value. The synchronous position
must be within the definition of the cam. With "MasterSyncPosition" ≠ 0.0, you move the
synchronous position within the cam without changing the position of the cam. For
synchronization in advance, the synchronous position is the position starting from which
the leading and following axes are synchronous.
• With the parameters "Velocity", "Acceleration", "Deceleration" and "Jerk" you define the
dynamics for the synchronization of the following axis.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
133
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
Until synchronization
After the start of the "MC_CamIn" job, a motion profile for the following axis is calculated
continuously. The motion profile is calculated based on the following parameters:
• Specified synchronous position of the Motion Control instruction
• Specified dynamics of the Motion Control instruction
• Current position and dynamics of the leading and following axes
• Synchronous operation specified via cam
The calculation determines the synchronization length and thus the start position of the
leading axis for the synchronization.
The start position of the leading axis is derived in the following way:
Start position = Synchronous position of leading axis - Synchronization length
The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading value has reached the
start position (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 3).
If the leading axis is already in its synchronous position when the "MC_CamIn" job is started,
the leading axis must first cross the start position to start synchronization. If the leading and
following axes are already at their synchronous positions when the "MC_CamIn" job is started,
synchronous operation immediately has "Synchronous" status.
During synchronization
The following axis begins to synchronize as soon as the leading value has reached the start
position. The synchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn" with
the parameter "StartSync" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X21 (Synchronizing)" tag of
the following axis. The leading value must not reverse during synchronization.
The dynamics of the following axis during synchronization is obtained from the calculated
motion profile and the current dynamics of the leading axis. Changes in the dynamics of the
leading axis during synchronization are superimposed with the calculated motion profile in
accordance with the synchronous operation function. This can have the result that the
configured dynamic limits at the following axis are violated. This scenario is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" tags.
After synchronization
The following axis is synchronized as soon as the leading axis has reached the synchronous
position. The following axis travels synchronously with the leading axis in accordance with
the cam profile (Page 146).
8.7.4
Synchronizing following axis in advance using leading value distance with
"MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
During camming (Page 82), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. During synchronization in advance using the leading value distance,
synchronization begins in such a way that the leading and following axis are synchronous
when the synchronous position is reached.
134
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
Parameter inputs
You can define the behavior of the following axis for synchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 1, you define the type of synchronization as
synchronization in advance using the leading value distance.
• With the parameter "MasterSyncPosition", you define the synchronous position of the
leading axis relative to the start position of the cam. The synchronous position establishes
the relationship between leading value and following value. The synchronous position
must be within the definition of the cam. With "MasterSyncPosition" ≠ 0.0, you move the
synchronous position within the cam without changing the position of the cam. For
synchronization in advance, the synchronous position is the position starting from which
the leading and following axes are synchronous.
• With the "MasterStartDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance
(synchronization length).
Until synchronization
After the start of the "MC_CamIn" job, a motion profile is calculated for the following axis
depending on the specified leading value distance. The calculation determines the required
dynamic response and thus the start position of the leading axis for the synchronization.
The start position of the leading axis is derived in the following way:
Start position = Synchronous position of leading axis - Synchronization length
The leading axis must be at least the leading value distance away from the synchronous
position. The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading value has
reached the start position (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 3).
NOTE
Dynamic jumps
If the following axis is in motion and the leading value is at standstill when the "MC_CamIn"
job is started, dynamic jumps can occur at the following axis as soon as the leading axis is set
in motion and the following axis starts synchronizing.
If the leading and following axes are already at their synchronous positions when the
"MC_CamIn" job is started, synchronous operation immediately has "Synchronous" status.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
135
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
During synchronization
The following axis begins to synchronize as soon as the leading value has reached the start
position. The synchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn" with
the parameter "StartSync" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X21 (Synchronizing)" tag of
the following axis. The leading value must not reverse during synchronization.
'PMMPXJOHWBMVF
$BN
-FBEJOHWBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
4ZODISPOPVT
QPTJUJPO
-FBEJOHWBMVF
EJTUBODF
U
'PMMPXJOHWBMVF
U
①
Time when synchronization starts
②
Time when synchronization is complete
The dynamics of the following axis during synchronization is obtained from the calculated
motion profile and the current dynamics of the leading axis. Changes in the dynamics of the
leading axis during synchronization are superimposed with the calculated motion profile in
accordance with the synchronous operation function. This can have the result that the
configured dynamic limits at the following axis are violated. This scenario is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" variables of the technology object.
After synchronization
The following axis is synchronized as soon as the leading axis has reached the synchronous
position. The following axis travels synchronously with the leading axis in accordance with
the cam profile (Page 146).
136
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
8.7.5
Synchronize the following axis in advance via the leading value path from
the current leading value position with "MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
During camming (Page 82), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. For synchronization in advance, the leading value path from the
current leading value position begins as soon as the "MC_CamIn" job becomes effective and
the leading axis is in motion.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis for synchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 6, you define the type of synchronization as
synchronization in advance via the leading value path from the current leading value
position.
• With the parameter "MasterSyncPosition", you define the synchronous position of the
leading axis relative to the start position of the cam. The synchronous position establishes
the relationship between leading value and following value. The synchronous position
must be within the definition of the cam. With "MasterSyncPosition" ≠ 0.0, you move the
synchronous position within the cam without changing the position of the cam. For
synchronization in advance, the synchronous position is the position starting from which
the leading and following axes are synchronous.
• With the "MasterStartDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance
(synchronization length).
• With the parameter "SlaveOffset" you define the offset of the cam in the following value
range (Page 125). The offset of the cam in the leading value range is calculated
automatically.
Until synchronization
After the start of the "MC_CamIn" job, a motion profile is calculated for the following axis
depending on the specified leading value distance. The calculation results in the required
dynamics and the offset of the cam in the leading value range.
If the leading axis is at a standstill when the job starts, the status "Waiting" is displayed on the
following axis (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 3) until the leading
axis starts moving.
NOTE
Dynamic jumps
If the following axis is in motion and the leading value is at standstill when the "MC_CamIn"
job is started, dynamic jumps can occur at the following axis as soon as the leading axis is set
in motion and the following axis starts synchronizing.
If the leading and following axes are already at their synchronous positions when the
"MC_CamIn" job is started, synchronous operation immediately has "Synchronous" status.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
137
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
During synchronization
The following axis begins to synchronize as soon as the "MC_CamIn" job takes effect and the
leading axis is moving. The synchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction
"MC_CamIn" with the parameter "StartSync" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X21
(Synchronizing)" tag of the following axis. The leading value must not reverse during
synchronization.
'PMMPXJOHWBMVF
$BN
-FBEJOHWBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
4ZODISPOPVT
QPTJUJPO
-FBEJOHWBMVF
EJTUBODF
U
'PMMPXJOHWBMVF
U
①
Time at which the job becomes effective and the synchronization begins.
②
Time when synchronization is complete
The dynamics of the following axis during synchronization is obtained from the calculated
motion profile and the current dynamics of the leading axis. Changes in the dynamics of the
leading axis during synchronization are superimposed with the calculated motion profile in
accordance with the synchronous operation function. This can have the result that the
configured dynamic limits at the following axis are violated. This scenario is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" variables of the technology object.
After synchronization
The cam is offset accordingly in the master value range. The offset results from the current
leading value position and the default values of the parameters "MasterSyncPosition",
138
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
"MasterStartDistance" and "SlaveOffset". The offset in the leading value range is displayed in
the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.MasterOffset" tag of the technology object.
.BTUFS4UBSU%JTUBODF
$BN
'PMMPXJOHWBMVF
$BN
1PTJUJPO
'PMMPXJOHBYJT
4MBWF0꫻TFU
-FBEJOHWBMVF
$BN
.BTUFS0꫻TFU
.BTUFS4ZOD1PTJUJPO
①
Current leading value position
②
Current following value position
1PTJUJPO
-FBEJOHBYJT
The following axis is synchronized as soon as the leading axis has reached the synchronous
position. The following axis travels synchronously with the leading axis in accordance with
the cam profile (Page 146).
8.7.6
Subsequent synchronizing of following axis using leading value distance
with "MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
During camming (Page 82), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. With subsequent synchronization using the leading value distance,
synchronization begins as soon as the leading value has reached the synchronous position of
the leading axis.
Parameter inputs
You can define the behavior of the following axis for synchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 3, you define the type of synchronization as
subsequent synchronization using the leading value distance.
• With the parameter "MasterSyncPosition", you define the synchronous position of the
leading axis relative to the start position of the cam. The synchronous position establishes
the relationship between leading value and following value. The synchronous position
must be within the definition of the cam. With "MasterSyncPosition" ≠ 0.0, you move the
synchronous position within the cam without changing the position of the cam. For
subsequent synchronization, the synchronous position of the leading axis is the start
position from which synchronization starts.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
139
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
• With the "MasterStartDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance
(synchronization length).
Until synchronization
After the start of the "MC_CamIn" job, a motion profile is calculated for the following axis
depending on the specified leading value distance. The calculation determines the required
dynamic response and the position of the leading axis as of which the leading axis and the
following axis travel synchronously.
The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading value has reached the
synchronous position of the leading axis
(<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 3).
NOTE
Dynamic jumps
If the following axis is in motion and the leading value is at standstill when the "MC_CamIn"
job is started, dynamic jumps can occur at the following axis as soon as the leading axis is set
in motion and the following axis starts synchronizing.
If the leading and following axes are already at their synchronous positions when the
"MC_CamIn" job is started, synchronous operation immediately has "Synchronous" status.
140
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
During synchronization
The following axis begins to synchronize as soon as the leading value has reached the
synchronous position. The synchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction
"MC_CamIn" with the parameter "StartSync" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X21
(Synchronizing)" tag of the following axis. The leading value must not reverse during
synchronization.
'PMMPXJOHWBMVF
$BN
-FBEJOHWBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
4ZODISPOPVT
QPTJUJPO
-FBEJOHWBMVF
EJTUBODF
U
'PMMPXJOHWBMVF
U
①
Time when synchronization starts
②
Time when synchronization is complete
The dynamics of the following axis during synchronization is obtained from the calculated
motion profile and the current dynamics of the leading axis. Changes in the dynamics of the
leading axis during synchronization are superimposed with the calculated motion profile in
accordance with the synchronous operation function. This can have the result that the
configured dynamic limits at the following axis are violated. This scenario is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" variables of the technology object.
After synchronization
The position of the leading axis from which the leading axis and following axis travel
synchronously is derived in the following way:
Position axes synchronous = Synchronous position of leading axis + Synchronization length
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
141
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
As soon as the leading axis has reached this position, the following axis is synchronized. The
following axis travels synchronously with the leading axis in accordance with the cam profile
(Page 146).
8.7.7
Subsequent synchronizing of following axis using leading axis value
starting from the current leading value position with "MC_CamIn"
(S7-1500T)
During camming (Page 82), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. With subsequent synchronization using the leading value distance
from the current leading value position, synchronization begins as soon as the "MC_CamIn"
job takes effect and the leading axis is set in motion.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis for synchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 4, you define the type of synchronization as
subsequent synchronization using the leading value distance from the current leading
value position. The position of the leading axis must be within the definition of the cam,
which may be scaled or shifted.
• With the "MasterStartDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance
(synchronization length).
Until synchronization
After the start of the "MC_CamIn" job, a motion profile is calculated for the following axis
depending on the specified leading value distance. The calculation determines the required
dynamic response and the position of the leading axis as of which the leading axis and the
following axis travel synchronously.
If the leading axis is at a standstill when the job starts, the status "Waiting" is displayed on the
following axis (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 3) until the leading
axis is set in motion.
NOTE
Dynamic jumps
If the following axis is in motion and the leading value is at standstill when the "MC_CamIn"
job is started, dynamic jumps can occur at the following axis as soon as the leading axis is set
in motion and the following axis starts synchronizing.
If the leading and following axes are already at their synchronous positions when the
"MC_CamIn" job is started, synchronous operation immediately has "Synchronous" status.
During synchronization
The following axis begins to synchronize as soon as the "MC_CamIn" job takes effect and the
leading axis is moving. The synchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction
"MC_CamIn" with the parameter "StartSync" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X21
142
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
(Synchronizing)" tag of the following axis. The leading value must not reverse during
synchronization.
$BN
'PMMPXJOH
WBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
-FBEJOH
WBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
EJTUBODF
U
'PMMPXJOH
WBMVF
U
①
Time at which the job becomes effective and the synchronization begins.
②
Time when synchronization is complete
The dynamics of the following axis during synchronization is obtained from the calculated
motion profile and the current dynamics of the leading axis. Changes in the dynamics of the
leading axis during synchronization are superimposed with the calculated motion profile in
accordance with the synchronous operation function. This can have the result that the
configured dynamic limits at the following axis are violated. This scenario is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" variables of the technology object.
After synchronization
The position of the leading axis from which the leading axis and following axis travel
synchronously is derived in the following way:
Position axes synchronous = Current leading value position at job start + synchronization
length
As soon as the leading axis has reached this position, the following axis is synchronized. The
following axis travels synchronously with the leading axis in accordance with the cam profile
(Page 146).
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
143
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
8.7.8
Directly set following axis synchronously with "MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
During camming (Page 82), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. With directly set synchronously, the leading and following axes move
synchronously immediately without synchronization motion.
This type of synchronization is mainly suitable for synchronizing at a standstill.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis for synchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 2, you specify the type of synchronization as
directly set synchronously.
• With the parameter "MasterSyncPosition", you define the synchronous position of the
leading axis relative to the start position of the cam. The synchronous position must be
within the definition of the cam. With directly set synchronously, the synchronous
position is the position in the cam via which the relation between leading axis and
following axis is established.
After the "MC_CamIn" job has started
After the "MC_CamIn" job has started, the status "Synchronous" is set directly at the current
leading value position and at the current following value position.
The synchronous position specified in the cam is assigned to the position setpoint of the
leading axis in the leading value range and to the position setpoint of the following axis in
the following value range. The cam is offset accordingly. The current offset results from the
cam and is displayed at the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.MasterOffset" and
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.SlaveOffset" tags of the technology object.
The following axis travels synchronously with the leading axis in accordance with the cam
profile (Page 146).
Additional information
For more information on direct synchronous setting, refer to the FAQ entry 109758886
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109758886) in the Siemens Industry
Online Support.
8.7.9
Directly set following axis synchronously at end of the cam with
"MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
During camming (Page 82), synchronization establishes the relationship between the leading
axis and following axis. With directly set synchronously at the end of the cam, you change
another cam or the current cam with a new scaling at the end of the active cam. Camming
must already be active for this ("MC_CamIn.InSync" = TRUE). The synchronous operation
remains in "synchronous" status without a synchronous operation of the following axis.
144
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.7 Synchronizing camming (S7-1500T)
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis for synchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn (Page 247)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 5, you specify the type of synchronization as
directly set synchronously.
• With the parameter "MasterSyncPosition", you define the synchronous position to the cam
to be changed. The synchronous position must be within the definition of the cam. With
directly set synchronously at the end of the cam, the specified synchronous position of the
cam to be changed is automatically moved to the end position of the active cam. To do
this, the cam to be inserted is moved in the leading value range and in the following value
range. This means that there is no setpoint jump in the following value.
NOTE
Dynamic jumps
Note that dynamic jumps on the following axis can occur in the transition between the
two cams if the velocity and acceleration are discontinuous.
Dynamic jumps on the following axis
To determine dynamic jumps on the following axis, use the "MC_GetCamFollowingValue
(Page 277)" instruction, for example, to check the following values for velocity and
acceleration in the following positions:
• End position of the active cam (<TO>.StatusCam.EndLeadingValue)
• Synchronous position of the ("MasterSyncPosition") cam to be changed
If the parameter values "MC_GetCamFollowingValue.FirstDerivative" of both jobs match, the
transition between the cams is constant in velocity. If the parameter values
"MC_GetCamFollowingValue.SecondDerivative" of both jobs match, the transition between
the cams is constant in acceleration.
To avoid dynamic jumps on the following axis when changing the active cam with new
scaling with the start position as synchronous position, use the setting
"<TO>.InterpolationSettings.BoundaryConditions" = 1 for theinterpolation of the cam (Page
116). This gives you a steady velocity transition.
After the "MC_CamIn" job has started
The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading value has reached the
end of the active cam or the active cam cycle
("<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState" = 3).
When reaching the end of the cam
When the end of the cam is reached ("EndOfProfile" = TRUE), the replaced cam becomes
active directly at the current leading value position and at the current following value
position starting from the specified synchronous position. The cam is offset accordingly. The
offset is displayed in the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.MasterOffset" and
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.SlaveOffset" tags of the technology object.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
145
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.10 Reading the following value in camming (S7-1500T)
The synchronous operation remains in "synchronous" status. The following axis travels
synchronously with the leading axis in accordance with the cam profile.
8.8
Synchronous travel in camming with "MC_CamIn" (S7-1500T)
As soon as the following axis is synchronized to a leading value, the following axis follows the
position of the leading axis according to the cam profile. The transmission behavior during
camming is expressed by the cam curve.
The "Synchronous" status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn (Page
247)" with the parameter "InSync" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X22 (Synchronous)"
tag of the technology object.
NOTE
Avoid homing the leading axis in synchronous operation
Avoid homing the leading axis during an active synchronous operation. Homing the leading
axis during synchronous operation corresponds to a setpoint step-change on the following
axis. The following axis compensates for the jump according to the synchronous operation
function and limited only to the maximum speed of the drive.
8.9
Reading the leading value in camming (S7-1500T)
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GetCamLeadingValue", you read the leading value
that is defined for a following value from a cam.
Parameter inputs
You define the settings with the following parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_GetCamLeadingValue (Page 275-276)":
• With the parameter "FollowingValue", you define the following value for which the
leading value is to be read.
• Because the same following values can be defined for different leading values, specify an
approximation of the searched leading value in the "ApproachLeadingValue" parameter. If
the following value is used multiple times in the cam, it can be used to limit the searched
leading value.
After the "MC_GetCamLeadingValue" job has started
The leading value is read after the "MC_GetCamLeadingValue" job has started. As soon as the
job is completed with "Done" = TRUE, the parameter "Value" contains the read leading value.
8.10
Reading the following value in camming (S7-1500T)
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GetCamFollowingValue", you read the following
value that is defined for a leading value from a cam.
146
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.11 Leading value offset during camming (S7-1500T)
Parameter inputs
You define the settings with the following parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_GetCamFollowingValue (Page 277)":
• With the parameter "LeadingValue", you define the leading value for which the following
value is to be read.
After the "MC_GetCamFollowingValue" job has started
The following value is read after the "MC_GetCamFollowingValue" job has started. As soon as
the job is completed with "Done" = TRUE, the following parameters contain the read following
value:
• The "Value" parameter contains the position.
• The "FirstDerivative" parameter contains the velocity.
• The "SecondDerivative" parameter contains the acceleration.
8.11
Leading value offset during camming (S7-1500T)
8.11.1
Leading value offset on the following axis during camming using leading
value distance as of current leading value position (S7-1500T)
With a leading value offset, you offset the effective leading value on the following axis during
camming with "MC_CamIn (Page 247)". You can move the effective leading value absolutely
or relatively. The leading value of the leading value source and the position of the leading
axis are not influenced by the leading value offset.
The leading value offset always refers to the effective leading value. The effective leading
value is made up of the leading value of the leading value source and the additive leading
value. If you do not use an additive leading value via "MC_LeadingValueAdditive (Page 271)",
the effective leading value corresponds to the leading value of the leading value source. You
can find an overview in the "Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation
(Page 30)" section. In the following, "leading value" refers to the effective leading value.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis during leading value offset with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_PhasingAbsolute (Page 228)" or
"MC_PhasingRelative (Page 221)":
• With the parameter "ProfileReference" = 1, you specify the type of leading value offset as
offset using leading value distance as of the current leading value position.
• With the "PhaseShift" parameter, you specify the leading value offset on the following
axis.
• With the "PhasingDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance (traversing
distance of the leading axis) during the leading value offset.
• With the "Direction" parameter, you specify the direction of the leading value distance in
relation to the direction of motion of the leading value (Page 149).
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
147
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.11 Leading value offset during camming (S7-1500T)
During the leading value offset
After starting the jobs, the following axis begins with the leading value offset starting from
the current position. Within the traversing distance of the leading axis, the following axis
offsets the leading value at continuous velocity and acceleration. The required dynamics of
the following axis to offset the leading value is calculated by the system. The resulting
dynamic response of the following axis is not limited.
The leading value offset is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the parameter
"StartPhasing" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWort.X24 (PhasingCommand)" tag of the
technology object. The "AbsolutePhaseShift" or "CoveredPhaseShift" parameter shows the
absolute leading value portion already shifted.
The leading value must not reverse during the leading value offset on the following axis.
When the leading value reverses, the "MC_PhasingAbsolute" job or "MC_PhasingRelative" job
is canceled with "ErrorID" = 16#808C.
After the leading value offset
As soon as the following axis has offset the leading value, the leading value offset is active on
the following axis. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the
parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.PhaseShift" tag of the
technology object.
The leading value offset only has an effect in the "Synchronous" status of the camming. When
the camming is overridden, the leading value offset is reset to zero.
8.11.2
Leading value offset on the following axis during camming using leading
value distance as of specific leading value position (S7-1500T)
With a leading value offset, you offset the effective leading value on the following axis during
camming with "MC_CamIn (Page 247)". You can move the effective leading value absolutely
or relatively. The leading value of the leading value source and the position of the leading
axis are not influenced by the leading value offset.
The leading value offset always refers to the effective leading value. The effective leading
value is made up of the leading value of the leading value source and the additive leading
value. If you do not use an additive leading value via "MC_LeadingValueAdditive (Page 271)",
the effective leading value corresponds to the leading value of the leading value source. You
can find an overview in the "Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation
(Page 30)" section. In the following, "leading value" refers to the effective leading value.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis during leading value offset with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_PhasingAbsolute (Page 228)" or
"MC_PhasingRelative (Page 221)":
• With the parameter "ProfileReference" = 2, you specify the type of leading value offset as
offset using leading value distance as of a specific leading value position.
• With the "PhaseShift" parameter, you specify the leading value offset on the following
axis.
• With the "PhasingDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance (traversing
distance of the leading axis) during the leading value offset.
148
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.11 Leading value offset during camming (S7-1500T)
• With the "StartPosition" parameter, you specify the leading value position from which the
leading value offset starts.
• With the "Direction" parameter, you specify the direction of the leading value distance in
relation to the direction of motion of the leading value (Page 149).
Until the leading value offset
After starting the job, the status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis when the leading
value is at standstill and until the leading value has reached the leading value position
(<TO>.StatusWord2.X3 = TRUE (PhasingCommandWaiting)).
During the leading value offset
As soon as the leading value has reached the leading value position, the following axis begins
to offset the leading value. Within the traversing distance of the leading axis, the following
axis offsets the leading value at continuous velocity and acceleration. The required dynamics
of the following axis to offset the leading value is calculated by the system. The resulting
dynamic response of the following axis is not limited.
The leading value offset is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the parameter
"StartPhasing" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWort.X24 (PhasingCommand)" tag of the
technology object. The "AbsolutePhaseShift" or "CoveredPhaseShift" parameter shows the
absolute leading value portion already shifted.
The leading value must not reverse during the leading value offset on the following axis.
When the leading value reverses, the "MC_PhasingAbsolute" job or "MC_PhasingRelative" job
is canceled with "ErrorID" = 16#808C. The waiting job is not canceled.
After the leading value offset
As soon as the following axis has offset the leading value, the leading value offset is active on
the following axis. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the
parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.PhaseShift" tag of the
technology object.
The leading value offset only has an effect in the "Synchronous" status of the camming. When
the camming is overridden, the leading value offset is reset to zero.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
149
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.11 Leading value offset during camming (S7-1500T)
8.11.3
Defining the direction of the leading value distance of a leading value
offset on the following axis during camming (S7-1500T)
With a leading value offset, you offset the effective leading value on the following axis during
camming with "MC_CamIn (Page 247)". With the "Direction" parameter of the Motion Control
instruction "MC_PhasingAbsolute (Page 228)" or "MC_PhasingRelative (Page 221)", you
specify the direction of the leading value distance in relation to the direction of motion of the
effective leading value.
$BN
'PMMPXJOH
WBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
Defining leading value distance in the positive direction of motion of the effective leading value
With "Direction" = 1, the following axis only offsets the leading value when the leading axis
travels in the positive direction.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU1IBTJOH
%POF
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
150
U
U
U
U
U
U
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.12 Following value offset during camming (S7-1500T)
Defining leading value distance in the negative direction of motion of the effective leading
value
With "Direction" = 2, the following axis only offsets the leading value when the leading axis
travels in the negative direction.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU1IBTJOH
%POF
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
U
U
U
U
U
U
Defining leading value distance in the current direction of motion of the effective leading value
With "Direction" = 3, the following axis offsets the leading value regardless of the direction in
which the leading axis is currently traveling.
8.11.4
Only cancel a pending leading value offset in the camming (S7-1500T)
With an "MC_PhasingAbsolute (Page 228)" or "MC_PhasingRelative (Page 221)" job with
"ProfileReference" = 5, you cancel a pending "MC_PhasingAbsolute" or "MC_PhasingRelative"
job. Canceling a waiting job has no effect on an active leading value offset.
8.12
Following value offset during camming (S7-1500T)
8.12.1
Following value offset on the following axis during camming using leading
value distance as of current leading value position (S7-1500T)
With a following value offset, you offset the following value on the following axis during
camming with "MC_CamIn (Page 247)". You can move the following value absolutely or
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
151
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.12 Following value offset during camming (S7-1500T)
relatively. The leading value of the leading value source and the position of the leading axis
are not influenced by the following value offset.
The following value offset always refers to the effective leading value. The effective leading
value is made up of the leading value of the leading value source and the additive leading
value. If you do not use an additive leading value via "MC_LeadingValueAdditive (Page 271)",
the effective leading value corresponds to the leading value of the leading value source. You
can find an overview in the "Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation
(Page 30)" section. In the following, "leading value" refers to the effective leading value.
For camming, the offset of the following value with an "MC_OffsetAbsolute" or
"MC_OffsetRelative" job (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset) starts at the start value
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.SlaveOffset".
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis during following value offset with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_OffsetAbsolute (Page 241)" or
"MC_OffsetRelative (Page 235)":
• With the parameter "ProfileReference" = 1, you specify the type of following value offset as
offset using leading value distance as of the current leading value position.
• With the "Offset" parameter, you specify the following value offset on the following axis.
• With the "OffsetDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance (traversing
distance of the leading axis) during the following value offset.
• With the "Direction" parameter, you specify the direction of the leading value distance in
relation to the direction of motion of the leading value (Page 154).
During the following value offset
After starting the job, the following axis begins with the following value offset starting from
the current position. Within the traversing distance of the leading axis, the following axis
offsets the following value at continuous velocity and acceleration. The required dynamics of
the following axis for the following value offset is calculated by the system. The resulting
dynamic response of the following axis is not limited.
The following value offset is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the parameter
"StartOffset" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWort2.X4 (OffsetCommand)" tag of the
technology object. The "AbsoluteOffset" or "CoveredOffset" parameter shows the absolute
following value portion already shifted.
The leading value must not reverse during the following value offset on the following axis.
When the leading value reverses, the "MC_OffsetAbsolute" job or "MC_OffsetRelative" job is
canceled with "ErrorID" = 16#808C.
After the following value offset
As soon as the following axis has offset the following value, the following value offset is
active on the following axis. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the
parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset" tag of the
technology object.
The following value offset only has an effect in the "Synchronous" status of the camming.
When the camming is overridden, the following value offset is reset to zero.
152
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.12 Following value offset during camming (S7-1500T)
8.12.2
Following value offset on the following axis during camming using leading
value distance as of specific leading value position (S7-1500T)
With a following value offset, you offset the following value on the following axis during
camming with "MC_CamIn (Page 247)". You can move the following value absolutely or
relatively. The leading value of the leading value source and the position of the leading axis
are not influenced by the following value offset.
The following value offset always refers to the effective leading value. The effective leading
value is made up of the leading value of the leading value source and the additive leading
value. If you do not use an additive leading value via "MC_LeadingValueAdditive (Page 271)",
the effective leading value corresponds to the leading value of the leading value source. You
can find an overview in the "Mode of operation of the instructions in synchronous operation
(Page 30)" section. In the following, "leading value" refers to the effective leading value.
For camming, the offset of the following value with an "MC_OffsetAbsolute" or
"MC_OffsetRelative" job (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset) starts at the start value
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.SlaveOffset".
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis during following value offset with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_OffsetAbsolute (Page 241)" or
"MC_OffsetRelative (Page 235)":
• With the parameter "ProfileReference" = 2, you specify the type of following value offset as
offset using leading value distance as of a specific leading value position.
• With the "Offset" parameter, you specify the following value offset on the following axis.
• With the "OffsetDistance" parameter, you specify the leading value distance (traversing
distance of the leading axis) during the following value offset.
• With the "StartPosition" parameter, you specify the leading value position from which the
following value offset starts.
• With the "Direction" parameter, you specify the direction of the leading value distance in
relation to the direction of motion of the leading value (Page 154).
Until the following value offset
After starting the job, the status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis when the leading
value is at standstill and until the leading value has reached the leading value position
(<TO>.StatusWord2.X5 = TRUE (OffsetCommandWaiting)).
During the following value offset
As soon as the leading value has reached the leading value position, the following axis begins
to offset the following value. Within the traversing distance of the leading axis, the following
axis offsets the following value at continuous velocity and acceleration. The required
dynamics of the following axis for the following value offset is calculated by the system. The
resulting dynamic response of the following axis is not limited.
The following value offset is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the parameter
"StartOffset" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWort2.X4 (OffsetCommand)" tag of the
technology object. The "AbsoluteOffset" or "CoveredOffset" parameter shows the absolute
following value portion already shifted.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
153
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.12 Following value offset during camming (S7-1500T)
The leading value must not reverse during the following value offset on the following axis.
When the leading value reverses, the "MC_OffsetAbsolute" job or "MC_OffsetRelative" job is
canceled with "ErrorID" = 16#808C. The waiting job is not canceled.
After the following value offset
As soon as the following axis has offset the following value, the following value offset is
active on the following axis. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction with the
parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset" tag of the
technology object.
The following value offset only has an effect in the "Synchronous" status of the camming.
When the camming is overridden, the following value offset is reset to zero.
8.12.3
Defining the direction of the leading value distance of a following value
offset on the following axis during camming (S7-1500T)
With a following value offset, you offset the following value on the following axis during
camming with "MC_CamIn (Page 247)". With the "Direction" parameter of the Motion Control
instruction "MC_OffsetAbsolute (Page 241)" or "MC_OffsetRelative (Page 235)", you specify
the direction of the leading value distance in relation to the direction of motion of the
effective leading value.
$BN
'PMMPXJOH
WBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
154
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.12 Following value offset during camming (S7-1500T)
Defining leading value distance in the positive direction of motion of the effective leading value
With "Direction" = 1, the following axis only offsets the following value when the leading axis
travels in the positive direction.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU0꫻TFU
%POF
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
U
U
U
U
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT 1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
U
U
155
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.13 Desynchronize camming (S7-1500T)
Defining leading value distance in the negative direction of motion of the effective leading
value
With "Direction" = 2, the following axis only offsets the following value when the leading axis
travels in the negative direction.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU0꫻TFU
%POF
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
U
U
U
U
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT 1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
U
U
Defining leading value distance in the current direction of motion of the effective leading value
With "Direction" = 3, the following axis offsets the following value regardless of the direction
in which the leading axis is currently traveling.
8.12.4
Only cancel a pending following value offset in the camming (S7-1500T)
With an "MC_OffsetAbsolute (Page 241)" or "MC_OffsetRelative (Page 235)" job with
"ProfileReference" = 5, you cancel a pending "MC_OffsetAbsolute" or "MC_OffsetRelative" job.
Canceling a pending job has no effect on an active following value offset.
8.13
Desynchronize camming (S7-1500T)
8.13.1
Desynchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters with
"MC_CamOut" (S7-1500T)
Desynchronization ends the synchronous operation relationship between the leading and
following axis and camming is ended. For desynchronization using dynamic parameters,
156
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.13 Desynchronize camming (S7-1500T)
desynchronization begins in such a way that the following axis comes to a standstill when the
stop position is reached.
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamOut" you can desynchronize a camming which
you have started either with a "MC_CamIn (Page 247)" job.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis for desynchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamOut (Page 267)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 0, you specify the type of desynchronization
as desynchronization using dynamic parameters.
• With the parameter "SlavePosition", you specify the stop positions of the following axis.
The stop position of the following axis is the position at which the following axis comes to
a standstill and the desynchronization is completed.
• With the "Deceleration" parameter, you specify the deceleration of the following axis.
• With the "Jerk" parameter, you specify the jerk of the following axis.
• With the "SyncOutDirection" parameter, you specify the direction of the desynchronization
(Page 160).
Until desynchronization
After the start of the "MC_CamOut" job, a motion profile for the following axis is calculated
continuously. The motion profile is calculated based on the following parameters:
• Specified stop position of the following axis in the Motion Control instruction
• Specified dynamics of the Motion Control instruction
• Current position and dynamics of the leading and following axes
• Synchronous operation function
• Superimposed motion of the following axis
• Additive leading value of the following axis
The distance of the following axis and thus the starting position of the following axis for
desynchronization results from the calculation.
The start position of the following axis is derived in the following way:
Start position = stop position of the following axis - travel distance of the following axis
The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the following value has reached
the start position (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 5).
During desynchronization
The following axis begins to desynchronize as soon as the following value has reached the
start position. Desynchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamOut"
with the parameter "StartSyncOut" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord2.X1
(DesynchronizingCommand)" tag of the technology object. The synchronous operation is no
longer in the "Synchronous" status. Superimposed jobs of the following axis are canceled.
The following axis moves to the stop position with the specified dynamics, independent of
the leading value. During desynchronization, several modulo revolutions of both axes are
generally possible.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
157
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.13 Desynchronize camming (S7-1500T)
After desynchronization
As soon as the following axis reaches the stop position, the following axis is desynchronized.
The following axis is at a standstill. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction
"MC_CamOut" with the parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X7
(Standstill)" tag of the technology object.
8.13.2
Desynchronizing following axis using leading value distance with
"MC_CamOut" (S7-1500T)
Desynchronization ends the synchronous operation relationship between the leading and
following axis and camming is ended. For desynchronization using the leading value
distance, desynchronization begins in such a way that the following axis comes to a standstill
when the stop position is reached.
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamOut" you can desynchronize a camming which
you have started either with a "MC_CamIn (Page 247)" job.
Parameter inputs
You define the behavior of the following axis for desynchronization with the following
parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamOut (Page 267)":
• With the parameter "SyncProfileReference" = 1, you specify the type of desynchronization
as desynchronization using the leading value distance.
• With the parameter "SlavePosition", you specify the stop positions of the following axis.
The stop position of the following axis is the position at which the following axis comes to
a standstill and the desynchronization is completed.
• With the "MasterStopDistance" parameter, you define the leading value distance
(desynchronization length).
• With the "SyncOutDirection" parameter, you specify the direction of the desynchronization
(Page 160).
Until desynchronization
After the start of the "MC_CamOut" job, a motion profile is calculated depending on the
specified leading value distance. The calculation determines the required dynamics and thus
the start position of the leading axis for the desynchronization.
The start position of the leading axis is derived in the following way:
Start position = leading value position when the stop position of the following axis is reached
- leading value distance
The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading value has reached the
start position (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 5).
During desynchronization
The following axis begins to desynchronize as soon as the leading value has reached the start
position. Desynchronization is indicated in the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamOut" with
the parameter "StartSyncOut" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord2.X1
158
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.13 Desynchronize camming (S7-1500T)
(DesynchronizingCommand)" tag of the technology object. The synchronous operation is no
longer in the "Synchronous" status. Superimposed jobs of the following axis are canceled.
The following axis moves to the stop position with the specified dynamics, independent of
the leading value. The leading value must not reverse during desynchronization. During
desynchronization, several modulo revolutions of both axes are generally possible.
)ROORZLQJYDOXH
&DP
/HDGLQJYDOXH
/HDGLQJYDOXH
/HDGLQJYDOXH
GLVWDQFH
W
)ROORZLQJYDOXH
6WRSSRVLWLRQ
)ROORZLQJD[LV
W
①
Time when desynchronization starts
②
Time when desynchronization is complete
The dynamics of the following axis during desynchronization is obtained from the calculated
motion profile and the current dynamics of the leading axis. Changes in the dynamics of the
leading axis during desynchronization are superimposed with the calculated motion profile in
accordance with the synchronous operation function. This can have the result that the
configured dynamic limits at the following axis are violated. This scenario is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 … X2" variables of the technology object.
After desynchronization
As soon as the following axis reaches the stop position, the following axis is desynchronized.
The following axis is at a standstill. The status is indicated in the Motion Control instruction
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
159
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.13 Desynchronize camming (S7-1500T)
"MC_CamOut" with the parameter "Done" = TRUE and in the "<TO>.StatusWord.X7
(Standstill)" tag of the technology object.
8.13.3
Defining direction of desynchronization with "MC_CamOut" (S7-1500T)
Desynchronization ends the synchronous operation relationship between the leading and
following axis and camming is ended. You can specify the desynchronization direction with
the "SyncOutDirection" parameter of the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamOut (Page
267)".
$BN
'PMMPXJOH
WBMVF
-FBEJOHWBMVF
Desynchronizing the following axis in positive traversing direction
With "SyncOutDirection" = 1, the following axis is only desynchronized when the following
axis moves in the positive direction.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU4ZOD0VU
%POF
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
160
U
U
U
U
U
U
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.14 Tags: Camming (S7-1500T)
Desynchronizing the following axis in negative traversing direction
With "SyncOutDirection" = 2, the following axis is only desynchronized when the following
axis moves in the negative direction.
&YFDVUF
4UBSU4ZOD0VU
%POF
50@-FBEJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
1PTJUJPO
50@'PMMPXJOH"YJT
7FMPDJUZ
U
U
U
U
U
U
Desynchronizing the following axis in the current traversing direction
With "SyncOutDirection" = 3, the following axis is desynchronized in the direction in which
the following axis is currently moving.
8.13.4
Only cancel a pending camming with "MC_CamOut" (S7-1500T)
With a "MC_CamOut (Page 267)" job with "SyncProfileReference" = 5 you cancel a pending
camming. Canceling a pending camming has no effect on an active cam camming.
8.14
Tags: Camming (S7-1500T)
The following technology object tags are relevant for camming:
Status indicators
Tag
Description
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionState
Indication of which synchronous operation function is active
0
No synchronous operation active
1
Gearing ("MC_GearIn")
2
Gearing with specified synchronous positions
("MC_GearInPos")
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
161
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.14 Tags: Camming (S7-1500T)
Status indicators
Tag
Description
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionState
3
Camming ("MC_CamIn")
4
Desynchronization of gearing ("MC_GearOut")
5
Desynchronization of camming ("MC_CamOut")
6
Velocity gearing ("MC_GearInVelocity")
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunc­
tionState
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.ActualMaster
Indication of which synchronous operation function is waiting
0
No synchronous operation waiting
1
Reserved
2
Gearing with specified synchronous positions waiting
("MC_GearInPos")
3
Camming waiting ("MC_CamIn")
4
Desynchronization of gearing waiting ("MC_GearOut")
5
Desynchronization of camming waiting ("MC_CamOut")
When a synchronous operation job is started, the number of the techno­
logy data block of the currently used leading axis is displayed.
0
Synchronous operation inactive
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.ActualCam
Currently used for cyclic cam for camming
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.MasterOffset
Current offset of the leading value range of the cyclic cam
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.MasterScaling
Current scaling of the leading value range of the cyclic cam
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.SlaveOffset
Current offset of the following value range of the cyclic cam
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.SlaveScaling
Current scaling of the following value range of the cyclic cam
<TO>.Position
Setpoints of the axis
<TO>.Velocity
<TO>.Acceleration
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLead­
ingValue.Position
Effective leading value including an additive leading value with an
"MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLead­
ingValue.Velocity
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLead­
ingValue.Acceleration
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.PhaseShift
Current absolute leading value offset with an "MC_PhasingAbsolute" or
"MC_PhasingRelative" job
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionLead­
ingValue.Position
Leading value of the synchronous operation function after a leading value
offset with an "MC_PhasingAbsolute" job or "MC_PhasingRelative" job
including an additive leading value with a "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionFol­
lowingValue.Position
Following value of the synchronous operation function before a following
value offset with an "MC_OffsetAbsolute" job or "MC_OffsetRelative" job
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionFol­
lowingValue.Velocity
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.FunctionFol­
lowingValue.Acceleration
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset
162
Current absolute following value offset with an "MC_OffsetAbsolute" or
"MC_OffsetRelative" job
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Camming (S7-1500T)
8.14 Tags: Camming (S7-1500T)
Status indicators
Tag
Description
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X0 Set to the value "TRUE" when the maximum velocity configured for the fol­
(MaxVelocityExceeded)
lowing axis is exceeded during synchronous operation.
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X1 Set to the value "TRUE" when the maximum acceleration configured for
(MaxAccelerationExceeded)
the following axis is exceeded during synchronous operation.
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X2 Set to the value "TRUE" when the maximum deceleration configured for
(MaxDecelerationExceeded)
the following axis is exceeded during synchronous operation.
<TO>.StatusWord.X21 (Synchronizing)
Set to the value "TRUE" when the synchronous axis synchronizes to a lead­
ing value.
<TO>.StatusWord.X22 (Synchronous)
Set to the value "TRUE" when the synchronous axis is synchronized and
moves synchronously to the leading axis.
<TO>.StatusWord2.X1 (DesynchronizingCom­
mand)
Set to the value "TRUE" when the synchronous axis desynchronizes.
<TO>.StatusWord.X24 (PhasingCommand)
Is set to the value "TRUE" if a job for leading value offset is active
("MC_PhasingAbsolute", "MC_PhasingRelative").
<TO>.StatusWord2.X3 (PhasingCommandWait­
ing)
Is set to the value "TRUE" if a job for leading value offset is pending
("MC_PhasingAbsolute", "MC_PhasingRelative").
<TO>.StatusWord2.X4 (OffsetCommand)
Is set to the value "TRUE" if a job for following value offset is active
("MC_OffsetAbsolute", "MC_OffsetRelative").
<TO>.StatusWord2.X5 (OffsetCommandWaiting) Is set to the value "TRUE" if a job for following value offset is waiting
("MC_OffsetAbsolute", "MC_OffsetRelative").
<TO>.ErrorWord.X14 (SynchronousError)
Error during synchronous operation
The leading axis specified in the motion control instruction was not con­
figured as a possible leading axis.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
163
Other synchronous operation functions (S7-1500T)
9.1
9
Simulate synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
An active synchronous operation connection is triggered when access enables are removed or
four motion jobs on a following axis. By simulating synchronous operation, you can keep the
synchronous operation active without canceling the synchronous operation relationship. You
can set an active synchronous operation with the motion control instruction
"MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation (Page 260-261)" in simulation.
The synchronous operation only acts on the following axis. Setpoint changes from the
synchronous operation are no longer taken into consideration at the axis and no longer
forwarded to the drive. The setpoints output to the drive continue to come from any active
superimposed motions of the following axis. This also applies to single-axis jobs on the
following axis, while synchronous operation is in simulation mode.
NOTE
Setting synchronous operation with superimposed motions in simulation
If superimposed movements by the motion control instructions "MC_MoveSuperimposed",
"MC_MotionInSuperimposed" or "MC_HaltSuperimposed" are or were active on the following
axis, do not set a synchronous operation in simulation. This is because after you end the
simulation, the following axis follows the leading axis without the position shifted by the
superimposed motion. This can cause a setpoint jump of the position on the following axis.
If you are using synchronous operation, use the motion control instructions
"MC_OffsetAbsolute" or "MC_OffsetRelative" to move the following axis position.
Starting the simulation
Requirement
• The technology object has been configured correctly.
• The following axis is a synchronous axis.
• Synchronous operation is active on the technology object in status "Synchronous"
(<TO>.StatusWord.X22 = TRUE).
Procedure
To set a synchronous operation on a following axis in simulation mode, follow these steps:
1. At the "Slave" parameter of the "MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation" job, specify the
following axis on which the synchronous operation is active.
2. Bring the leading axis to a standstill, e.g. with an "MC_Halt" job.
3. Start the simulation of the synchronous operation on the following axis with
"Enable" = TRUE parameter. The leading axis must be stopped at this time.
As soon as the synchronous operation is active, this is indicated in the motion control
instruction by the parameter "InSimulation" = TRUE and in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X3 (InSimulation)" tag of the technology
object.
164
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Other synchronous operation functions (S7-1500T)
9.1 Simulate synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
The synchronous operation remains active during the simulation, including the motions
through single axis jobs or with disabling the leading axis and/or following axis with
"MC_Power.Enable" = FALSE or a "MC_Stop" job, for example by opening a protective door.
The synchronous operation in "synchronous" status ("MC_GearIn.InGear" = TRUE,
"MC_GearInPos.InSync" = TRUE or "MC_CamIn.InSync" = TRUE, but
"<TO>.StatusWord.X22" = FALSE).
End simulation
WARNING
Machine damage
If the position of the following axis at the end of the simulation differs from the position at
the start of the simulation, this triggers a setpoint step-change which can lead to machine
damage.
Therefore, make sure that the setpoints of the following axis correspond to the setpoints
from the synchronous operation relationship when simulation is ended.
Requirement
• The set position of the following axis coincides with the setpoint from the synchronous
relationship.
• The technology object has been enabled ("MC_Power.Enable" = TRUE).
Procedure
To end a synchronous operation on a following axis, follow these steps:
1. End the synchronous operation with the parameter "Enable" = FALSE of the
"MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation" job.
The setpoints of the synchronous operation are directly effective on the following axis.
The following axis does not have to be synchronized again after the synchronous
operation has been completed.
9.1.1
Tags: Synchronous operation is being simulated (S7-1500T)
The following tags of the technology object are relevant for simulation:
Status indicators
Tag
Description
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X3 Simulation of synchronous operation on a following axis with a
(InSimulation)
"MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation" job
FALSE
Not simulated
TRUE
Simulated
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
165
Other synchronous operation functions (S7-1500T)
9.2 Specify additive leading value (S7-1500T)
9.2
Specify additive leading value (S7-1500T)
To superimpose the leading value of a synchronous operation from the application, use the
Motion Control instruction "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" in addition to the active leading value
to cyclically specify an additive leading value on the following axis. The additive leading value
consists of position, velocity and acceleration.
You can find an overview in the section "Mode of operation of the instructions in
synchronous operation (Page 30)".
Parameter inputs
With the following parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_LeadingValueAdditive
(Page 271)" you can determine the additive leading value:
• At the "Axis" parameter, specify the following axis on which the additive leading value
acts.
• With the "Position" parameter, you can define the additive position value.
• With the "Velocity" parameter, you can define the additive velocity value.
• With the "Acceleration" parameter, you can define the additive acceleration value.
Start additive leading value specification
With the "Enable" parameter = TRUE of the "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job, set the additive
leading value to effective. The additive leading value becomes effective directly and without
dynamic limitation on the following axis.
You can start an "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job independently of the synchronous operation
job. Only one "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job can be active on a following axis at any time.
During the additive leading value specification
The default values for position, velocity and acceleration are valid as long as the "Busy"
parameter = TRUE. Changes in the specified values are directly effective without
consideration of the dynamic limits. The active additive leading value specification is
displayed in of the "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X4
(LeadingValueAdditiveCommand)" tag of the technology object.
The effect of a "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job depends on the status of the synchronous
operation:
166
Status of synchronous operation
Effect on:
Not active or pending
•
•
Start position of synchronization
Following axis dynamic response
Synchronization
•
•
•
Synchronous position
Phase position
Following axis dynamic response
Synchronous motion
•
•
Phase position
Following axis dynamic response
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Other synchronous operation functions (S7-1500T)
9.2 Specify additive leading value (S7-1500T)
Status of synchronous operation
Effect on:
Desynchronization
•
•
•
Stop position of following axis
Phase position
Following axis dynamic response
With a leading value switchover, the additive leading value still remains effective.
Ending the additive leading value specification
As soon as you end the leading value specification with the parameter "Enable" = FALSE of
the "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job, the additive leading value directly becomes ineffective.
9.2.1
Tags: Additive leading value (S7-1500T)
The following technology object tags are relevant for the additive leading value:
Status indicators
Tag
Description
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X4 Additive leading value with a "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job
(LeadingValueAdditiveCommand)
FALSE
Additive leading value not active
TRUE
Additive leading value active
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLead­
ingValue.Position
Effective leading value position of the synchronous operation function
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLead­
ingValue.Velocity
Effective leading value velocity of the synchronous operation function
<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.EffectiveLead­
ingValue.Acceleration
Effective leading value acceleration of the synchronous operation function
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
167
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10
With cross-PLC synchronous operation, you realize synchronous operations (gearing or
camming) between axes that are on different CPUs. All following axes of a leading value are
hereby synchronous to one another with consideration of the respective synchronous
operation function. All following axes receive the same leading value at the same time. You
can configure and operate the following axes on different CPUs within a project. You can also
configure the leading axis on any CPU of the same project.
The figure below shows the operating principle based on an example with two following axes
on two CPUs:
$16
/HDGLQJD[LV
$16
)ROORZLQJD[LV
/HDGLQJD[LVSUR[\
)ROORZLQJD[LV
/HDGLQJYDOXHWHOHJUDP
130'*/&5
4*/".*$4
4*/".*$4
Leading value
The leading axis and a local following axis 1 are located on CPU 1. The leading axis and the
following axis 1 are interconnected to a synchronous operation.
The leading axis makes the leading value available for cross-PLC synchronous operation. The
leading value is transferred to CPU 2 by means of a leading value telegram via PROFINET IO
with IRT.
On CPU 2, a leading axis proxy reads the leading value. A following axis 2 is interconnected
locally with the leading axis proxy as leading axis.
The following axes 1 and 2 are synchronous and follow the same leading value.
The S7-1500 and S7-1500T CPUs can make the leading value available for a cross-PLC
synchronous operation. You need to use an S7-1500T CPU as the CPU that receives the
leading value via a leading value proxy. A cross-PLC synchronous operation between
technology objects with different technology versions ≥ V5.0 on CPUs with different firmware
versions ≥ V2.8 is possible.
More information
For more information on the setup and diagnostics of a cross-PLC synchronous operation
including sample projects, refer to the Siemens Industry Online Support FAQ entry
109770938 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109770938).
168
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.1 Interconnection possibilities (S7-1500T)
10.1
Interconnection possibilities (S7-1500T)
The figure below shows the schematic structure of synchronous following axes with different
synchronous operation functions that are distributed over multiple CPUs:
&38
/HDGLQJD[LV
)ROORZLQJD[LV
/HDGLQJYDOXHWHOHJUDP
&DVFDGH
&38Q
&38
/HDGLQJD[LVSUR[\
9LUWXDOIROORZLQJD[LV
/HDGLQJYDOXHWHOHJUDP
/HDGLQJD[LVSUR[\
&38
/HDGLQJD[LVSUR[\
)ROORZLQJD[LV
&38
)ROORZLQJD[LV
&DVFDGH
&38
)ROORZLQJD[LV
Leading value delay that can be configured at the leading axis (delay time)
Delay time caused by the processing and transfer of the leading value
Gearing (example)
You can interconnect a positioning axis, external encoder or synchronous axis technology
object as the leading axis on CPU 1.
Cascaded interconnection
With a cascaded interconnection, a following axis makes a cross-PLC leading value available
to a leading axis proxy again. Use a virtual axis for this purpose.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
169
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.1 Interconnection possibilities (S7-1500T)
The figure above shows two cascades: The interconnection between the leading axis and the
following axes 2 and 4 is the first cascade. The interconnection between the virtual following
axis and the following axes 3 is the second cascade.
Communication and time response
In the processing and transfer of the leading value, a delay time occurs between the
generation of the leading value on the leading axis one on CPU and the provision of the
leading value for the following axes at the leading axis proxy on the other CPUs. The
following axes of the other CPUs receive the leading value with a time delay.
In principle, the delay time per cascade is:
Delay time = 2 x application cycle of the CPU of the leading axis proxy
To achieve synchronicity between the local following axes of the CPU of the leading axis and
the following axes of other CPUs without extrapolating the leading value at the leading axis
proxy, the leading value can be delayed at the leading axis for the local following axes. The
delay time can be compensated for with these configurable delay times.
Therefore, in the figure above, a delay time is set at the leading axis on CPU 1, which delays
the leading value output to the local following axis 1. In addition, a delay time at the virtual
following axis on CPU 2 is set, because CPU 3 is present in a cascade. All following axes thus
receive the same leading value at the same time.
During configuration of the following axis under "Leading value interconnections", you select
the entry "Delayed" as type of coupling so that the leading value is delayed for local
synchronous operation.
Recommendation: Use a virtual axis as leading axis.
Delay time
You can calculate and view the delay times in the interconnection overview (Page 178). The
application cycles of the leading axis proxy and any cascading present are included in the
calculation of the delay times.
Alternatively, you can manually configure the delay times on the leading axis and on the
virtual following axis. In this way, you can consider additional requirements from your
specific application, for example.
Depending on the set delay time, the leading value at the leading axis proxy is automatically
interpolated or extrapolated. The automatic interpolation and extrapolation guarantees the
synchronicity of all following axes. In the interconnection overview, an indication of whether
the leading value is interpolated or extrapolated is provided for each route of a leading value
(Page 180).
NOTE
Deviations in the following values
With an extrapolation, deviations in the following values can occur in the event of velocity
changes. With an interpolation, no deviations of the following values occur in the event of
velocity changes.
If you increase the delay time of the leading axis in the leading value settings, this leads to a
lower extrapolation time at the leading axis proxy or to a higher interpolation time of the
leading value at the leading axis proxy. This reduces the deviations in the following values
that arise during extrapolation in the acceleration and deceleration phases.
170
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.2 Preparing cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
If the delay time at the leading axis proxy is increased, this results in a higher extrapolation
time or to a lower interpolation time.
Recursive interconnection
When all axes are active, the leading axis becomes the following axis of its own leading value
with a recursive interconnection. During the configuration, recursive interconnections are
displayed in the interconnection overview. No delay times can be calculated for recursive
interconnections.
Even if different synchronized groups are active at different times, recursive interconnections
may still occur during interconnection. Recursive interconnections over multiple CPUs are not
detected during runtime.
A recursive interconnection that is in effect during runtime is not permitted.
10.2
Preparing cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
For a cross-PLC synchronous operation, a leading axis proxy technology object on each
additional CPU is required in addition to the technology objects for leading and following
axes.
When you create a technology object, an "MC‑Servo [OB91]" organization block is
automatically created. This is required when you set up communication via direct data
exchange on each CPU.
Requirement
• You have created a CPU S7-1500 or S7-1500T for the leading axis.
• You have created one or more CPUs S7-1500T for additional following axes.
Procedure
To prepare the cross-PLC synchronous operation, follow these steps:
1. On the first CPU, create one of the following technology objects as the leading axis.
– Positioning axis
– Synchronous axis
– External encoder (S7‑1500T)
2. If necessary, create one or more synchronous axis technology objects as local following
axes on the first CPU.
3. Create a leading axis proxy technology object on each additional CPU.
4. Create one or more synchronous axis technology objects as following axes on each
additional CPU.
5. For each additional cascade, create a synchronous axis technology object as a virtual
following axis that will serve as the leading axis for the next cascade.
6. Configure the configuration parameters of the leading and following axes that are not
specific for synchronous operation. You can find a description of the configuration
parameters in the "S7-1500/S7-1500T Axis functions" documentation (Page 13).
7. Set up the communication via the direct data exchange (Page 172).
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
171
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.3 Setting up communication via direct data exchange (S7-1500T)
8. Configure the provision of leading value. (Page 174)
9. Configure the tolerance time (Page 177).
10. Set the delay times (Page 180).
10.3
Setting up communication via direct data exchange (S7-1500T)
In a cross-PLC synchronous operation, the leading value is transferred via PROFINET IO with
IRT. Direct data exchange is used for the communication between the CPUs within a project.
With communication by means of direct data exchange, the leading value is made available
once within a project and can then by received by multiple CPUs on the same bus. Leading
axis proxies that are interconnected with the same leading value can be configured on
different CPUs. In addition, it is possible to make multiple leading values of different leading
axes available on different CPUs via the same bus. The CPUs must be on a bus and belong to
the same sync domain.
For the required communication directions between the connected CPUs, you must first set
up transfer areas. A leading value can be provided over up to eight different transfer areas.
You then create input and output tags for the CPUs which reference the relevant transfer
areas. You can then select these tags for the transfer area when configuring the leading axis
and the leading axis proxy.
Hereafter, the sender CPU is the CPU on which a leading axis provides a leading value. The
receiver CPU is the CPU on which a leading axis proxy reads the leading value.
Requirement
• You have set up a network via PROFINET IO with IRT.
• You have connected the IRT ports of the CPUs in the network view and in the topology
view.
• You have assigned the same sync domain to all CPUs.
• You have configured a CPU as sync master.
• You have configured all other CPUs as sync slaves.
• You have created at least one technology object on all CPUs.
NOTE
"MC-Servo [OB91]" organization block
When you create a technology object, an MC-Servo OB is created automatically.
• You have configured the property "Synchronous to the bus" with "PROFINET IO-System
(100)" as the source of the send clock on all CPUs for the "MC-Servo [OB91]" under
"General > Cycle time".
Adding communication directions
To add the communication directions, proceed as follows:
1. Open the "I/O communication" tab in the network view.
2. To create a communication direction from the sender CPU to the receiver CPU, select the
sender CPU.
172
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.3 Setting up communication via direct data exchange (S7-1500T)
3. Drag-and-drop the receiver CPU into the "Drop or select the device here" field of the
"Partner 2" table column of the corresponding PROFINET interface.
The communication direction from sender CPU to receiver CPU is created.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for all communication directions required between the
interconnected CPUs.
NOTE
Communication direction from the receiver CPU to the sender CPU
If necessary, also set up a communication direction from the receiver CPU to the sender
CPU, e.g. to transfer application-specific status information.
Configuring transfer areas
To configure the transfer areas, follow these steps:
1. In the "I/O communication" tab in the network view, select a communication direction of a
selected CPU.
2. Add a transfer area in the Inspector window under "Properties > General > Direct data
exchange" by entering a name.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for all created configuration directions.
4. Configure the created transfer area in the Inspector window "Properties > General > Direct
data exchange > <Name of transfer area>":
– In the "Start address" fields, define the start address of the assigned logical address
area of the sender and of the receiver.
NOTE
Multiple receiver CPUs in the same cascade (1:n relationship)
If multiple receiver CPUs receive the same leading value of the sender CPU, select in
each case for the receiver CPU the same address area for the transfer area between the
sender CPU and the receiver CPU n that you defined between the sender CPU and the
receiver CPU 1 under "Properties > General > Direct data exchange" in the "Partner
address" table column.
– In the "Organization block" fields, select the MC-Servo OB of the respective CPU.
– Define a data length of 48 bytes in the "Data length [byte]" field.
5. Repeat step 4 for all created transfer areas.
6. If you use a SIMATIC Drive Controller, set the clock system of the SINAMICS Integrated:
– Select PROFIdrive Integrated in the network view.
– In the Inspector window, select the entry "Send clock of the PROFINET interface
[X150]" under "Properties > General > Constant bus cycle time" in the "Cycle time"
drop-down list.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
173
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.4 Configuring the provision of leading value and interconnecting axes (S7-1500T)
Creating tags
To create the output tag of a sender CPU and the input tag of a receiver CPU, proceed as
follows:
1. Open the PLC tags of a CPU via the project tree "<Name of CPU> > PLC tags > Show all
tags".
The "PLC tags" table opens.
2. Enter the name of the new tag in the "Name" column.
3. In the "Data type" column, manually enter the "DX_TEL_SyncOp" data type.
NOTE
Data type "DX_TEL_SyncOp"
If the data type "DX_TEL_SyncOp" is not available, it was deleted with the last compilation.
To restore the "DX_TEL_SyncOp" data type, add a ≥ V5.0 technology object. After you have
used the data type in the "PLC tags" table, you can delete the technology object again.
4. Enter the configured start address of the transfer area in the "Address" column with the
following prefix:
– "%Q" for an output tag on the sender CPU
– "%I" for an input tag on the receiver CPU
5. Repeat steps 1 to 4 for the respective sender and receiver CPUs of all configured transfer
areas.
Result
You have set up communication via direct data exchange. During the configuration of the
leading axis and the leading axis proxy, you can now select the configured tags for the
transfer areas in the table column or in the "Transfer area" drop-down list under "Technology
object > Configuration > Leading value settings".
If no technology object is created on a CPU, the MC-Servo OB is deleted when the software is
compiled. To be able to check the set communication in this case, compile the hardware only.
More information
For more information on the subject of "Direct data exchange" refer to the "SIMATIC
PROFINET with STEP 7" function manual
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/49948856).
10.4
Configuring the provision of leading value and interconnecting
axes (S7-1500T)
The following describes how to connect the leading value and the axes involved for a crossPLC synchronous operation via one or more cascades.
174
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.4 Configuring the provision of leading value and interconnecting axes (S7-1500T)
Requirement
• You have set up the direct data exchange between the CPUs.
• You have created one of the following technology objects as the leading axis on the first
CPU (S7-1500, S7-1500T):
– Positioning axis
– Synchronous axis
– External encoder
Recommendation: You have configured the leading axis as virtual axis.
• You may have created one or more synchronous axis technology objects as local following
axes on the first CPU.
• You have created a leading axis proxy technology object on each additional CPU
(S7-1500T).
• You have created one or more synchronous axis technology objects as following axes on
each additional CPU.
• For each additional cascade you have created a technology object synchronous axis as a
virtual following axis that is used as the leading axis for the next cascade.
• The technology objects are configured correctly.
Provide cross-PLC leading value
To make the leading value of the leading axis available cross-PLC, proceed as follows:
1. Open the configuration window "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value
settings" of the leading axis.
2. To show rows 2 to 8 in the table in the "Provision of leading value" area, select the "Show
all transfer areas" check box.
3. In the "Provide leading value" table column, select the check box of the corresponding
transfer area.
4. In the "Transfer area" table column, select in the drop-down list the CPU output tag
created for the direct data exchange.
Interconnect local following axes
To interconnect the local following axes on the CPU of the leading axis, follow these steps:
1. Open the configuration window "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value
interconnections" of a local following axis.
2. In the "Possible leading values" table column, select the leading axis.
3. In the "Type of coupling" table column, select the entry "Delayed".
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 for all local following axes.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
175
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.4 Configuring the provision of leading value and interconnecting axes (S7-1500T)
Interconnecting leading axis proxies
To interconnect the leading axis proxies to other CPUs, follow these steps:
1. Open the configuration window "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value
settings" of a leading axis proxy.
2. In the "Provision of leading value" area in the "Transfer area" drop-down list, select the
input tag of the CPU created for the direct data exchange.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for all leading axis proxies of the same cascade.
Interconnecting following axes of the other CPUs
To interconnect the following axes that are not configured on the CPU of the leading axis,
proceed as follows:
1. Open the configuration window "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value
interconnections" of a following axis.
2. In the "Possible leading values" table column, select the alternate leading axis of the CPU.
In the table column "Leading value source", the leading axis is displayed which provides
the leading value (<Name of the CPU>.<Name of the technology object>). The "Setpoint"
entry is preset in the "Type of coupling" table column.
3. In the table column with the icon , select whether this leading value interconnection
should be taken into consideration when calculating the delay time in the interconnection
overview (Page 177).
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 for all following axes of the same cascade.
Interconnecting virtual following axis as leading axis for the next cascade
To interconnect a virtual following axis that is used as leading axis for the next cascade,
proceed as follows:
1. Open the configuration window "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value
interconnections" of the virtual following axis.
2. In the "Possible leading values" table column, select the alternate leading axis of the CPU.
In the table column "Leading value source", the leading axis is displayed which provides
the leading value (<Name of the CPU>.<Name of the technology object>). The "Setpoint"
entry is preset in the "Type of coupling" table column.
3. In the table column with the icon , select whether this leading value interconnection
should be taken into consideration when calculating the delay time in the interconnection
overview.
4. Switch to the configuration window "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value
settings" of the virtual following axis.
5. To show rows 2 to 8 in the table in the "Provision of leading value" area, select the "Show
all transfer areas" check box.
6. In the "Provide leading value" table column, select the check box of the corresponding
transfer area.
7. In the "Transfer area" table column, select in the drop-down list the CPU output tag
created for the direct data exchange.
8. Repeat the steps in the section "Interconnecting leading axis proxies" for all leading axis
proxy of the next cascade.
176
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.6 Working with the interconnection overview table (S7-1500T)
9. Repeat the steps "Interconnecting following axes of the other CPUs" for all following axes
of the next cascade.
10. Repeat steps 1 to 9 for all other cascades.
10.5
Configuring the tolerance time (S7-1500T)
If an external leading value becomes invalid during a cross-PLC synchronous operation or a
communication error occurs, technology alarm 900 ("Leading values invalid") is output after a
tolerance time. You can configure this tolerance time on the leading axis proxy technology
object.
Procedure
To configure the tolerance time, follow these steps:
1. Open the configuration window "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value
settings" of a leading axis proxy.
2. In the "Leading value monitoring" area, enter the tolerance time within which a valid
leading value is expected in the "Tolerance time invalid leading value" input field.
NOTE
Extrapolation of the leading value
Note that the leading value is still being extrapolated during the tolerance time and that
the following axis continues to move.
Therefore, set the tolerance time as brief as possible.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for all other leading axis proxies.
10.6
Working with the interconnection overview table (S7-1500T)
10.6.1
Opening the interconnection overview (S7-1500T)
The interconnection overview contains an overview of the interconnected leading and
following axes and their CPU assignment. In the interconnection overview, you also trigger
the system calculation of the delay time.
Requirement
• You have created technology objects in the project for:
– Leading axis
– Following axis
– Leading axis proxy
• You have interconnected the CPUs and technology objects with one another.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
177
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.6 Working with the interconnection overview table (S7-1500T)
Procedure
To open the interconnection overview, follow these steps:
1. Select one of the following technology objects in the project navigation:
– Positioning axis
– Synchronous axis
– External encoder
– Leading axis proxy
2. Select the "Interconnection overview" command from the shortcut menu.
Result
The interconnection overview opens.
10.6.2
Interconnection overview (S7-1500T)
The interconnection overview contains an overview of the interconnected leading and
following axes and their CPU assignment in tabular form.
Toolbar
The toolbar at the top of the interconnection overview provides the following functions via
buttons:
Button
Description
You update the view of the interconnection overview with this icon.
Calculate delay times
You trigger calculation of delay times with this button.
The delay time is only calculated if the check box "Allow system calculation" is
selected under "Leading value settings" during configuration of the techno­
logy objects.
You can only trigger the calculation of the delay times if the values are not
current and the technology objects are not recursively connected.
Filtering the view
You have the following options above the table to filter the view of the interconnection
overview:
Field
Description
Enter text filter
In this field, enter a term by which the view should be filtered.
Show delay times
Select this check box to show the "Delay time" columns which contain the
delay times.
Show local synchronous Select this check box to display the local leading value interconnections in
operations
addition to the cross-PLC leading value interconnections.
178
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.6 Working with the interconnection overview table (S7-1500T)
Interconnection overview table
The interconnection overview table contains the following information and functions:
Column
Description
Leading value source
PLC
This column displays the CPU of the leading axis.
Leading axis
This column displays the name of the leading axis.
You open the configuration of the technology object via the link.
If this icon is displayed in the "Leading axis" column, the intercon­
nection is excluded from the system calculation of the delay time.
In the configuration of the leading axis, the check box "Allow sys­
tem calculation" is not selected under "Leading value settings".
DT
This column displays the delay time in ms.
This column is only displayed when the "Show delay times" check box is
selected.
Leading value output
This column displays the type of the leading value output and the number of
the transfer area.
Recipient
PLC
This column displays the CPU of the following axis.
Following axis
This column displays the name of the following axis.
You open the configuration of the technology object via the link.
Routes
When you select a row, the icon
"Routes" area with this icon.
Leading axis proxy
The name of the leading axis proxy is displayed in this column.
You open the configuration of the technology object via the link.
is displayed in this column. You open the
If this icon is displayed in the "Leading axis proxy" column, the
interconnection is excluded from the system calculation of the
delay time.
In the configuration of the leading axis proxy, the check box "Allow
system calculation" is not selected under "Leading value settings".
DT
Interconnection
This column displays the delay time in ms.
This column is only displayed when the "Show delay times" check box is
selected.
If this icon is displayed in the "Interconnection" column, the inter­
connection is affected by a recursion.
If this icon is displayed in the "Interconnection" column, the inter­
connection is affected by a recursion, but at least one interconnec­
tion is excluded from the calculation of the delay time.
If this icon is displayed in the "Interconnection" column, the inter­
connection is excluded from the system calculation of the delay
time.
With this icon, you open the configuration of the following axis.
If the configured delay time corresponds to the calculated delay time, the
icon
is displayed in this column.
In the "Leading value source cannot be clearly determined" area, interconnections are
displayed where, for example, several leading axes are connected for a leading axis proxy and
the leading value source is therefore not unique. The range is only displayed if there are
interconnections without a unique leading value source.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
179
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.6 Working with the interconnection overview table (S7-1500T)
10.6.3
Showing routes (S7-1500T)
The routes of the leading value of a selected following axis are shown in the interconnection
overview in the area underneath the table. The leading value is tracked back from the
following axis to the leading axis source. If there are multiple routes, they are displayed next
to one another.
Procedure
To display the existing routes of a following axis, follow these steps:
1. Select the row of the corresponding following axis in the table.
2. To show the routes, click the icon in the "Routes" column.
Result
All routes are displayed in the area below the table for the selected following axis. Routes
affected by a recursion are not displayed.
It is indicated underneath a route whether the leading value is interpolated or extrapolated:
• If all cascades interpolate, "Interpolated" is displayed.
• If at least one cascade extrapolates, "Extrapolated" is displayed.
10.6.4
Setting the delay times (S7-1500T)
You can calculate and view the delay times in the interconnection overview. Alternatively,
you can manually configure the delay times on the leading axis and on the virtual following
axes. Depending on the set delay time, the leading value at the leading axis proxy is
automatically interpolated or extrapolated.
Requirement
• You have interconnected the CPUs and technology objects with one another.
• Except for the delay time, the technology objects are fully configured.
Calculating delay times
To calculate the delay times, follow these steps:
1. Open the configuration window "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value
settings" of the leading axis.
2. In the "Delay time of local leading value" area, select the "Allow system calculation" check
box.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for all leading axis proxies and for all virtual following axes that are
used as leading axis for additional cascades.
4. Open the configuration window "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value
interconnections" of a non-local following axis.
5. For a leading axis proxy technology object of the table column with the symbol , select
whether this leading value interconnection should be taken into account when calculating
the delay time.
180
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.7 Tags: Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all other non-local following axes.
7. To open the interconnection overview, click on the link "Interconnection overview".
8. To calculate the delay times, click the "Calculate delay times" button in the interconnection
overview.
9. Check the calculated delay times in the columns "DT" of the interconnection overview.
10. In the routes, check whether a leading value is interpolated or extrapolated at the leading
axis proxy (<TO>.StatusExternalLeadingValue.AdjustmentTime).
Configuring delay times
To adjust the delay time and, for example, take into account additional requirements from
your special application, follow these steps:
1. Open the configuration window "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value
settings" of the leading axis.
2. Clear the "Allow system calculation" check box in the "Delay time of local leading value"
area.
3. Enter the corresponding value in the "Delay time" input field.
The entered delay time determines the output delay of the leading value for the local
following axes (<TO>.CrossPlcSynchronousOperation.LocalLeadingValueDelayTime).
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 for all virtual following axes that are used as the leading axis for
additional cascades.
5. Open the configuration window "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value
settings" of a leading axis proxy.
6. Clear the "Allow system calculation" check box in the "Delay time of local leading value"
area.
7. In the "Delay time" (<TO>.Parameter.LocalLeadingValueDelayTime) input field, enter the
same delay time that is set on the local virtual following axis that is used as the leading
axis for an additional cascade.
The entered delay time determines the output delay of the leading value for the local
following axes (<TO>.CrossPlcSynchronousOperation.LocalLeadingValueDelayTime).
8. To open the interconnection overview, click on the link "Interconnection overview".
9. Check the delay times in the "DT" columns of the interconnection overview.
10. In the routes, check whether a leading value is interpolated or extrapolated at the leading
axis proxy (<TO>.StatusExternalLeadingValue.AdjustmentTime).
10.7
Tags: Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
Positioning axis/synchronous axis/external encoder
The following tags of the positioning axis, synchronous axis and external encoder are
relevant for cross-PLC synchronous operation:
Tag
Description
<TO>.CrossPlcSynchronousOperation.Inter­
face[1..8].EnableLeadingValueOutput
Provide cross-PLC leading value
FALSE
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
No
181
Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
10.7 Tags: Cross-PLC synchronous operation (S7-1500T)
Tag
Description
<TO>.CrossPlcSynchronousOperation.Inter­
face[1..8].EnableLeadingValueOutput
TRUE
<TO>.CrossPlcSynchronousOperation.Inter­
face[1..8].AddressOut
Output address for the telegram of cross-PLC synchronous operation
Yes
<TO>.CrossPlcSynchronousOperation.LocalLeadingVal­ Delay time for setpoint coupling with delayed leading value
ueDelayTime
<TO>.StatusProvidedLeadingValue.DelayedLeading­
Value.Position
Position of the provided leading value
<TO>.StatusProvidedLeadingValue.DelayedLeading­
Value.Velocity
Velocity of the provided leading value
<TO>.StatusProvidedLeadingValue.DelayedLeading­
Value.Acceleration
Acceleration of the provided leading value
Leading axis proxy
The following leading axis proxy technology object tags are relevant for cross-PLC
synchronous operation:
Tag
Description
<TO>.Position
Position of the leading value for local synchronous operation
<TO>.Velocity
Velocity of the leading value for local synchronous operation
<TO>.Acceleration
Acceleration of the leading value for local synchronous operation
<TO>.Interface.AddressIn
Input address for the telegram of the external leading value
<TO>.Parameter.LocalLeadingValueDelayTime
Delay time of leading value output on the local following axis which,
in turn, provides a leading value
<TO>.Parameter.ToleranceTimeExternalLeading­
ValueInvalid
Tolerance time until a technology alarm is triggered when the
external leading value becomes invalid
<TO>.StatusExternalLeadingValue.ModuloLength
Modulo length of the external leading value
<TO>.StatusExternalLeadingValue.ModuloStartValue
Modulo start value of the external leading value
<TO>.StatusExternalLeadingValue.AdjustmentTime
Time by which the external leading value is adjusted
<TO>.StatusWord.X4 (LeadingValueValid)
<TO>.StatusWord.X5 (LeadingValueModulo)
<TO>.StatusWord.X6 (LeadingAxisControl)
182
<0
The external leading value is interpolated by this time.
>0
The external leading value is extrapolated by this time.
Validity of the external leading value
0
Leading value does not exist or is not valid
1
Leading value exists and is valid
Modulo functionality
0
Leading value without modulo functionality
1
Leading value with modulo functionality
Follow-up mode
0
Leading axis in follow-up mode
1
Leading axis not in follow-up mode
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11
The description of Motion Control diagnostics is limited to the diagnostics view of the
technology objects in TIA Portal, the technology alarms and the error detections on Motion
Control instructions.
The following descriptions can be found in the "S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control alarms and
error IDs" documentation (Page 13):
• Diagnostics concept
• Technology alarms
• Error IDs in Motion Control instructions
A comprehensive description of the system diagnostics of the S7‑1500 CPU can be found in
the "Diagnostics" function manual
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/59192926).
11.1
Synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.1.1
Status and error bits (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
You use the "Technology object > Diagnostics > Status and error bits" diagnostic function in
the TIA Portal to monitor the status and error messages for the technology object. The
diagnostics function is available in online operation.
The meaning of the status and error messages is described in the following tables. The
associated technology object tag is given in parentheses.
Axis status
The following table shows the possible axis status values:
Status
Description
Simulation active
The axis is simulated in the CPU. Setpoints are not output to the drive.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X25 (AxisSimulation))
Enabled
The technology object has been enabled. You can move the axis with motion
jobs.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X0 (Enable))
Position-controlled mode The axis is in position-controlled mode.
(Inversion of <TO>.StatusWord.X28 (NonPositionControlled))
Homed
The technology object is homed. The relationship between the position in the
technology object and the mechanical position was successfully created.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X5 (HomingDone))
Error
An error occurred at the technology object. Detailed information about the
error is available in the "Error" area and in the "<TO>.ErrorDetail.Number" and
"<TO>.ErrorDetail.Reaction" tags of the technology object.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X1 (Error))
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
183
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.1 Synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Status
Description
Restart active
The technology object is being reinitialized.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X2 (RestartActive))
Axis control panel
enabled
The axis control panel is active. The axis control panel has master control
over the technology object. You cannot control the axis from the user pro­
gram.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X4 (ControlPanelActive))
Drive ready
Drive is ready to execute setpoints.
(<TO>.StatusDrive.InOperation)
Encoder values valid
The actual encoder values are valid.
(<TO>.StatusSensor[1].State)
Encoder values valid
(S7‑1500T)
The actual encoder values of encoder 1, encoder 2, encoder 3 or encoder 4
are valid.
(<TO>.StatusSensor[1..4].State)
Active encoder
(S7‑1500T)
The encoder in effect operationally is encoder 1, encoder 2, encoder 3 or
encoder 4.
(<TO>.OperativeSensor)
Encoder values homed
Encoder is homed with one of the following homing types:
• Active homing
• Passive homing
• Absolute encoder adjustment
• Incremental encoder adjustment
(<TO>.StatusSensor[1].Adjusted)
Encoder homed
(S7-1500T)
Encoder 1, encoder 2, encoder 3 or encoder 4 is homed with one of the fol­
lowing homing types:
• Active homing
• Passive homing
• Absolute encoder adjustment
• Incremental encoder adjustment
(<TO>.StatusSensor[1..4].Adjusted)
Restart required
Data relevant for the restart has been changed. The changes are applied only
after a restart of the technology object.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X3 (OnlineStartValuesChanged))
Status limit switch
The following table shows the possibilities for enabling the software and hardware limit
switches:
Status
Description
Negative SW limit switch The negative software limit switch has been approached.
approached
(<TO>.StatusWord.X15 (SWLimitMinActive))
Positive SW limit switch
approached
The positive software limit switch has been approached.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X16 (SWLimitMaxActive))
Negative HW limit switch The negative hardware limit switch has been approached or overtraveled.
approached
(<TO>.StatusWord.X17 (HWLimitMinActive))
Positive HW limit switch The positive hardware limit switch has been approached or overtraveled.
approached
(<TO>.StatusWord.X18 (HWLimitMaxActive))
184
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.1 Synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Motion status
The following table shows the possible axis motion status values:
Status
Description
Done (no job running)
No job active at technology object.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X6 (Done))
Homing job
The technology object executes a homing job of the Motion Control instruc­
tion "MC_Home" or from the axis control panel.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X11 (HomingCommand))
Jog
The axis is being moved with a job for jog mode of Motion Control instruction
"MC_MoveJog".
(<TO>.StatusWord.X9 (JogCommand))
Velocity specification
The axis is traversed with a job with velocity specification of the Motion Con­
trol instruction "MC_MoveVelocity" or from the axis control panel.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X10 (VelocityCommand))
Positioning job
The axis is traversed with a positioning job of Motion Control instruction
"MC_MoveAbsolute" or "MC_MoveRelative" or from the axis control panel.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X8 (PositioningCommand))
Constant velocity
The axis is moved with constant velocity or is stationary.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X12 (ConstantVelocity))
Standstill
The axis is in standstill.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X7 (StandStill))
Accelerating
Axis is being accelerated.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X13 (Accelerating))
Decelerating
The axis is being decelerated.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X14 (Decelerating))
Torque limit active
At least the threshold value (default 90%) of the preset force/torque limita­
tion acts on the axis.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X27 (InLimitation))
Stop job active
The axis is stopped and disabled by Motion Control instruction "MC_Stop".
(<TO>.StatusWord2.X0 (StopCommand))
Superimposed motion
The motion of the axis is superimposed by at least one overlapping Motion
Control instruction. (OR logic operation)
(<TO>.StatusWord.X23 (MoveSuperimposedCommand))
(<TO>.StatusWord2.X6 (MotionInSuperimposedCommand))
(<TO>.StatusWord2.X7 (HaltSuperimposedCommand))
Synchronous operation status
Status
Description
Synchronization
The axis is synchronized to the leading value of a leading axis.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X21 (Synchronizing))
Synchronous
The axis is synchronized and moves synchronously to the leading axis.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X22 (Synchronous))
Desynchronization
(S7‑1500T)
The axis is desynchronized from the leading value of a leading axis.
(<TO>.StatusWord2.X1 (DesynchronizingCommand))
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
185
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.1 Synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Status
Description
Synchronization pending A synchronous operation is pending until the leading value reaches the start
(S7‑1500T)
position for synchronization.
(<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState.X2 (GearInPosWait­
ing); <TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState.X3 (CamInWait­
ing))
Desynchronization
pending (S7‑1500T)
A desynchronization job is pending until the leading value reaches the start
position for desynchronization.
(<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState.X4 (GearOutWait­
ing); <TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState.X5 (CamOut­
Waiting))
Additive leading value
active (S7‑1500T)
The axis receives an additive leading value with the Motion Control instruc­
tion "MC_LeadingValueAdditive".
(<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.StatusWord.X4 (LeadingValueAdditive­
Command))
Leading value offset
(S7-1500T)
The leading value is shifted with the Motion Control instruction
"MC_PhasingAbsolute" or "MC_PhasingRelative".
(<TO>.StatusWord.X24 (PhasingCommand))
Leading value offset
pending (S7‑1500T)
A job for leading value offset is waiting.
(<TO>.StatusWord2.X3 (PhasingCommandWaiting))
Following value offset
(S7-1500T)
The following value is shifted with the Motion Control instruction
"MC_OffsetAbsolute" or "MC_OffsetRelative".
(<TO>.StatusWord2.X4 (OffsetCommand))
Following value offset is A job for following value offset is waiting.
pending (S7‑1500T)
(<TO>.StatusWord2.X5 (OffsetCommandWaiting))
Error
The following table shows the possible errors:
186
Error
Description
System
A system-internal error has occurred.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X0 (SystemFault))
Configuration
A configuration error has occurred.
One or more configuration parameters are inconsistent or invalid.
The technology object was incorrectly configured, or editable configuration
data was incorrectly modified during runtime of the user program.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X1 (ConfigFault))
User program
An error occurred in the user program with a Motion Control instruction or its
use.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X2 (UserFault))
Drive
An error occurred in the drive.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X4 (DriveFault))
Encoder
An error occurred in the encoder system.
(<TO>.StatusSensor[1].Error)
Encoder (S7‑1500T)
An error has occurred in the encoder system of encoder 1, encoder 2,
encoder 3 or encoder 4.
(<TO>.StatusSensor[1..4].Error)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.1 Synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Error
Description
Data exchange
Communication with a connected device is faulty.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X7 (CommunicationFault))
I/O
An error occurred accessing a logical address.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X13 (PeripheralError))
Job rejected
A job cannot be executed.
You cannot execute a Motion Control instruction because necessary require­
ments are not fulfilled (for example, technology object not homed).
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X3 (CommandNotAccepted))
Homing
An error occurred during a homing process.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X10 (HomingFault))
Positioning
The positioning axis was not positioned correctly at the end of a positioning
motion.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X12 (PositioningFault))
Dynamic limitation
The dynamic values are limited to the dynamic limits.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X6 (DynamicError))
Following error
The maximum permitted following error has been exceeded.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X11 (FollowingErrorFault))
SW limit switch
A software limit switch has been reached.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X8 (SWLimit))
HW limit switch
A hardware limit switch has been reached or overtraveled.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X9 (HWLimit))
Adapt
An error occurred during data adaption.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X15 (AdaptionError))
Synchronization
An error occurred during synchronization. The leading axis specified for the
corresponding Motion Control instruction was not configured as a possible
leading axis.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X14 (SynchronousError))
Warnings
The following table shows the possible warnings:
Warning
Description
Configuration
One or several configuration parameters are adjusted internally at a certain
time.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X1 (ConfigWarning))
Job rejected
Job cannot be executed.
You cannot execute a Motion Control instruction because necessary require­
ments are not fulfilled.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X3 (CommandNotAccepted))
Dynamic limitation
The dynamic values are limited to the dynamic limits.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X6 (DynamicWarning))
Synchronization
An error occurred during synchronization. The leading axis specified for the
corresponding Motion Control instruction was not configured as a possible
leading axis.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X14 (SynchronousWarning))
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
187
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.1 Synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Alarm display
For more information and to acknowledge the error, go to the Inspector window by clicking
on the "Alarm display" link.
More information
An option for evaluating the individual status bits can be found in the section "Evaluating
StatusWord, ErrorWord and WarningWord" of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control
overview" (Page 13) documentation.
11.1.2
Motion status (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
You use the "Technology object > Diagnostics > Motion status" diagnostic function in the TIA
Portal to monitor the motion status of the axis. The diagnostics function is available in online
operation.
"Setpoints" area
The following table shows the meaning of the status data:
Status
Description
Target position
Current target position of an active positioning job
The target position value is only valid during execution of a positioning job.
(<TO>.StatusPositioning.TargetPosition)
Position setpoint
Setpoint position of the axis
(<TO>.Position)
Velocity setpoint
Velocity setpoint of the axis
(<TO>.Velocity)
Velocity override
Percentage correction of the velocity specification
The velocity setpoint specified in Motion Control instructions or set by the
axis control panel is superimposed with an override signal and corrected as a
percentage. Valid velocity correction values range from 0.0 % to 200.0 %.
(<TO>.Override.Velocity)
"Current values" area
The following table shows the meaning of the status data:
188
Status
Description
Operative encoder
Operative encoder of the axis
(<TO>.OperativeSensor)
Actual position
Actual position of the axis
If the technology object is not homed, then the value is displayed relative to
the position that existed when the technology object was enabled.
(<TO>.ActualPosition)
Actual velocity
Actual velocity of the axis
(<TO>.ActualVelocity)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.1 Synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Status
Description
Following error
Following error of the axis
(<TO>.StatusPositioning.FollowingError)
"Dynamic limits" area
This area displays the limit values for the dynamic parameters.
The following table shows the meaning of the status data:
11.1.3
Status
Description
Velocity
Configured maximum velocity
(<TO>.DynamicLimits.MaxVelocity)
Acceleration
Configured maximum acceleration
(<TO>.DynamicLimits.MaxAcceleration)
Deceleration
Configured maximum deceleration
(<TO>.DynamicLimits.MaxDeceleration)
Jerk
Configured maximum jerk
(<TO>.DynamicLimits.MaxJerk)
PROFIdrive telegram (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The "Technology object > Diagnostics > PROFIdrive telegram" diagnostics function is used in
the TIA Portal to monitor the PROFIdrive telegrams returned by the drive and encoder. The
display of the Diagnostics function is available in online operation.
"Drive" area
This area displays the following parameters contained in the PROFIdrive telegram from the
drive to the controller:
• Status words "ZSW1" and "ZSW2"
• The speed setpoint (NSET) that was output to the drive
• The actual speed that was signaled from the drive (NACT)
"Encoder" area
This area displays the following parameters contained in the PROFIdrive telegram from the
encoder to the controller:
• Status word "Gx_ZSW"
• The actual position value "Gx_XIST1" (cyclic actual encoder value)
• The actual position value "Gx_XIST2" (absolute encoder value)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
189
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Areas "Encoder 1" to "Encoder 4" (S7-1500T)
The "Encoder 1" to "Encoder 4" areas display the following parameters from the PROFIdrive
telegram of the corresponding encoder to the controller:
• Status word "Gx_ZSW"
• The actual position value "Gx_XIST1" (cyclic actual encoder value)
• The actual position value "Gx_XIST2" (absolute encoder value)
11.2
Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
11.2.1
Applications of the cam diagnostics (S7-1500T)
In the cam diagnostics you can monitor and analyze valid points and segments of a cam from
the offline and online technology object data block. The values are shown in tables and
graphics and correspond to the interpolated offline or online parameters of the technology
object data block.
The cam diagnostics in TIA Portal interpolates the current technology object data block
parameters independently. In contrast to the cam editor, the diagnostics does not depend on
the interpolation in the SIMATIC S7-1500T. The interpolation always refers to the current
values in the technology object data block, the so-called snapshot.
The following parameters are taken into account during interpolation.
• <TO>.Point[i]
• <TO>.Segment[i]
• <TO>.VaildPoint[i]
• <TO>.ValidSegment[i]
• <TO>.InterpolationSettings
NOTE
The term "cam" used in this chapter applies to the technology objects of the "TO_Cam" and
"TO_Cam_10k" types.
Calling the diagnostics
You can call the diagnostics as follows:
• Project tree > Project> Technology objects > Cam > Diagnostics
Possible offline applications
Valid start values of the cam in the project are displayed in a list and represented graphically.
NOTE
After you have changed values in the cam editor, you must compile the cam. The cam is
automatically interpolated, even without a controller or PLCSIM.
190
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Offline, you can:
• Check the interpolation of cams
• Identify points and segments for the same leading value
• Check the calculated velocity, acceleration and jerk
• View and compare saved snapshots
• Check transitions between cams, such as the continuity when changing cams
Possible online applications
Valid start values of the cam from the project and the actual values are displayed in a list and
graphically represented online.
Online you can also:
• Check the algorithms for calculating the cams in the user program, e.g. the calculation of
the coefficients for segments
• Compare a curve generated during runtime with the expected curve
• Monitor status bits and error bits
• Sort points and segments according to the leading value range, even if they are not
defined in ascending order according to index in the technology object data block.
• Take, save and compare snapshots. You can use the snapshots later for documentation
and additional diagnostics, when you close the TIA Portal project or change the elements
of the cam.
11.2.2
Structure of the diagnostics (S7-1500T)
The cam diagnostics consists of four areas:
①
List of valid points and segments with toolbar
②
Curve diagram with toolbar
③
Element comparison
④
Inspector window
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
191
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
List of valid points and segments
In the list you can find all valid points and segments from the offline and online DB and the
saved snapshots. Since you can display the values of the offline configuration and several
snapshots, they are provided with expandable headers.
The list consists of the following columns:
Table column
Description
Type
In this column, the type of symbol is displayed with a symbol that corresponds to
the symbol in the cam editor.
The following element types are recognized:
• Point
• Line
• Sine
• Polynomial
Element
points or segments are shown in this column.
Start value
The x values for points and the x min. values for segments are shown in this
column.
Value
The y values for points are shown in this column. When you expand the segments,
the following details are shown:
• x min.
• x max.
• a0
• a1
• a2
• a3
• a4
• a5
• a6
• sineAmplitude
• sinePeriod
• sinePhase
In this column you can select points/segments for comparison (Page 199).
Sorting
You can sort the points and segments in ascending or descending order using the "Element"
and "Start value" columns.
Toolbar
The toolbar at the top of the list of valid points and segments provides the following
functions via buttons:
Symbol
192
Function
Description
Monitoring On/Off
Monitoring of the cam is started/com­
pleted.
Update online curve
The online snapshot is updated.
Print
The "Print (Page 202)" dialog will open.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Symbol
Function
Description
Link list and graphic display for the selec­ If coupling is enabled and an element is
ted objects
selected in the curve diagram, this ele­
ment is automatically scrolled to in the
list of valid points and segments.
Note: This is only relevant if the list has
so many entries that they are not all vis­
ible.
Select filter
You can select a defined filter.
Defining filter
The "Define filter (Page 197)" dialog
opens.
Curve diagram
Offline, online and saved snapshots are displayed in the curve diagram.
All valid data from the technology object data block are graphically displayed as a curve. In
the curve diagram you can display curves that reflect the position specification, position,
velocity, acceleration and jerk. You set the parameters of the displayed curves in the inspector
window. You can show or hide the legend using the icon on the toolbar.
NOTE
Refresh the curve displayed in the offline view
If you change the values in the offline technology object data block, the offline snapshot is
automatically reloaded. After you have changed parameters in the cam editor, you must
compile the cam. The parameters are then automatically transferred to the technology object
data block.
Toolbar
The toolbar at the top of the curve diagram provides the following functions via buttons:
Symbol
Function
Description
Move view
Moving the view using the drag-and-drop feature
To switch from any tool to the "Move view" tool,
press the <Esc> key.
Activate zoom selection
Zoom into selected area
Activate vertical zoom
Vertical zoom into selected area without horizontal
scaling
Alternative: <Ctrl> +drag to ordinate keeping
mouse button pressed
Activate horizontal zoom
Horizontal zoom into selected area without vertical
scaling
Alternative: <Ctrl> +drag to abscissa keeping
mouse button pressed
Zoom in
Enlargement of the display
Alternative: <Ctrl> + mouse wheel up in curve dia­
gram
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
193
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Symbol
194
Function
Description
Zoom out
Reduction of the display
Alternative: <Ctrl> + mouse wheel down in curve
diagram
Show all
Display of entire definition and value range
Zoom into curve
Zoom to the following value range of the curve that
you selected in the legend of the chart
View: A chart with positions
Display of one chart with the following curves of
the cam opened in the diagnostics:
• Position specification
• Effective position
View: A chart with all curves
Display of one chart with the following curves of
the cam opened in the diagnostics:
• Position specification
• Effective position
• Effective velocity
• Effective acceleration
• Effective jerk
View: Four charts with all curves
Display of four charts with the following curves of
the cam opened in the diagnostics:
• Chart with position specification and effective
position
• Chart with effective velocity
• Chart with effective acceleration
• Chart with effective jerk
Vertical measuring lines
Displaying and moving of vertical measuring lines
Hold down the left mouse button and drag to draw
a measuring range. The vertical position of the
measuring lines can be moved.
The function values for the positions of the measur­
ing lines are displayed in the chart. The difference
is displayed between the measuring lines.
Horizontal measuring lines
Displaying and moving of horizontal measuring
lines
Hold down the left mouse button and drag to draw
a measuring range. The horizontal position of the
measuring lines can be moved.
The function values for the positions of the measur­
ing lines are displayed in the chart. The difference
is displayed between the measuring lines.
Show legend
Showing or hiding of the legend in the curve dia­
gram.
To display values for a specific curve on the ordin­
ate, click on the name of the corresponding curve
in the legend.
Show status and error bits
Show and hide the diagnostics window "Status and
error bits (Page 195)"
You monitor the status of the technology object
using the "Status and error bits" diagnostics win­
dow.
Save window settings
Saves of the display settings.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Element comparison
The element comparison is located below the curve diagram. You can select individual points
and segments and thus Analyze and compare elements (Page 199):
Inspector window
In the inspector window you can manage the Manage snapshots (Page 200) in the "General"
tab. You can set the decimal places separately in the list of valid points and segments and in
the curve diagram.
11.2.3
Online view (S7-1500T)
Use the "Monitoring on/off" icon
online view.
on the toolbar of the cam diagnostics to switch to the
Online view of the list with valid points and segments
In the list with valid points and segments you can find the current online values under "Online
snapshot". The start values and values of the elements are highlighted in orange.
Online view of the curve diagram
In the curve diagram you can monitor changes to the status of the online cam in the "Status
and error bits (Page 195)" diagnostics window. You can show and hide the window using the
icon.
Online view of the Inspector window
In the list of the current snapshots you can see the online snapshot, whose display you can
manage and save under "Saved snapshots" (Page 200).
11.2.4
Status and error bits (S7-1500T)
You monitor the status of the technology object using the "Status and error bits" diagnostics
window. The diagnostics function is available in online operation.
You can show and hide the diagnostics window using the icon on the toolbar. You can
move the window to a desired position within the curve diagram using drag-and-drop.
The meaning of the status and error bits is described in the following tables.
Cam status
The following table shows the possible statuses of the cam:
Status
Description
In use
The cam is used.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X0 (Control))
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
195
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Status
Description
Error
An error occurred at the technology object.
Detailed information about the error is available in the "Error" area and
in the "<TO>.ErrorDetail.Number" and "<TO>.ErrorDetail.Reaction" tags
of the technology object.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X1 (Error))
Restart active
The technology object is being reinitialized.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X2 (RestartActive))
Copy operation active
A copy operation of an "MC_CopyCamData" job is active.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X7 (CopyCamDataActive))
Definition changed
The definition range of the cam has changed in the technology data
block.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X4 (CamDataChanged))
Interpolated
The cam is interpolated.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X5 (Interpolated))
In interpolation
The cam is interpolated.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X6 (InInterpolation))
Restart required
Data relevant for the restart has been changed. The changes are applied
only after a restart of the technology object.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X3 (OnlineStartValuesChanged))
Error
The following table shows the possible errors:
Error
Description
System
A system-internal error has occurred.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X0 (SystemFault))
Configuration
A configuration error has occurred. One or more
configuration parameters are inconsistent or inval­
id. The technology object was incorrectly con­
figured, or editable configuration data was incor­
rectly modified during runtime of the user pro­
gram.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X1 (ConfigFault))
User program
An error in a Motion Control instruction or during
its use has occurred in the user program.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X2 (UserFault))
Job rejected
A job cannot be executed. You cannot execute a
Motion Control instruction because necessary
requirements are not fulfilled.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X3 (CommandNotAccepted))
You can access the alarm display via the
196
icon.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Warnings
The following table shows the possible warnings:
Warning
Description
System
A system-internal error has occurred.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X0 (SystemWarning))
Configuration
One or more configuration parameters will be tem­
porarily adjusted internally.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X1 (ConfigWarning))
User program
An error in a Motion Control instruction or during
its use has occurred in the user program.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X2 (UserWarning))
Job rejected
Job cannot be executed. You cannot execute a
Motion Control instruction because necessary
requirements are not fulfilled.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X3 (CommandNotAccepted))
You can access the alarm display via the
11.2.5
icon.
"Definition changed" and "Interpolated" status bits (S7-1500T)
Depending on the change in the online technology object data block, the associated status
bits are displayed in green.
If you change values in the online technology object data block and they do not match the
interpolated values displayed in the curve diagram, the "Definition changed" status bit is
displayed in green.
The following message is displayed in the upper part of the cam diagnostics:
"The online values do not correspond to the active interpolated curve. Interpolate the cam
and then reload the curve in the graphic display."
Refresh graphic display
To display the current values, follow these steps:
1. Interpolate the curve.
After the interpolation, the "Definition changed" bit is no longer set.
The "Interpolated" bit is set.
The note in the banner changes:
"The curve shown is not current. Update."
2. Click on the "Refresh" icon on the toolbar or, alternatively, on the "Refresh" link in the
message.
The online snapshot is updated. You can save the online snapshots under "Saved
snapshots (Page 200)".
NOTE
You can also update the diagnostics without re-interpolating the cam after making changes
in the technology object data block. The last interpolated cam then remains active in the
controller and during camming. The "Interpolated" bit remains set. Before interpolation, you
can then analyze the interpolated cam with the new technology object data block parameters
in the controller. The "Definition changed" bit then remains TRUE.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
197
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
11.2.6
Filter by segments and points (S7-1500T)
To analyze the relevant elements in extensive cams, you can filter them according to the
following criteria:
• Filter segments by index in the technology data block
• Filter segments by segment type
• Filter points by index in the technology data block
• Filter the displayed leading value range
Elements that do not meet the filter criteria are hidden in the list of points and segments and
displayed in a lighter shade in the curve diagram than elements that meet the criteria. The
filter criteria are applied to all displayed snapshots.
Defining and saving filters
To define and save a filter, follow these steps:
1. Click on the
icon in the cam diagnostics toolbar.
The "Define filter" dialog opens.
2. Set the desired filter criteria.
3. Name the filter in the drop-down list.
4. Click "OK".
The filter is saved and applied.
Adding other filters
To add additional filters, proceed as follows:
1. Click on the
icon in the cam diagnostics toolbar.
The "Define filter" dialog opens.
2. Click the symbol
.
3. Set the desired filter criteria.
4. Name the filter in the drop-down list.
5. Click "OK".
The additional filter is saved, applied and displayed with existing filters in the drop-down
list of the toolbar.
Adapting existing filters
To adjust existing filters, follow these steps:
1. Click on the
icon in the cam diagnostics toolbar.
The "Define filter" dialog opens.
2. Select the filter to be adjusted from the drop-down list.
3. Adjust the filter criteria.
4. Click "OK".
The changes are saved and applied.
198
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Delete filter
Proceed as follows to delete filter:
1. Click on the
icon in the cam diagnostics toolbar.
The "Define filter" dialog opens.
2. In the drop-down list, select the filter to deleted.
3. Click the symbol
.
4. Click "OK".
The filter is deleted.
Cancel filter
To cancel a filter, select the "No filter" entry in the drop-down list in the toolbar.
The filter settings are terminated.
11.2.7
Comparing elements (S7-1500T)
You can select individual points and segments from various snapshots and compare them in
detail.
Select elements to compare
You can select items to compare in the following two ways:
• In the " " column, select valid points or segments.
• In the curve diagram in the shortcut menu, select the element "Show in element
comparison".
Parameters in the element comparison
For each selected element, the parameters are displayed in a separate window.
NOTE
You can change the order of the window using the drag-and-drop feature.
Each window contains three expandable areas:
• Element type with mapping in the upper part
You can expand and collapse the image of the element with the arrow next to the
element type.
• Basic parameters
The basic parameters are read out directly from the technology object data block of the
cam.
For points, the x and y values are displayed.
The following values are displayed for segments:
– x min.
– x max.
– a0
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
199
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
a1
a2
a3
a4
a5
a6
sineAmplitude
sinePeriod
sinePhase
• Extended parameters
The extended parameters are not saved directly in the technology object data block. They
are calculated by the diagnostics in the TIA Portal.
For points, the values are displayed depending on the interpolation:
– With linear interpolation, the velocity in the points is discontinuous. The velocity is
displayed to the left (v left) and right (v right) of the point. Acceleration and jerk are
not displayed.
– With cubic interpolation, the jerk in the points is discontinuous. The jerk is displayed to
the left (j left) and right (j right) of the point.
– When interpolating with Bézier splines, the values "y", "v", "a" and "j" from the
interpolation result are displayed.
The following values are displayed for segments:
– x start
– x end
– y min.
– y max.
– v start
– v end
– v min.
– v max.
– a start
– a end
– a min.
– a max.
– j start
– j end
– j min.
– j max.
NOTE
The expanding and collapsing of the individual areas and the scrolling are synchronized for all
segments and points.
200
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
11.2.8
Managing snapshots (S7-1500T)
You can manage the displayed curves and snapshots in the inspector window under
"Properties > General> Snapshots and curves". In the "Current snapshot" area you can see
snapshots that contain valid points and segments from the technology object data block in
the following order:
1. Offline configuration
2. Online configuration
3. Saved snapshot
Settings of the snapshots
You can expand the snapshots and make the following settings:
Control element/display element
Meaning
Show and hide the respective snapshot in the
curve diagram and in the list of valid points and
segments
Save the snapshot under "Saved snapshot"
Export the snapshot (Page 201)
Delete the saved snapshot
Show and hide individual curves in the curve dia­
gram and in the legend
You can select the color and line shape for each
curve.
The date and time of the recording, the number of segments and points and the type of
interpolation are displayed for each snapshot.
You can change the name of saved snapshots.
11.2.9
Exporting and importing snapshots (S7-1500T)
You can export and import snapshots.
A list with all snapshots and the "Import snapshot" button can be found in the Inspector
window > General tab > Snapshots and curves.
The following formats are supported:
• MCD exchange format
• SIMOTION SCOUT CamTool format
• Binary format
A description of the individual formats can be found in the "Import/export cam (Page 111)"
section.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
201
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.2 Cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Export snapshot
To export snapshots, follow these steps:
1. For the snapshot you want to export, click the
icon.
The "Export snapshot" dialog opens.
2. Select the export format and the delimiter.
– When you select the "Comma" delimiter, the snapshot is exported as CSV file.
– When you select the "Tabulator" delimiter, the snapshot is exported as TXT file.
3. Enter a file name.
4. Select the target directory.
5. Click the "Export" button.
NOTE
You can import into the cam configuration a snapshot exported in binary format.
Import snapshot
To import snapshots, follow these steps:
1. Click "Import snapshot".
The "Cam import" dialog opens.
2. Select the format.
3. Select the file.
4. Click the "Open" button.
The snapshot is displayed in the "Saved snapshots" area.
5. To display the snapshot in the list of valid points and segments and in the curve diagram,
select the check box.
6. For the display in the curve diagram, select the color and line shape for the curves.
NOTE
Exports from the cam configuration can contain elements that are not supported in the cam
diagnostics (see "Structure of the diagnostics (Page 191)" section). These elements are then
displayed as a group of points.
11.2.10
Printing curve diagram (S7-1500T)
You have the possibility to print the displayed curves.
202
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.3 Leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)
Procedure
To print the curves displayed in the curve diagram, follow these steps:
1. Show all curves to be printed out.
2. On the toolbar, click the icon .
3. Select the printer and the document layout.
To preview the resulting document, click the "Preview" button.
4. Click "Press".
11.3
Leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)
11.3.1
Status and error bits (S7-1500T)
You use the "Technology object > Diagnostics > Status and error bits" diagnostic function in
the TIA Portal to monitor the status and error messages for the technology object. The
diagnostics function is available in online operation.
The meaning of the status and error messages is described in the following tables. The
associated technology object tag is given in parentheses.
Leading axis proxy status
The following table shows the possible states of the leading axis proxy:
Status
Description
In operation
The technology object is in operation.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X0 (Control))
Error
An error occurred at the technology object. Detailed information about the
error is available in the "Error" area and in the "<TO>.ErrorDetail.Number" and
"<TO>.ErrorDetail.Reaction" tags of the technology object.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X1 (Error))
Restart active
The technology object is being reinitialized.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X2 (RestartActive))
Restart required
Data relevant for the restart has been changed. The changes are applied only
after a restart of the technology object.
(<TO.>StatusWord.X3 (OnlineStartValuesChanged))
External leading value
valid
The external leading value exists and is valid.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X4 (LeadingValueValid))
External leading value
with modulo
The external leading value has modulo functionality.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X5 (LeadingValueModulo))
Leading axis in setpoint
operation
The leading axis is in setpoint operation.
(<TO>.StatusWord.X6 (LeadingAxisControl))
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
203
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.3 Leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)
Warnings
The following table shows the possible warnings:
Warning
Description
System
A system-internal error has occurred.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X0 (SystemWarning))
Configuration
One or more configuration parameters are being internally adapted tempor­
arily.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X1 (ConfigWarning))
User program
An error has occurred in the user program.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X2 (UserWarning))
Job rejected
Job cannot be executed.
You cannot execute a Motion Control instruction because necessary require­
ments are not fulfilled.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X3 (CommandNotAccepted))
Data exchange
An error in the communication has occurred.
(<TO>.WarningWord.X7 (CommunicationWarning))
Error
The following table shows the possible errors:
Error
Description
System
A system-internal error has occurred.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X0 (SystemFault))
Configuration
A configuration error has occurred.
One or more configuration parameters are inconsistent or invalid.
The technology object was incorrectly configured, or editable configuration
data was incorrectly modified during runtime of the user program.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X1 (ConfigFault))
User program
An error occurred in the user program at a Motion Control instruction or its
use.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X2 (UserFault))
Job rejected
A job cannot be executed.
You cannot execute a Motion Control instruction because necessary require­
ments are not fulfilled (for example, technology object not homed).
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X3 (CommandNotAccepted))
Data exchange
Communication with a connected device is faulty.
(<TO>.ErrorWord.X7 (CommunicationFault))
Alarm display
For additional information and to acknowledge the error, go to the Inspector window by
clicking on the "Alarm display" link.
204
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Diagnostics (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
11.3 Leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)
11.3.2
Motion status (S7-1500T)
You use the "Technology object > Diagnostics > Motion status" diagnostic function in the TIA
Portal to monitor the leading value of the leading axis proxy. The diagnostics function is
available in online operation.
Leading value for local synchronous operation
The following table shows the meaning of the status data:
Status
Description
Position
Adapted leading value for local synchronous operation
(<TO>.Position)
Velocity
Leading value velocity for local synchronous operation
(<TO>.Velocity)
Acceleration
Leading value acceleration for local synchronous operation
(<TO>.Acceleration)
External leading value
The following table shows the meaning of the status data:
Status
Description
Modulo length
Modulo length of the external leading value
(<TO>.StatusExternalLeadingValue.ModuloLength)
Modulo start value
Modulo start value of the external leading value
(<TO>.StatusExternalLeadingValue.ModuloStartValue)
Adjustment time
Time by which the external leading value is adapted
(<TO>.StatusExternalLeadingValue.AdjustmentTime)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
205
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1
Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1.1
MC_GearIn V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1.1.1
MC_GearIn: Start gearing V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearIn", you start a gearing (Page 41) operation
between a leading axis and a following axis. You can start synchronous operation when the
leading axis is at a standstill or when it is in motion.
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following:
• Defining gear ratio (Page 41)
• Synchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters (Page 43)
• Synchronous travel in gearing (Page 44)
Applies to
• Synchronous axis
Requirement
• The technology objects of the leading axis and the following axis have been configured
correctly.
• The leading axis is a positioning axis, a synchronous axis, an external encoder or a leading
axis proxy.
• The following axis is a synchronous axis.
• The leading axis is specified as possible leading axis in the configuration of the following
axis under "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value interconnections".
• The following axis is enabled.
Override response
The override response for "MC_GearIn" jobs is described in section "Override response V7:
Synchronous operation jobs (Page 283)".
With a "MC_GearOut" job, the following axis is desynchronized, and synchronous operation is
terminated (S7‑1500T).
206
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Disabling the following axis with "MC_Power.Enable" = FALSE aborts the synchronous
operation in every status.
Disabling the leading axis with an "MC_Power" job, in contrast, does not abort synchronous
operation. The following axis follows the leading axis even during the braking ramp and after
the leading axis is enabled and traversing again.
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearIn":
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Master
INPUT
TO_PositioningAxis
TO_SynchronousAxis
TO_ExternalEncoder
(S7‑1500T)
TO_LeadingAxisProxy
(S7‑1500T)
-
Leading axis technology object
Slave
INPUT
TO_SynchronousAxis
-
Following axis technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
RatioNumerator
INPUT
DINT
1
Gear ratio numerator (Page 41)
Permitted integer values:
-2147483648 to 2147483647
(value 0 not permitted)
RatioDenominator
INPUT
DINT
1
Gear ratio denominator (Page 41)
Permitted integer values:
1 to 2147483647
Acceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
Acceleration (Page 43)
Deceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Start job with a positive edge
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The acceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Acceleration)
Deceleration (Page 43)
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The deceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Deceleration)
207
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Jerk
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
Jerk (Page 43)
> 0.0
Constant acceleration velocity profile
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Trapezoid velocity profile
< 0.0
The jerk configured in "Technology object
> Configuration > Extended parameters >
Dynamic default values" is used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Jerk)
InGear
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
Synchronous operation reached
The following axis is synchronized and
moves synchronously to the leading axis.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
CommandAborted
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job was aborted by another job dur­
ing execution.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
0
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
208
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1.1.2
MC_GearIn: Function chart V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Function chart: Synchronizing and switching the leading value
$
$
0&B*HDU,Q
0&B*HDU,Q
72B0DVWHUB
0DVWHU
,Q*HDU
,Q*HDUB
72B0DVWHUB
0DVWHU
,Q*HDU
,Q*HDUB
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
%XV\
%XV\B
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
%XV\
%XV\B
&RPPDQG$ERUWHG
$ERUWB
([HB
([HB
([HFXWH
([HFXWH
&RPPDQG$ERUWHG
5DWLR1XPHUDWRU
(UURU
5DWLR1XPHUDWRU
(UURU
5DWLR'HQRPLQDWRU
(UURU,'
5DWLR'HQRPLQDWRU
(UURU,'
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
ದ
-HUN
ದ
-HUN
$
([HB
%XV\B
,Q*HDUB
$ERUWB
$
([HB
%XV\B
,Q*HDUB
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
72B0DVWHUB
9HORFLW\
72B6ODYH
9HORFLW\
72B0DVWHUB
9HORFLW\
W
Using "Exe_1", an "MC_GearIn" job (A1) is initiated. The following axis (TO_Slave) is
synchronized to the leading axis (TO_Master_1). "InGear_1" signals at time ① that the
following axis is synchronized and moves synchronously to the leading axis.
At time ②, synchronous operation is overridden by another "MC_GearIn" job (A2). The abort
is signaled via "Abort_1". The following axis is synchronized to the new leading axis
(TO_Master_2). "InGear_2" signals at time ③ that the following axis is synchronized and
moves synchronously to the leading axis.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
209
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1.2
MC_GearInPos V7 (S7-1500T)
12.1.2.1
MC_GearInPos: Start gearing with specified synchronous positions V7 (S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInPos", you start a gearing (Page 45) operation
between a leading axis and a following axis. The following axis is synchronized depending on
the specified synchronous positions for the leading and following axis. You can start
synchronous operation when the leading axis is at a standstill or when it is in motion.
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following:
• Defining gear ratio (Page 46)
• Defining direction of synchronization (Page 48)
• Define synchronous positions and type of synchronization:
– Synchronization in advance using dynamic parameters (Page 51)
– Synchronization in advance using leading value distance (Page 53)
– Subsequent synchronization using leading value distance (Page 55)
• Synchronous travel in gearing (Page 56)
Different parameters are relevant depending on the synchronization profile. You can find an
overview in the "Parameter overview for synchronizing with "MC_GearInPos" (Page 48)"
section.
Applies to
• Synchronous axis
Requirement
• The technology objects of the leading axis and the following axis have been configured
correctly.
• The leading axis is a positioning axis, a synchronous axis, an external encoder or a leading
axis proxy.
• The following axis is a synchronous axis.
• The leading axis is specified as possible leading axis in the configuration of the following
axis under "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value interconnections".
• The following axis is enabled.
• The following axis is homed.
• With synchronization in advance using leading value distance, the leading axis must be at
least the specified distance ("MasterStartDistance") from the synchronization position
("MasterSyncPosition") when starting the job.
Override response
The override response for "MC_GearInPos" jobs is described in section "Override response V7:
Synchronous operation jobs (Page 283)".
210
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
With a "MC_GearOut" job, the following axis is desynchronized and synchronous operation is
terminated.
Disabling the following axis with "MC_Power.Enable" = FALSE aborts the synchronous
operation in every status.
Disabling the leading axis with "MC_Power", in contrast, does not abort synchronous
operation. The following axis follows the leading axis even during the braking ramp and after
the leading axis is enabled again.
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInPos":
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Master
INPUT
TO_PositioningAxis
TO_SynchronousAxis
TO_ExternalEncoder
TO_LeadingAxisProxy
-
Leading axis technology object
Slave
INPUT
TO_SynchronousAxis
-
Following axis technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
RatioNumerator
INPUT
DINT
1
Gear ratio numerator (Page 46)
Permitted integer values:
-2147483648 to 2147483647
(value 0 not permitted)
RatioDenominator
INPUT
DINT
1
Gear ratio denominator (Page 46)
Permitted integer values:
1 to 2147483647
MasterSyncPosition
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Synchronous position of leading axis
Start job with a positive edge
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0, 1:
Position of the leading axis from which the axes are
synchronous and the synchronization is completed.
When "SyncProfileReference" = 3:
Position of the leading axis from which synchroniz­
ation starts
SlaveSyncPosition
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Synchronous position of following axis
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0, 1:
Position of the following axis from which the axes
are synchronous and the synchronization is com­
pleted.
When "SyncProfileReference" = 3:
Position of the following axis, which is assigned to
the synchronous position of the leading axis.
SyncProfileReference
INPUT
DINT
1
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Type of synchronization
0
Synchronization in advance using dynam­
ic parameters (Page 51)
1
Synchronization in advance using leading
value distance (Page 53)
2
Reserved
211
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
SyncProfileReference
INPUT
DINT
1
3
Subsequent synchronization using lead­
ing value distance (Page 55)
4
Reserved
MasterStartDistance
INPUT
LREAL
1.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 1, 3:
Leading value distance
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Not relevant
Velocity
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Velocity
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The velocity configured in "Technology
object > Configuration > Extended para­
meters > Dynamic default values" is used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Velocity)
When "SyncProfileReference" = 1, 3:
Not relevant
Acceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Acceleration
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The acceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Acceleration)
When "SyncProfileReference" = 1, 3:
Not relevant
Deceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Deceleration
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The deceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Deceleration)
When "SyncProfileReference" = 1, 3:
Not relevant
Jerk
212
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Jerk
> 0.0
Constant acceleration velocity profile
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Trapezoid velocity profile
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Jerk
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
< 0.0
The jerk configured in "Technology object
> Configuration > Extended parameters >
Dynamic default values" is used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Jerk)
When "SyncProfileReference" = 1, 3:
Not relevant
SyncDirection
INPUT
DINT
3
Direction of synchronization (Page 48)
(in effect for following axes with activated Modulo
setting)
1
Positive direction
The following axis may only travel in pos­
itive direction during synchronization.
2
Negative direction
The following axis may only travel in neg­
ative direction during synchronization.
3
Shortest distance
Changes in direction are permitted for
the following axis during synchroniza­
tion.
StartSync
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The following axis is synchronized to the
leading axis.
InSync
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
Synchronous operation reached
The following axis is synchronized and
moves synchronously to the leading axis.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
CommandAborted
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job was aborted by another job dur­
ing execution.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
0
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
213
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1.2.2
MC_GearInPos: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)
Function chart: Synchronization in advance using dynamic parameters/leading value distance
$
0&B*HDU,Q3RV
72B0DVWHU
0DVWHU
6WDUW6\QF
6WDUW6\QF
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
,Q6\QF
,Q6\QF
([HFXWH
%XV\
%XV\
([H
5DWLR1XPHUDWRU &RPPDQG$ERUWHG
5DWLR'HQRPLQDWRU
(UURU
0DVWHU6\QF3RVLWLRQ
(UURU,'
6ODYH6\QF3RVLWLRQ
635
6\QF3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
0DVWHU6WDUW'LVWDQFH
ದ
9HORFLW\
ದ
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
ದ
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
ದ
-HUN
6\QF'LUHFWLRQ
$
([H
%XV\
635
6WDUW6\QF
,Q6\QF
W
W
W
W
W
72B0DVWHU
3RVLWLRQ
W
72B6ODYH
3RVLWLRQ
W
72B0DVWHU
9HORFLW\
W
72B6ODYH
9HORFLW\
$
%
W
Section A
Using "Exe", an "MC_GearInPos" job (A1) is initiated. The start of the synchronization is
displayed with "StartSync". The following axis (TO_Slave) is synchronized in advance to the
leading axis (TO_Master) by means of the specified dynamic parameters. The distance
214
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
required for synchronization is calculated by the system. When the specified reference
positions "MasterSyncPosition" and "SlaveSyncPosition" are reached, "InSync" signals that the
following axis is synchronized and moving synchronously to the leading axis.
Section B
Using "Exe", an "MC_GearInPos" job (A1) is initiated. The start of the synchronization is
displayed with "StartSync". The following axis (TO_Slave) is synchronized to the leading axis
(TO_Master) by means of the specified leading value distance "MasterStartDistance". The
dynamic response required for synchronization is calculated by the system. When the
specified reference positions "MasterSyncPosition" and "SlaveSyncPosition" are reached,
"InSync" signals that the following axis is synchronized and moving synchronously to the
leading axis.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
215
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Function chart: Synchronization in advance/subsequent synchronization via leading value
distance
$
0&B*HDU,Q3RV
72B0DVWHU
0DVWHU
6WDUW6\QF
6WDUW6\QF
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
,Q6\QF
,Q6\QF
([HFXWH
%XV\
%XV\
([H
5DWLR1XPHUDWRU &RPPDQG$ERUWHG
5DWLR'HQRPLQDWRU
(UURU
0DVWHU6\QF3RVLWLRQ
(UURU,'
6ODYH6\QF3RVLWLRQ
635
6\QF3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
0DVWHU6WDUW'LVWDQFH
ದ
9HORFLW\
ದ
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
ದ
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
ದ
-HUN
$
([H
%XV\
6\QF'LUHFWLRQ
W
W
635
6WDUW6\QF
,Q6\QF
W
W
W
72B0DVWHU
3RVLWLRQ
72B6ODYH
3RVLWLRQ
W
W
72B0DVWHU
9HORFLW\
W
72B6ODYH
9HORFLW\
$
%
W
Section A
Using "Exe", an "MC_GearInPos" job (A1) is initiated. The start of the synchronization is
displayed with "StartSync". The following axis (TO_Slave) is synchronized to the leading axis
(TO_Master) by means of the specified leading value distance "MasterStartDistance". The
dynamic response required for synchronization is calculated by the system. When the
specified reference positions "MasterSyncPosition" and "SlaveSyncPosition" are reached,
216
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
"InSync" signals that the following axis is synchronized and moving synchronously to the
leading axis.
Section B
Using "Exe", an "MC_GearInPos" job (A1) is initiated. When the specified reference position
"MasterSyncPosition" is reached, the start of synchronization is indicated via "StartSync". The
following axis (TO_Slave) is synchronized subsequently to the leading axis (TO_Master) by
means of the specified leading value distance "MasterStartDistance". The dynamic response
required for synchronization is calculated by the system. "InSync" signals that the following
axis is synchronized and moving synchronously to the leading axis.
12.1.3
MC_GearInVelocity V7 (S7-1500T)
12.1.3.1
MC_GearInVelocity: Start velocity synchronous operation V7 (S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearInVelocity", you can start velocity synchronous
operation (Page 74) between a leading axis and a following axis. The following axis is
synchronized to the velocity of the leading axis depending on the specified gear ratio. You
can start velocity synchronous operation when the leading axis is at a standstill or when it is
in motion.
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following:
• Defining gear ratio (Page 74)
• Specify gear ratio once or dynamically (Page 75)
• Define position control of the following axis (Page 76)
• Synchronize following axis using dynamic parameters (Page 78)
• Synchronous travel in velocity gearing (Page 79)
Applies to
• Synchronous axis
Requirement
• The technology objects of the leading axis and the following axis have been configured
correctly.
• The leading axis is a positioning axis, a synchronous axis, an external encoder or a leading
axis proxy.
• The following axis is a synchronous axis.
• The leading axis is specified as possible leading axis in the configuration of the following
axis under "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value interconnections".
• The following axis is enabled.
• The leading value is valid.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
217
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Override response
The override response for "MC_GearInVelocity" jobs is described in section "Override response
V7: Synchronous operation jobs (Page 283)".
Disabling the following axis with "MC_Power.Enable" = FALSE aborts the synchronous
operation in every status.
Disabling the leading axis with "MC_Power", in contrast, does not abort synchronous
operation. The following axis follows the leading axis even during the braking ramp and after
the leading axis is enabled again.
Homing jobs on the following axis are rejected in the non-position-controlled mode of the
following axis. Active homing of the following axis with "MC_Home.Mode" = 3 or 5 aborts
synchronous operation in every status.
Jobs for leading value or following value offset are rejected.
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_GearInVelocity":
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Master
INPUT
TO_PositioningAxis
TO_SynchronousAxis
TO_ExternalEncoder
TO_LeadingAxisProxy
-
Leading axis technology object
Slave
INPUT
TO_SynchronousAxis
-
Following axis technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
ContinuousUpdate
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
Mode for specifying the gear ratio (Page 75)
Start job with a positive edge
TRUE
Specify gear ratio continuously
FALSE
Specify gear ratio once at the start of the
job with a positive edge
RatioNumerator
INPUT
DINT
1
Gear ratio numerator (Page 74)
Permitted integer values:
-2147483648 to 2147483647
(value 0 not permitted)
RatioDenominator
INPUT
DINT
1
Gear ratio denominator (Page 74)
Permitted integer values:
1 to 2147483647
Acceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
Acceleration for the synchronization (Page 78)
218
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The acceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Acceleration)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Deceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
Deceleration for the synchronization (Page 78)
Jerk
PositionControlled
INPUT
INPUT
LREAL
BOOL
-1.0
FALSE
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The deceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Deceleration)
Jerk for the synchronization (Page 78)
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
No jerk limitation
< 0.0
The jerk configured in "Technology object
> Configuration > Extended parameters >
Dynamic default values" is used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Jerk)
Position control of the following axis (Page 76)
TRUE
Position-controlled mode
FALSE
Non-position-controlled operation
StartSync
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The following axis is synchronized to the
leading axis.
InSync
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
Synchronous operation reached
The following axis is synchronized and
moves synchronously to the leading axis.
ContinuousUpdateAct­
ive
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The gear ratio is transferred continu­
ously.
Changes of the parameter values "Ratio­
Numerator" and "RatioDenominator" are
effective immediately.
FALSE
The gear ratio is transferred once at the
start of the job with a positive edge.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
CommandAborted
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job was aborted by another job dur­
ing execution.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
16#0000
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
219
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1.3.2
MC_GearInVelocity: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)
Function chart: Synchronization and adjustment of the gear ratio
"
.$@(FBS*O7FMPDJUZ
[email protected]
.BTUFS
4UBSU4ZOD
&YF
&YFDVUF
$POUJOVPVT6QEBUF"DUJWF
50@4MBWF
$PO6QE
3BUJP/VN
3BUJP%FOPN
‫ܢ‬
‫ܢ‬
‫ܢ‬
'"-4&
"
&YF
#VTZ
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
$PO6QE
$PO6QE"DUJWF
3BUJP/VN
*O4ZOD
$POUJOVPVT6QEBUF
3BUJP/VNFSBUPS
3BUJP%FOPNJOBUPS
"DDFMFSBUJPO
%FDFMFSBUJPO
#VTZ
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
$PO6QE"DUJWF
#VTZ
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
+FSL
1PTJUJPO$POUSPMMFE
3BUJP%FOVN
4MBWF
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
[email protected]
7FMPDJUZ
50@4MBWF
7FMPDJUZ
U
At time ①, an "MC_GearInVelocity" job (A1) with "ContinuousUpdate" = TRUE is initiated via
"Exe". The start of the synchronization is displayed with "StartSync". The following axis
(TO_Slave) is synchronized to the leading axis (TO_Master) by means of the specified
dynamic parameters. When reaching the velocity of the leading axis multiplied by the
220
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
specified gear ratio, "InSync" signals that the following axis is synchronized and moving
synchronously to the leading axis.
The denominator of the gear ratio is changed continuously after that. Because
"ContinuousUpdateActive" = TRUE, the velocity of the following axis changes immediately.
At time ②, "ContinuousUpdate" is set to FALSE. "ContinuousUpdateActive" = FALSE is
displayed. The gear ratio specified last is still valid. The changes of the gear ratio are no
longer effective.
"ContinuousUpdate" is once again set to TRUE. For this change to become effective, job A1 is
once again triggered with "Exe" at time ③. "ContinuousUpdateActive" = TRUE is displayed.
The renewed synchronization of the following axis is displayed via "StartSync".
"ContinuousUpdate" is reset to FALSE. At time ④, "ContinuousUpdate" is once again set to
TRUE. Because job A1 is not triggered again via "Exe", the changes of the gear ratio are not
taken into account.
12.1.4
MC_PhasingRelative V7 (S7-1500T)
12.1.4.1
MC_PhasingRelative: Relative shift of leading value on the following axis V7
(S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_PhasingRelative", you offset the effective leading
value relative on a following axis. A relative leading value offset is added to an already
existing leading value offset. A relative leading value offset is possible in gearing with
"MC_GearIn" or "MC_GearInPos" or in camming with "MC_CamIn". The position of the leading
axis is not affected. A simultaneous following value offset is not permitted.
Gearing
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following in gearing:
• Shift leading value on the following axis
– Using dynamic parameters (Page 57)
– Leading value offset using leading value distance starting at current leading value
position (Page 58)
– Using leading value distance starting at specific leading value position (Page 59)
• Defining the direction of the leading value distance (Page 60)
• Only cancel a pending leading value offset (Page 62)
Camming
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following in camming:
• Shift leading value on the following axis
– Leading value offset using leading value distance starting at current leading value
position (Page 147)
– Using leading value distance starting at specific leading value position (Page 148)
• Defining the direction of the leading value distance (Page 149)
• Only cancel a pending leading value offset (Page 151)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
221
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Applies to
• Synchronous axis
Requirement
• The technology objects of the leading axis and the following axis have been configured
correctly.
• The leading axis is a positioning axis, a synchronous axis, an external encoder or a leading
axis proxy.
• The following axis is a synchronous axis.
• The leading axis is specified as possible leading axis in the configuration of the following
axis in "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value interconnections".
• The following axis is enabled.
• By means of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearIn", "MC_GearInPos" or "MC_CamIn",
the following axis is synchronized to the leading axis ("MC_GearIn.InGear" = TRUE,
"MC_GearInPos.InSync" = TRUE or "MC_CamIn.InSync" = TRUE).
• No "MC_OffsetAbsolute" or "MC_OffsetRelative" job is active or waiting.
Override response
The override response for "MC_PhasingRelative" jobs is described in section "Override
response V7: Synchronous operation jobs (Page 283)".
Disabling the leading axis with "MC_Power.Enable" = FALSE does not abort the leading value
offset. The following axis follows the leading axis even during the braking ramp and after the
leading axis is enabled again.
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_PhasingRelative":
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Master
INPUT
TO_PositioningAxis
TO_SynchronousAxis
TO_ExternalEncoder
TO_LeadingAxisProxy
-
Leading axis technology object
Slave
INPUT
TO_SynchronousAxis
-
Following axis technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
PhaseShift
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Relative leading value offset
222
Start job with a positive edge
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Velocity
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
Velocity of the following axis during leading value
offset (added to synchronous operation motion)
Acceleration
Deceleration
Jerk
ProfileReference
INPUT
INPUT
INPUT
INPUT
LREAL
LREAL
LREAL
DINT
-1.0
-1.0
-1.0
0
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The velocity configured in "Technology
object > Configuration > Extended para­
meters > Dynamic default values" is used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Velocity)
Acceleration of the following axis during leading
value offset (added to synchronous operation
motion)
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The acceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Acceleration)
Deceleration of the following axis during leading
value offset (added to synchronous operation
motion)
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The deceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Deceleration)
Jerk of the following axis during leading value off­
set (added to synchronous operation motion)
> 0.0
Constant acceleration velocity profile
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Trapezoid velocity profile
< 0.0
The jerk configured in "Technology object
> Configuration > Extended parameters >
Dynamic default values" is used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Jerk)
Type of the leading value offset
0
Only with gearing:
Leading value offset using dynamic para­
meters
1
Leading value offset using leading value
distance as of current leading value posi­
tion
223
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
ProfileReference
INPUT
DINT
0
2
Leading value offset using leading value
distance as of leading value position
"StartPosition"
3 ... 4
Reserved
5
Only cancel a pending job for the leading
value offset
PhasingDistance
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "ProfileReference" = 1, 2:
Leading value distance
Distance of the leading axis during leading value
offset
StartPosition
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "ProfileReference" = 2:
Leading value position as of which the leading
value is offset
Direction
INPUT
DINT
3
When "ProfileReference" = 1, 2:
Direction of the leading value distance
1
The leading value distance is in the posit­
ive direction of motion of the leading
value.
2
The leading value distance is in the neg­
ative direction of motion of the leading
value.
3
The leading value distance is in the cur­
rent direction of motion of the leading
value.
Done
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The leading value offset is finished.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
CommandAborted
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job was aborted by another job dur­
ing execution.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
0
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs (Page 13)" section of the
"S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control alarms and
error IDs" documentation.
CoveredPhaseShift
OUTPUT
LREAL
0.0
Display of the absolute leading value share that has
already been offset
StartPhasing
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
224
The following axis offsets the effective
leading value.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1.4.2
MC_PhasingRelative: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)
Function chart: Relative shift of the leading value in gearing
$
$
0&B*HDU,Q3RV
0&B3KDVLQJ5HODWLYH
72B0DVWHU
0DVWHU
6WDUW6\QF
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
,Q6\QF
([HFXWH
%XV\
([H
([HFXWH
5DWLR1XPHUDWRU &RPPDQG$ERUWHG
3KDVH6KLIW
5DWLR'HQRPLQDWRU
(UURU
ದ
9HORFLW\
(UURU,'
,Q6\QF
72B0DVWHU
0DVWHU
'RQH
'RQH
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
%XV\
%XV\
ದ
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
ದ
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
ದ
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
ದ
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
ದ
-HUN
ದ
-HUN
&RPPDQG$ERUWHG
(UURU
(UURU,'
&RYHUHG
3KDVH6KLIW
6WDUW3KDVLQJ
&RYHUHG
3KDVH6KLIW
6WDUW3KDVLQJ
3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
3KDVLQJ'LVWDQFH
6WDUW3RVLWLRQ
$
,Q6\QF
%XV\
6WDUW3KDVLQJ
'RQH
&RYHUHG
3KDVH6KLIW
$
([H
'LUHFWLRQ
W
W
W
W
W
W
72B0DVWHU3RVLWLRQ
W
72B6ODYH3RVLWLRQ
W
72B6ODYH9HORFLW\
72B6ODYH6WDWXV
6\QFKURQL]HG
0RWLRQ3KDVH6KLIW
W
W
At time ①, an "MC_PhasingRelative" job (A2) is initiated with "ProfileReference" = 0 via "Exe"
during an active gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (A1) . The "StartPhasing" parameter shows that
the following axis traverses the leading value offset with the dynamics specified additively to
the synchronous operation motion. The absolute leading value offset traversed via the job is
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
225
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
indicated in "CoveredPhaseShift". "Done" indicates that the leading value was successfully
shifted. The motion of the leading axis is not affected.
At time ② the "MC_PhasingRelative" job (A2) is initiated again via "Exe". The leading value
offset via dynamic parameters is moved out again with the dynamics specified in addition to
the synchronous movement. The absolute leading value offset traversed via the job is
indicated in "CoveredPhaseShift". "Done" indicates that the leading value was successfully
shifted.
The absolute leading value offset is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.PhaseShift" tag of the technology object.
Function chart: Relative shift of the leading value in camming
[email protected]
"
"
.$@$BN*O
.$@1IBTJOH3FMBUJWF
.BTUFS
50@4MBWF
$BN
$BN@
&YFDVUF
&YF@
[email protected]
.BTUFS
&YF@
&YFDVUF
50@4MBWF
4MBWF
.BTUFS0꫻TFU
4MBWF0꫻TFU
.BTUFS4ZOD1PTJUJPO
4ZOD1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
.BTUFS4UBSU%JTUBODF
‫ܢ‬
7FMPDJUZ
‫ܢ‬
"DDFMFSBUJPO
‫ܢ‬
%FDFMFSBUJPO
‫ܢ‬
+FSL
7FMPDJUZ
%FDFMFSBUJPO
4MBWF4DBMJOH
1IBTF4IJGU
"DDFMFSBUJPO
.BTUFS4DBMJOH
4MBWF
1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
#VTZ
*O4ZOD
+FSL
1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
1IBTJOH%JTUBODF
4UBSU1PTJUJPO
%JSFDUJPO
%POF
#VTZ
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
%POF
#VTZ
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
$PWFSFE
1IBTF4IJGU
4UBSU1IBTJOH
$PWFSFE
1IBTF4IJGU
4UBSU1IBTJOH
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
"QQMJDBUJPO.PEF
4ZOD%JSFDUJPO
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
&OE0G1SP꫼MF
226
$BN@
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
$
,Q6\QF
$
([H
3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
%XV\
6WDUW3KDVLQJ
'RQH
&RYHUHG
3KDVH6KLIW
W
W
W
W
W
W
72B6ODYH6WDWXV
6\QFKURQL]HG0RWLRQ
(IIHFWLYH/HDGLQJ
9DOXH3RVLWLRQ
72B6ODYH6WDWXV
6\QFKURQL]HG0RWLRQ
)XQFWLRQ/HDGLQJ
9DOXH3RVLWLRQ
W
W
W
72B6ODYH3RVLWLRQ
72B6ODYH6WDWXV
6\QFKURQL]HG
0RWLRQ3KDVH6KLIW
W
W
At time ①, an "MC_PhasingRelative" job (A2) is triggered with "ProfileReference" = 1 via "Exe"
during an active camming with "MC_CamIn" (A1) . The "StartPhasing" parameter shows that
the leading value offset traverses from the current position via the specified leading value
distance. The required dynamic response is calculated by the system. The absolute leading
value offset traversed via the job is indicated in "CoveredPhaseShift". "Done" indicates that the
leading value was successfully shifted. The motion of the leading axis is not affected.
At time ② the "MC_PhasingRelative" job (A2) is initiated again via "Exe" with
"ProfileReference" = 2. The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading
value reaches the start position (<TO>.StatusWord2.X3 = TRUE (PhasingCommandWaiting)).
At time ③ the leading value reaches the specified start position. The "StartPhasing"
parameter shows that the following axis traverses the leading value offset via the specified
leading value distance. The required dynamic response is calculated by the system. The
absolute leading value offset traversed via the job is indicated in "CoveredPhaseShift". "Done"
indicates that the leading value was successfully shifted.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
227
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The absolute leading value offset is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.PhaseShift" tag of the technology object.
12.1.5
MC_PhasingAbsolute V7 (S7-1500T)
12.1.5.1
MC_PhasingAbsolute: Absolute shift of leading value on the following axis V7
(S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_PhasingAbsolute", you perform an absolute shift of
the effective leading value on the following axis. An absolute leading value offset is possible
in gearing with "MC_GearIn" or "MC_GearInPos" or in camming with "MC_CamIn". The
position of the leading axis is not affected by this. A simultaneous following value offset is
not permitted.
Gearing
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following in gearing:
• Shift leading value on the following axis
– Using dynamic parameters (Page 57)
– Leading value offset using leading value distance starting at current leading value
position (Page 58)
– Using leading value distance starting at specific leading value position (Page 59)
• Defining the direction of the leading value distance (Page 60)
• Only cancel a pending leading value offset (Page 62)
Camming
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following in camming:
• Shift leading value on the following axis
– Leading value offset using leading value distance starting at current leading value
position (Page 147)
– Using leading value distance starting at specific leading value position (Page 148)
• Defining the direction of the leading value distance (Page 149)
• Only cancel a pending leading value offset (Page 151)
Applies to
• Synchronous axis
Requirement
• The technology objects of the leading axis and the following axis have been configured
correctly.
• The leading axis is a positioning axis, a synchronous axis, an external encoder or a leading
axis proxy.
228
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
• The following axis is a synchronous axis.
• The leading axis is specified as possible leading axis in the configuration of the following
axis in "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value interconnections".
• The following axis is enabled.
• By means of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearIn", "MC_GearInPos" or "MC_CamIn",
the following axis is synchronized to the leading axis ("MC_GearIn.InGear" = TRUE,
"MC_GearInPos.InSync" = TRUE or "MC_CamIn.InSync" = TRUE).
• No "MC_OffsetAbsolute" or "MC_OffsetRelative" job is active or waiting.
Override response
The override response for "MC_PhasingAbsolute" jobs is described in section "Override
response V7: Synchronous operation jobs (Page 283)".
Disabling the leading axis with "MC_Power.Enable" = FALSE does not abort the leading value
offset. The following axis follows the leading axis even during the braking ramp and after the
leading axis is enabled again.
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_PhasingAbsolute":
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Master
INPUT
TO_PositioningAxis
TO_SynchronousAxis
TO_ExternalEncoder
TO_LeadingAxisProxy
-
Leading axis technology object
Slave
INPUT
TO_SynchronousAxis
-
Following axis technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
PhaseShift
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Absolute leading value offset
Velocity
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
Velocity of the following axis during leading value
offset (added to synchronous operation motion)
Acceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Start job with a positive edge
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The velocity configured in "Technology
object > Configuration > Extended para­
meters > Dynamic default values" is used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Velocity)
Acceleration of the following axis during leading
value offset (added to synchronous operation
motion)
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
229
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Acceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
< 0.0
Deceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
Deceleration of the following axis during leading
value offset (added to synchronous operation
motion)
Jerk
ProfileReference
INPUT
INPUT
LREAL
DINT
-1.0
0
The acceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Acceleration)
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The deceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Deceleration)
Jerk of the following axis during leading value off­
set (added to synchronous operation motion)
> 0.0
Constant acceleration velocity profile
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Trapezoid velocity profile
< 0.0
The jerk configured in "Technology object
> Configuration > Extended parameters >
Dynamic default values" is used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Jerk)
Type of the leading value offset
0
Only with gearing:
Leading value offset using dynamic para­
meters
1
Leading value offset using leading value
distance as of current leading value posi­
tion
2
Leading value offset using leading value
distance as of leading value position
"StartPosition"
3 ... 4
Not permitted
5
Only cancel a pending job for the leading
value offset
PhasingDistance
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "ProfileReference" = 1, 2:
Leading value distance
Distance of the leading axis during leading value
offset
StartPosition
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "ProfileReference" = 2:
Leading value position as of which the leading
value is offset
230
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Direction
INPUT
DINT
3
When "ProfileReference" = 1, 2:
Direction of the leading value distance
1
The leading value distance is in the posit­
ive direction of motion of the leading
value.
2
The leading value distance is in the neg­
ative direction of motion of the leading
value.
3
The leading value distance is in the cur­
rent direction of motion of the leading
value.
Done
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The leading value offset is finished.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
CommandAborted
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job was aborted by another job dur­
ing execution.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
0
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
AbsolutePhaseShift
OUTPUT
LREAL
0.0
Display of the absolute leading value share that has
already been offset
StartPhasing
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
The following axis offsets the effective
leading value.
231
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1.5.2
MC_PhasingAbsolute: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)
Function chart: Absolute shift of the leading value in gearing
[email protected]
50@4MBWF
‫ܢ‬
‫ܢ‬
‫ܢ‬
"
"
.$@(FBS*O1PT
.$@1IBTJOH"CTPMVUF
.BTUFS
4UBSU4ZOD
&YFDVUF
#VTZ
4MBWF
*O4ZOD
3BUJP/VNFSBUPS
3BUJP%FOPNJOBUPS
%POF
&YF
&YFDVUF
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
7FMPDJUZ
&SSPS*%
&SSPS
‫ܢ‬
&SSPS*%
%FDFMFSBUJPO
.BTUFS
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
"DDFMFSBUJPO
[email protected]
*O4ZOD 50@4MBWF
‫ܢ‬
‫ܢ‬
+FSL
"
*O4ZOD
"
&YF
#VTZ
4UBSU1IBTJOH
%POF
"CTPMVUF
1IBTF4IJGU
[email protected]
50@4MBWF1PTJUJPO
4MBWF
1IBTF4IJGU
#VTZ
+FSL
#VTZ
&SSPS
"DDFMFSBUJPO "CTPMVUF1IBTF4IJGU
%FDFMFSBUJPO
%POF
4UBSU1IBTJOH
"CTPMVUF1IBTF4IJGU
4UBSU1IBTJOH
1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
1IBTJOH%JTUBODF
4UBSU1PTJUJPO
%JSFDUJPO
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
50@4MBWF7FMPDJUZ
50@4MBWF4UBUVT
4ZODISPOJ[FE
.PUJPO1IBTF4IJGU
U
U
At time ①, an "MC_PhasingAbsolute" job (A2) is initiated with "ProfileReference" = 0 via "Exe"
during an active gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (A1). The "StartPhasing" parameter shows that
the following axis traverses the leading value offset with the dynamics specified additively to
the synchronous operation motion. The absolute leading value offset traversed via the job is
232
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
indicated in "AbsolutePhaseShift". "Done" indicates that the leading value was successfully
shifted. The motion of the leading axis is not affected.
At time ② the "MC_PhasingAbsolute" job (A2) is initiated again via "Exe". Because the
absolute leading value offset (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.PhaseShift) is already 50.0,
the leading value is not shifted.
The absolute leading value offset is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.PhaseShift" tag of the technology object.
Function chart: Absolute shift of the leading value in camming
[email protected]
"
"
.$@$BN*O
.$@1IBTJOH"CTPMVUF
.BTUFS
50@4MBWF
$BN
$BN@
&YFDVUF
&YF@
[email protected]
.BTUFS
&YF@
&YFDVUF
50@4MBWF
4MBWF
1IBTF4IJGU
.BTUFS0꫻TFU
4MBWF0꫻TFU
.BTUFS4ZOD1PTJUJPO
4ZOD1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
.BTUFS4UBSU%JTUBODF
‫ܢ‬
7FMPDJUZ
‫ܢ‬
"DDFMFSBUJPO
‫ܢ‬
%FDFMFSBUJPO
‫ܢ‬
+FSL
7FMPDJUZ
%FDFMFSBUJPO
4MBWF4DBMJOH
1IBTF4IJGU
"DDFMFSBUJPO
.BTUFS4DBMJOH
4MBWF
1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
#VTZ
*O4ZOD
+FSL
1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
1IBTJOH%JTUBODF
4UBSU1PTJUJPO
%JSFDUJPO
%POF
#VTZ
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
%POF
#VTZ
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
"CTPMVUF
1IBTF4IJGU
4UBSU1IBTJOH
"CTPMVUF
1IBTF4IJGU
4UBSU1IBTJOH
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
"QQMJDBUJPO.PEF
4ZOD%JSFDUJPO
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
&OE0G1SP꫼MF
$BN@
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
233
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
$
,Q6\QF
$
([H
3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
%XV\
6WDUW3KDVLQJ
'RQH
3KDVH6KLIW
W
W
W
W
W
W
$EVROXWH
3KDVH6KLIW
W
72B6ODYH6WDWXV
6\QFKURQL]HG0RWLRQ
(IIHFWLYH/HDGLQJ
9DOXH3RVLWLRQ
72B6ODYH6WDWXV
6\QFKURQL]HG0RWLRQ
)XQFWLRQ/HDGLQJ
9DOXH3RVLWLRQ
W
W
W
72B6ODYH3RVLWLRQ
72B6ODYH6WDWXV
6\QFKURQL]HG
0RWLRQ3KDVH6KLIW
W
W
At time ①, an "MC_PhasingAbsolute" job (A2) is triggered with "ProfileReference" = 1 via
"Exe" during an active camming with "MC_CamIn" (A1) . The "StartPhasing" parameter shows
that the leading value offset traverses from the current position via the specified leading
value distance. The required dynamic response is calculated by the system. The absolute
leading value offset traversed via the job is indicated in "AbsolutePhaseShift". "Done" indicates
that the leading value was successfully shifted. The motion of the leading axis is not affected.
At time ② the "MC_PhasingAbsolute" job (A2) is initiated again via "Exe" with
"ProfileReference" = 2. The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading
value reaches the start position (<TO>.StatusWord2.X3 = TRUE (PhasingCommandWaiting)).
At time ③ the leading value reaches the specified start position. The "StartPhasing"
parameter shows that the following axis traverses the leading value offset via the specified
234
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
leading value distance. The required dynamic response is calculated by the system. The
absolute leading value offset traversed via the job is indicated in "AbsolutePhaseShift". "Done"
indicates that the leading value was successfully shifted.
The absolute leading value offset is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.PhaseShift" tag of the technology object.
12.1.6
MC_OffsetRelative V7 (S7-1500T)
12.1.6.1
MC_OffsetRelative: Relative shift of following value on the following axis V7
(S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_OffsetRelative", you shift the following value on a
following axis relative to the existing following value offset. A relative following value offset
is possible in gearing with "MC_GearIn" or "MC_GearInPos" or in camming with "MC_CamIn".
The position of the leading axis is not affected by this. A simultaneous leading value offset is
not permitted.
Gearing
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following in gearing:
• Shift following value on the following axis:
– Leading value offset using leading value distance starting at current leading value
position (Page 62)
– Using leading value distance starting at specific leading value position (Page 63)
• Defining the direction of the leading value distance (Page 65)
• Only cancel a pending following value offset (Page 66)
Camming
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following in camming:
• Shift following value on the following axis:
– Leading value offset using leading value distance starting at current leading value
position (Page 151)
– Using leading value distance starting at specific leading value position (Page 152)
• Defining the direction of the leading value distance (Page 154)
• Only cancel a pending following value offset (Page 156)
Applies to
• Synchronous axis
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
235
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Requirements
•
•
•
•
The technology object of following axis has been configured correctly.
The following axis is a synchronous axis.
The following axis is enabled.
By means of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearIn", "MC_GearInPos" or "MC_CamIn",
the following axis is synchronized to the leading axis ("MC_GearIn.InGear" = TRUE,
"MC_GearInPos.InSync" = TRUE or "MC_CamIn.InSync" = TRUE).
• No "MC_PhasingAbsolute" or "MC_PhasingRelative" job is active or waiting.
Override response
The override response for "MC_OffsetRelative" jobs is described in section "Override response
V7: Synchronous operation jobs (Page 283)".
Parameter
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_OffsetRelative":
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Slave
INPUT
TO_SynchronousAxis
-
Following axis technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
Offset
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Relative following value offset
ProfileReference
INPUT
DINT
1
Type of the following value offset
Start job with a positive edge
0
Reserved
1
Following value offset using leading
value distance as of current effective
leading value position
2
Following value offset using leading
value distance as of effective leading
value position "StartPosition"
3 ... 4
Reserved
5
Only cancel a pending job for the follow­
ing value offset
OffsetDistance
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "ProfileReference" = 1, 2:
Leading value distance
Effective leading value distance during following
value offset
StartPosition
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "ProfileReference" = 2:
Effective leading value position as of which the fol­
lowing value is offset
236
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Direction
INPUT
DINT
3
When "ProfileReference" = 1, 2:
Direction of the leading value distance
1
The leading value distance is in the posit­
ive direction of motion of the effective
leading value.
2
The leading value distance is in the neg­
ative direction of motion of the effective
leading value.
3
The leading value distance is in the cur­
rent direction of motion of the effective
leading value.
Done
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The leading value offset is finished.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
CommandAborted
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job was aborted by another job dur­
ing execution.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
0
Error ID for the parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
CoveredOffset
OUTPUT
LREAL
0.0
Display of the absolute following value share that
has already been offset
StartOffset
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
12.1.6.2
The following axis offsets the following
value.
MC_OffsetRelative: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)
Function chart: Relative shift of the following value in gearing
[email protected]
50@4MBWF
‫ܢ‬
‫ܢ‬
‫ܢ‬
"
"
.$@(FBS*O1PT
.$@0꫻TFU3FMBUJWF
.BTUFS
4UBSU4ZOD
&YFDVUF
#VTZ
4MBWF
3BUJP/VNFSBUPS
3BUJP%FOPNJOBUPS
"DDFMFSBUJPO
%FDFMFSBUJPO
*O4ZOD
*O4ZOD
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
+FSL
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
50@4MBWF
4MBWF
%POF
0꫻TFU
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
&YF
&YFDVUF
1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
0꫻TFU%JTUBODF
4UBSU1PTJUJPO
%JSFDUJPO
#VTZ
%POF
#VTZ
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
$PWFSFE0꫻TFU
4UBSU0꫻TFU
$PWFSFE0꫻TFU
4UBSU0꫻TFU
237
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
$
,Q6\QF
$
([H
%XV\
6WDUW2IIVHW
'RQH
W
&RYHUHG2IIVHW
W
W
W
W
W
72B0DVWHU3RVLWLRQ
W
72B6ODYH3RVLWLRQ
W
72B6ODYH9HORFLW\
72B6ODYH6WDWXV
6\QFKURQL]HG
0RWLRQ2IIVHW
W
W
At time ①, an "MC_OffsetRelative" job (A2) is initiated with "ProfileReference" = 1 via "Exe"
during an active gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (A1). The "StartOffset" parameter shows that
the following axis traverses the following value offset from the current position via the
specified leading value distance. The required dynamic response is calculated by the system.
The absolute following value offset traversed via the job is indicated In "CoveredOffset".
"Done" indicates that the following value was successfully shifted. The motion of the leading
axis is not affected.
At time ② the "MC_OffsetRelative" job (A2) is initiated again via "Exe". The "StartOffset"
parameter shows that the following axis traverses the following value offset via the specified
leading value distance. The required dynamic response is calculated by the system. The
absolute following value offset traversed via the job is indicated In "CoveredOffset". "Done"
indicates that the following value was successfully shifted.
The absolute following value offset is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset" tag of the technology object.
238
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Function chart: Relative shift of the following value in camming
[email protected]
"
"
.$@$BN*O
.$@0꫻TFU3FMBUJWF
.BTUFS
50@4MBWF
$BN
$BN@
&YFDVUF
&YF@
4MBWF
%POF
0꫻TFU
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
0꫻TFU%JTUBODF
1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
.BTUFS0꫻TFU
4MBWF0꫻TFU
.BTUFS4DBMJOH
4MBWF4DBMJOH
50@4MBWF
&YF@
4MBWF
&YFDVUF
1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
4UBSU1PTJUJPO
%JSFDUJPO
#VTZ
%POF
#VTZ
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
$PWFSFE0꫻TFU
4UBSU0꫻TFU
$PWFSFE0꫻TFU
4UBSU0꫻TFU
.BTUFS4ZOD1PTJUJPO
4ZOD1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
.BTUFS4UBSU%JTUBODF
‫ܢ‬
7FMPDJUZ
‫ܢ‬
"DDFMFSBUJPO
‫ܢ‬
%FDFMFSBUJPO
‫ܢ‬
+FSL
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
#VTZ
*O4ZOD
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
"QQMJDBUJPO.PEF
4ZOD%JSFDUJPO
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
&OE0G1SP꫼MF
$BN@
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
239
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
$
,Q6\QF
$
([H
3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
%XV\
6WDUW2IIVHW
'RQH
&RYHUHG2IIVHW
72B6ODYH6WDWXV
6\QFKURQL]HG0RWLRQ
(IIHFWLYH/HDGLQJ
9DOXH3RVLWLRQ
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
72B6ODYH3RVLWLRQ
72B6ODYH6WDWXV
6\QFKURQL]HG
0RWLRQ2IIVHW
W
W
At time ①, an "MC_OffsetRelative" job (A2) is triggered with "ProfileReference" = 1 via "Exe"
during an active camming with "MC_CamIn" (A1) . The "StartOffset" parameter shows that the
following axis traverses the following value offset from the current position via the specified
leading value distance. The required dynamic response is calculated by the system. The
absolute following value offset traversed via the job is indicated In "CoveredOffset". "Done"
indicates that the following value was successfully shifted. The motion of the leading axis is
not affected.
At time ② the "MC_OffsetRelative" job (A2) is initiated again via "Exe" with "ProfileReference"
= 2. The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading value reaches the
start position (<TO>.StatusWord2.X5 = TRUE (OffsetCommandWaiting)).
At time ③ the leading value reaches the specified start position. The "StartOffset" parameter
shows that the following axis traverses the following value offset via the specified leading
value distance. The required dynamic response is calculated by the system. The absolute
following value offset traversed via the job is indicated In "CoveredOffset". "Done" indicates
that the leading value was successfully shifted.
240
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The absolute following value offset is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset" tag of the technology object.
12.1.7
MC_OffsetAbsolute V7 (S7-1500T)
12.1.7.1
MC_OffsetAbsolute: Absolute shift of following value on the following axis V7
(S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_OffsetAbsolute", you shift the following value on a
following axis with an absolute offset. An absolute following value offset is possible in
gearing with "MC_GearIn" or "MC_GearInPos" or in camming with "MC_CamIn". The position
of the leading axis is not affected by this. A simultaneous leading value offset is not
permitted.
Gearing
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following in gearing:
• Shift following value on the following axis:
– Leading value offset using leading value distance starting at current leading value
position (Page 62)
– Using leading value distance starting at specific leading value position (Page 63)
• Defining the direction of the leading value distance (Page 65)
• Only cancel a pending following value offset (Page 66)
Camming
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following in camming:
• Shift following value on the following axis:
– Leading value offset using leading value distance starting at current leading value
position (Page 151)
– Using leading value distance starting at specific leading value position (Page 152)
• Defining the direction of the leading value distance (Page 154)
• Only cancel a pending following value offset (Page 156)
Applies to
• Synchronous axis
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
241
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Requirements
•
•
•
•
The technology object of following axis has been configured correctly.
The following axis is a synchronous axis.
The following axis is enabled.
By means of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearIn", "MC_GearInPos" or "MC_CamIn",
the following axis is synchronized to the leading axis ("MC_GearIn.InGear" = TRUE,
"MC_GearInPos.InSync" = TRUE or "MC_CamIn.InSync" = TRUE).
• No "MC_PhasingAbsolute" or "MC_PhasingRelative" job is active or waiting.
Override response
The override response for "MC_OffsetAbsolute" jobs is described in section "Override response
V7: Synchronous operation jobs (Page 283)".
Parameter
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_OffsetAbsolute":
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Slave
INPUT
TO_SynchronousAxis
-
Following axis technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
Offset
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Absolute following value offset
ProfileReference
INPUT
DINT
1
Type of the following value offset
Start job with a positive edge
0
Reserved
1
Following value offset using leading
value distance as of current effective
leading value position
2
Following value offset using leading
value distance as of effective leading
value position "StartPosition"
3 ... 4
Reserved
5
Only cancel a pending job for the follow­
ing value offset
OffsetDistance
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "ProfileReference" = 1, 2:
Leading value distance
Effective leading value distance during following
value offset
StartPosition
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "ProfileReference" = 2:
Effective leading value position as of which the fol­
lowing value is offset
242
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Direction
INPUT
DINT
3
When "ProfileReference" = 1, 2:
Direction of the leading value distance
1
The leading value distance is in the posit­
ive direction of motion of the effective
leading value.
2
The leading value distance is in the neg­
ative direction of motion of the effective
leading value.
3
The leading value distance is in the cur­
rent direction of motion of the effective
leading value.
Done
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The leading value offset is finished.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
CommandAborted
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job was aborted by another job dur­
ing execution.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
0
Error ID for the parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
AbsoluteOffset
OUTPUT
LREAL
0.0
Display of the absolute following value share that
has already been offset
StartOffset
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
12.1.7.2
The following axis offsets the following
value.
MC_OffsetAbsolute: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)
Function chart: Absolute shift of the following value in gearing
[email protected]
50@4MBWF
‫ܢ‬
‫ܢ‬
‫ܢ‬
"
"
.$@(FBS*O1PT
.$@0꫻TFU"CTPMVUF
.BTUFS
4UBSU4ZOD
&YFDVUF
#VTZ
4MBWF
3BUJP/VNFSBUPS
3BUJP%FOPNJOBUPS
"DDFMFSBUJPO
%FDFMFSBUJPO
*O4ZOD
*O4ZOD
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
+FSL
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
50@4MBWF
4MBWF
%POF
0꫻TFU
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
&YF
&YFDVUF
1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
0꫻TFU%JTUBODF
4UBSU1PTJUJPO
%JSFDUJPO
#VTZ
%POF
#VTZ
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
"CTPMVUF0꫻TFU
4UBSU0꫻TFU
"CTPMVUF0꫻TFU
4UBSU0꫻TFU
243
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
"
*O4ZOD
"
&YF
#VTZ
4UBSU0꫻TFU
%POF
"CTPMVUF0꫻TFU
50@4MBWF1PTJUJPO
U
[email protected]
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
50@4MBWF7FMPDJUZ
50@4MBWF4UBUVT
4ZODISPOJ[FE
.PUJPO0꫻TFU
U
U
At time ①, an "MC_OffsetAbsolute" job (A2) is initiated with "ProfileReference" = 1 via "Exe"
during an active gearing with "MC_GearInPos" (A1). The "StartOffset" parameter shows that
the following axis traverses the following value offset from the current position via the
specified leading value distance. The required dynamic response is calculated by the system.
The absolute following value offset traversed via the job is indicated in "AbsoluteOffset".
"Done" indicates that the following value was successfully shifted. The motion of the leading
axis is not affected.
At time ② the "MC_OffsetAbsolute" job (A2) is initiated again via "Exe". Because the absolute
following value offset (<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset) is already 90.0, the following
value is not shifted.
The absolute following value offset is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset" tag of the technology object.
244
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Function chart: Absolute shift of the following value in camming
[email protected]
"
"
.$@$BN*O
.$@0꫻TFU"CTPMVUF
.BTUFS
50@4MBWF
$BN
$BN@
&YFDVUF
&YF@
4MBWF
%POF
0꫻TFU
0꫻TFU
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
.BTUFS0꫻TFU
4MBWF0꫻TFU
.BTUFS4DBMJOH
4MBWF4DBMJOH
50@4MBWF
&YF@
4MBWF
&YFDVUF
1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
0꫻TFU%JTUBODF
4UBSU1PTJUJPO
%JSFDUJPO
#VTZ
%POF
#VTZ
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
"CTPMVUF0꫻TFU
4UBSU0꫻TFU
"CTPMVUF0꫻TFU
4UBSU0꫻TFU
.BTUFS4ZOD1PTJUJPO
4ZOD1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
.BTUFS4UBSU%JTUBODF
‫ܢ‬
7FMPDJUZ
‫ܢ‬
"DDFMFSBUJPO
‫ܢ‬
%FDFMFSBUJPO
‫ܢ‬
+FSL
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
#VTZ
*O4ZOD
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
"QQMJDBUJPO.PEF
4ZOD%JSFDUJPO
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
&OE0G1SP꫼MF
$BN@
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
245
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
$
,Q6\QF
$
([H
3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
%XV\
6WDUW2IIVHW
'RQH
2IIVHW
W
W
W
W
W
72B6ODYH6WDWXV
6\QFKURQL]HG0RWLRQ
(IIHFWLYH/HDGLQJ
9DOXH3RVLWLRQ
W
$EVROXWH2IIVHW
W
W
W
72B6ODYH3RVLWLRQ
72B6ODYH6WDWXV
6\QFKURQL]HG
0RWLRQ2IIVHW
W
W
At time ①, an "MC_OffsetAbsolute" job (A2) is triggered with "ProfileReference" = 1 via "Exe"
during an active camming with "MC_CamIn" (A1) . The "StartOffset" parameter shows that the
following axis traverses the following value offset from the current position via the specified
leading value distance. The required dynamic response is calculated by the system. The
absolute following value offset traversed via the job is indicated in "AbsoluteOffset". "Done"
indicates that the following value was successfully shifted. The motion of the leading axis is
not affected.
At time ② the "MC_OffsetAbsolute" job (A2) is initiated again via "Exe" with
"ProfileReference" = 2. The status "Waiting" is displayed at the following axis until the leading
value reaches the start position (<TO>.StatusWord2.X5 = TRUE (OffsetCommandWaiting)).
At time ③ the leading value reaches the specified start position. The "StartOffset" parameter
shows that the following axis traverses the following value offset via the specified leading
246
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
value distance. The required dynamic response is calculated by the system. The absolute
following value offset traversed via the job is indicated in "AbsoluteOffset". "Done" indicates
that the following value was successfully shifted.
The absolute following value offset is indicated in the
"<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.Offset" tag of the technology object.
12.1.8
MC_CamIn V7 (S7-1500T)
12.1.8.1
MC_CamIn: Start camming V7 (S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn", you start a camming (Page 82) operation
between a leading axis and a following axis. The following axis is synchronized depending on
the specified synchronous position of the leading axis.
The synchronous position of the leading axis and the corresponding position of the following
axis from the cam represent the relationship of the two axes to one another. The
synchronous position of the leading axis is determined by the following parameters:
• Start position of the cam (<TO_Cam>.StatusCam.StartLeadingValue)
• Scaling the leading values of the cam ("MasterScaling")
• Offset/position of the cam ("MasterOffset")
• Start point within the cam ("MasterSyncPosition")
The synchronous position is calculated as follows:
Synchronous position = (Start position of the cam "MasterScaling") + "MasterOffset" +
"MasterSyncPosition"
The start of movement of the following axis is defined depending on the selected
synchronization mode.
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following:
• Scaling and shifting cam (Page 125)
• Defining application mode of the cam (Page 127)
• Defining direction of synchronization (Page 130)
• Define synchronous position and type of synchronization:
– Synchronization in advance using dynamic parameters (Page 133)
– Synchronization in advance using leading value distance (Page 134)
– Synchronization in advance using leading value distance starting from current leading
value position (Page 136)
– Subsequent synchronization using leading value distance (Page 139)
– Subsequent synchronization using leading value distance starting from current leading
value position (Page 142)
– Directly set the following axis synchronously (Page 143)
– Directly set following axis synchronously at end of the cam (Page 144)
• Synchronous travel in camming (Page 146)
Different parameters are relevant depending on the synchronization profile. You can find an
overview in the "Parameter overview for synchronizing with "MC_CamIn" (Page 130)" section.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
247
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Applies to
• Cam
• Synchronous axis
Requirement
• The technology objects of the leading axis, following axis, and cam have been configured
correctly.
• The leading axis is a positioning axis, a synchronous axis, an external encoder or a leading
axis proxy.
• The following axis is a synchronous axis.
• The leading axis is specified as possible leading axis in the configuration of the following
axis under "Technology object > Configuration > Leading value interconnections".
• The following axis is enabled.
• The following axis is homed.
• The cam is interpolated with "MC_InterpolateCam".
• With synchronization in advance using leading value distance, the leading axis must be at
least the specified distance ("MasterStartDistance") from the synchronization position
("MasterSyncPosition") when starting the job.
• With direct synchronous setting at the end of the cam, camming must already be active
("InSync" = TRUE).
Override response
The override response for "MC_CamIn" jobs is described in section "Override response V7:
Synchronous operation jobs (Page 283)".
With a "MC_CamOut" job, the following axis is desynchronized and synchronous operation is
terminated.
Disabling the following axis with "MC_Power.Enable" = FALSE aborts the synchronous
operation in every status.
Disabling the leading axis with "MC_Power", in contrast, does not abort synchronous
operation. The following axis follows the leading axis even during the braking ramp and after
the leading axis is enabled again.
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamIn":
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Master
INPUT
TO_PositioningAxis
TO_SynchronousAxis
TO_ExternalEncoder
TO_LeadingAxisProxy
-
Leading axis technology object
Slave
INPUT
TO_SynchronousAxis
-
Following axis technology object
248
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Cam
INPUT
TO_Cam
TO_Cam_10k
-
Cam technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
MasterOffset
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0, 1, 3, 4:
Offset of the leading values of the cam (Page 125)
The cam technology object is not changed.
Start job with a positive edge
When "SyncProfileReference" = 2, 5, 6:
Not relevant
SlaveOffset
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0, 1, 3, 4, 6:
Offset of the following values of the cam (Page
125)
The cam technology object is not changed.
When "SyncProfileReference" = 2, 5:
Not relevant
MasterScaling
INPUT
LREAL
1.0
Scaling the leading values of the cam (Page 125)
The cam technology object is not changed.
SlaveScaling
INPUT
LREAL
1.0
Scaling the following values of the cam (Page 125)
The cam technology object is not changed.
MasterSyncPosition
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Synchronous position of leading axis
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0, 1, 6:
Position of the leading axis (relative to the start
position of the cam), from which the axes are syn­
chronous and synchronization is complete.
The value must be within the definition of the cam.
When "SyncProfileReference" = 3:
Position of the leading axis (relative to the start
position of the cam) from which the synchroniza­
tion begins
The value must be within the definition of the cam.
When "SyncProfileReference" = 4:
Not relevant
When "SyncProfileReference" = 2, 5:
Position of the leading axis (relative to the start
position of the cam to be changed), from which the
axes are synchronous.
The value must be within the definition of the cam
to be changed.
SyncProfileReference
INPUT
DINT
1
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Synchronization profile
0
Synchronization in advance using dynam­
ic parameters (Page 133)
1
Synchronization in advance using leading
value distance (Page 134)
2
Direct synchronous setting (Page 143)
3
Subsequent synchronization using lead­
ing value distance (Page 139)
249
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
SyncProfileReference
INPUT
DINT
1
4
Subsequent synchronization using lead­
ing value distance starting from current
leading value position (Page 142)
5
Direct synchronous setting at the end of
the cam (Page 144)
6
Synchronization in advance using leading
value distance starting from current lead­
ing value position (Page 136)
MasterStartDistance
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 1, 3, 4, 6:
Leading value distance
Distance of the leading axis during the synchroniza­
tion
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
≤ 0.0
Not permitted
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0, 2, 5:
Not relevant
Velocity
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Velocity
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The velocity configured in "Technology
object > Configuration > Extended para­
meters > Dynamic default values" is used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Velocity)
When "SyncProfileReference" = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6:
Not relevant
Acceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Acceleration
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The acceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Acceleration)
When "SyncProfileReference" = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6:
Not relevant
Deceleration
250
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Deceleration
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The deceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Deceleration)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Deceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6:
Not relevant
Jerk
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Jerk
> 0.0
Constant acceleration velocity profile
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Trapezoid velocity profile
< 0.0
The jerk configured in "Technology object
> Configuration > Extended parameters >
Dynamic default values" is used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Jerk)
When "SyncProfileReference" = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6:
Not relevant
ApplicationMode
SyncDirection
INPUT
INPUT
DINT
DINT
0
3
Application of the cam (Page 127)
0
Once/not cyclic
1
Cyclic (absolute application on the fol­
lowing value side)
2
Cyclic appending (continuously append­
ing on the following value side)
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0, 1, 3, 4, 6:
Direction of synchronization (Page 130)
In effect for following axes with activated Modulo
setting.
1
Positive direction
The following axis may only travel in pos­
itive direction during synchronization.
2
Negative direction
The following axis may only travel in neg­
ative direction during synchronization.
3
Shortest distance
Changes in direction are permitted for
the following axis during synchroniza­
tion.
When "SyncProfileReference" = 2, 5:
Not relevant
StartSync
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The following axis is synchronized to the
leading axis.
InSync
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
Synchronous operation reached
The following axis is synchronized and
moves synchronously to the leading axis.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
CommandAborted
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job was aborted by another job dur­
ing execution.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
251
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
16#0000
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
EndOfProfile
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
252
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
The end of the cam has been reached.
Displayed for at least one call of
"MC_CamIn" in the user program when
the cam is used cyclically.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1.8.2
MC_CamIn: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)
Function chart: Synchronization in advance via dynamic parameters/leading value distance and
switching of the cam
$
$
0&B&DP,Q
0&B&DP,Q
72B0DVWHU
0DVWHU
72B0DVWHU
0DVWHU
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
&DPB
&DP
&DPB
&DP
([HB
([HFXWH
([HB
([HFXWH
0DVWHU2IIVHW
0DVWHU2IIVHW
6ODYH2IIVHW
6ODYH2IIVHW
0DVWHU6FDOLQJ
0DVWHU6FDOLQJ
6ODYH6FDOLQJ
6ODYH6FDOLQJ
0DVWHU6\QF3RVLWLRQ
0DVWHU6\QF3RVLWLRQ
6\QF3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
6\QF3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
0DVWHU6WDUW'LVWDQFH
0DVWHU6WDUW'LVWDQFH
,Q6\QFB
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
%XV\
%XV\B
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
&RPPDQG$ERUWHG
,Q6\QF
,Q6\QFB
9HORFLW\
9HORFLW\
ದ
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
%XV\
%XV\B
ದ
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
&RPPDQG$ERUWHG
$ERUWB
ದ
-HUN
-HUN
(UURU
$SSOLFDWLRQ0RGH
6\QF'LUHFWLRQ
6WDUW6\QFB
,Q6\QF
6WDUW6\QFB
ದ
6WDUW6\QF
6WDUW6\QF
(UURU,'
6\QF'LUHFWLRQ
(QG2I3URILOH
(UURU
(UURU,'
$SSOLFDWLRQ0RGH
(QG2I3URILOH
(RSB
&DPB
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
&DPB
253
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
$
([HB
%XV\B
W
6WDUW6\QFB
W
W
,Q6\QFB
W
$ERUWB
W
$
([HB
%XV\B
W
6WDUW6\QFB
W
W
,Q6\QFB
W
(RSB
W
72B0DVWHU
3RVLWLRQ
W
ದ
72B6ODYH
3RVLWLRQ
W
72B0DVWHU
9HORFLW\
W
72B6ODYH
9HORFLW\
ದ
W
6\QFB
6\QFB
Using "Exe_1", an "MC_CamIn" job (A1) is initiated. The start of the synchronization is
displayed with "StartSync_1". The following axis (TO_Slave) is synchronized in advance to the
cam (Cam_1) within the range "Sync_1" by means of the specified dynamic parameters. The
distance required for synchronization is calculated by the system. When the specified
reference position "MasterSyncPosition" relative to the start of the cam is reached, "InSync_1"
signals that the following axis is synchronized and moves synchronously to the leading axis.
The synchronous operation is overridden by another "MC_CamIn" job (A2). The abort is
signaled via "Abort_1". The start of the synchronization is displayed with "StartSync_2". The
following axis is synchronized in advance to the new cam (Cam_2) within the range "Sync_2"
254
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
by means of the specified leading value distance "MasterStartDistance". Within the range
"Sync_2", the axis does not follow the cam "Cam_1" The dynamic response required for
synchronization is calculated by the system. When the specified reference position
"MasterSyncPosition" relative to the start of the cam is reached, "InSync_2" signals that the
following axis is synchronized and moves synchronously to the leading axis.
Function chart: Synchronization in advance/subsequent synchronization via leading value
distance and switching the cam
$
$
0&B&DP,Q
0&B&DP,Q
72B0DVWHU
0DVWHU
72B0DVWHU
0DVWHU
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
&DPB
&DP
&DPB
&DP
([HB
([HFXWH
([HB
([HFXWH
0DVWHU2IIVHW
0DVWHU2IIVHW
6ODYH2IIVHW
6ODYH2IIVHW
0DVWHU6FDOLQJ
0DVWHU6FDOLQJ
6ODYH6FDOLQJ
6ODYH6FDOLQJ
0DVWHU6\QF3RVLWLRQ
0DVWHU6\QF3RVLWLRQ
6\QF3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
6\QF3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
0DVWHU6WDUW'LVWDQFH
0DVWHU6WDUW'LVWDQFH
6WDUW6\QFB
,Q6\QF
,Q6\QFB
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
%XV\
%XV\B
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
&RPPDQG$ERUWHG
6WDUW6\QFB
,Q6\QF
,Q6\QFB
9HORFLW\
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
%XV\
%XV\B
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
&RPPDQG$ERUWHG
$ERUWB
9HORFLW\
-HUN
6WDUW6\QF
6WDUW6\QF
6\QF'LUHFWLRQ
-HUN
(UURU
$SSOLFDWLRQ0RGH
(UURU,'
6\QF'LUHFWLRQ
(QG2I3URILOH
(UURU
(UURU,'
$SSOLFDWLRQ0RGH
(QG2I3URILOH
(RSB
&DPB
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
&DPB
255
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
$
([HB
%XV\B
W
6WDUW6\QFB
W
W
,Q6\QFB
W
$ERUWB
W
$
([HB
%XV\B
W
6WDUW6\QFB
,Q6\QFB
W
W
W
(RSB
W
72B0DVWHU
3RVLWLRQ W
ದ
72B6ODYH
3RVLWLRQ
W
72B0DVWHU
9HORFLW\
W
72B6ODYH
9HORFLW\
ದ
W
6\QFB
6\QFB
Using "Exe_1", an "MC_CamIn" job (A1) is initiated. The start of the synchronization is
displayed with "StartSync_1". The following axis (TO_Slave) is synchronized in advance to the
cam (Cam_1) within the range "Sync_1" by means of the specified leading value distance
"MasterStartDistance". The dynamic response required for synchronization is calculated by the
system. When the specified reference position "MasterSyncPosition" relative to the start of the
cam is reached, "InSync_1" signals that the following axis is synchronized and moves
synchronously to the leading axis.
The synchronous operation is overridden by another "MC_CamIn" job (A2). The abort is
signaled via "Abort_1". When the specified reference position "MasterSyncPosition" in relation
256
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
to the start of the cam disk is reached, the start of synchronization is indicated via
"StartSync_2". The following axis is synchronized subsequently to the new cam (Cam_2)
within the range "Sync_2" by means of the specified leading value distance
"MasterStartDistance". Within the range "Sync_2", the axis does not follow the cam "Cam_1"
The dynamic response required for synchronization is calculated by the system. "InSync_2"
signals that the following axis is synchronized and moving synchronously to the leading axis.
Function chart: Synchronization in advance/subsequent synchronization via leading value
distance starting from current leading value position
"
.$@$BN*O
.BTUFS
[email protected]
50@4MBWF
4MBWF
$BN@
$BN
&YF
&YFDVUF
.BTUFS0꫻TFU
4MBWF0꫻TFU
.BTUFS4DBMJOH
4MBWF4DBMJOH
.BTUFS4ZOD1PTJUJPO
413
4ZOD1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
4UBSU4ZOD
.BTUFS4UBSU%JTUBODF
*O4ZOD
7FMPDJUZ
"DDFMFSBUJPO
%FDFMFSBUJPO
+FSL
"QQMJDBUJPO.PEF
4ZOD%JSFDUJPO
#VTZ
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
#VTZ
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
&OE0G1SP꫼MF
$BN@
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
257
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
"
&YF
#VTZ
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
413
[email protected]
U
U
U
U
U
U
[email protected]
50@4MBWF1PTJUJPO
U
50@4MBWF7FMPDJUZ
U
U
"
#
Section A
At time ①, an "MC_CamIn" job (A1) with "SyncProfileReference" = 4 is initiated via "Exe". The
start of the synchronization is displayed with "StartSync". The following axis (TO_Slave) is
synchronized subsequently as of the current leading value position 270° to the cam (Cam_1)
by means of the specified leading value distance "MasterStartDistance" = 180°. The dynamic
response required for synchronization is calculated by the system.
At time ②, "InSync" signals at the leading value position 90° that the following axis is
synchronized and moves synchronously to the leading axis.
Section B
At time ③, the "MC_CamIn" job (A1) with "SyncProfileReference" = 6 is initiated via "Exe". The
start of the synchronization is displayed with "StartSync". The following axis (TO_Slave) is
synchronized in advance as of the current leading value position 270° to the cam (Cam_1) by
means of the specified leading value distance "MasterStartDistance" = 180°. The dynamic
response required for synchronization is calculated by the system.
At time ④, the following axis reaches the following value of the specified reference position
"MasterSyncPosition" = 180° at the leading value position 90° in relation to the start of the
258
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
cam. The cam disc is automatically offset by -90° in the leading value area
(<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.MasterOffset). "InSync" signals that the following axis is
synchronized and moving synchronously to the leading axis.
Function chart: Togging and direct synchronous setting at the end of the cam
$
$
0&B&DP,Q
0&B&DP,Q
72B0DVWHU
0DVWHU
72B0DVWHU
0DVWHU
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
&DPB
&DP
&DPB
&DP
([HFXWH
([HB
([HFXWH
0DVWHU2IIVHW
0DVWHU2IIVHW
6ODYH2IIVHW
6ODYH2IIVHW
0DVWHU6FDOLQJ
0DVWHU6FDOLQJ
6ODYH6FDOLQJ
6ODYH6FDOLQJ
0DVWHU6\QF3RVLWLRQ
6\QF3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
0DVWHU6WDUW'LVWDQFH
6WDUW6\QF
,Q6\QF
9HORFLW\
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
%XV\
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
&RPPDQG$ERUWHG
-HUN
6\QF'LUHFWLRQ
6WDUW6\QF
6WDUW6\QFB
,Q6\QF
,Q6\QFB
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
%XV\
%XV\B
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
&RPPDQG$ERUWHG
9HORFLW\
$ERUWB
-HUN
(UURU,'
(QG2I3URILOH
6\QF3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
0DVWHU6WDUW'LVWDQFH
,Q6\QFB
(UURU
$SSOLFDWLRQ0RGH
0DVWHU6\QF3RVLWLRQ
(RSB
(UURU
$SSOLFDWLRQ0RGH
6\QF'LUHFWLRQ
(UURU,'
(QG2I3URILOH
&DPB
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
&DPB
259
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
"
*O4ZOD@
"CPSU@
&PQ@
"
&YF@
#VTZ@
*O4ZOD@
U
U
U
U
U
U
50@4MBWF1PTJUJPO
U
4UBSU4ZOD@
[email protected]
U
U
An "MC_CamIn" job (A1) is active.
At time ① another "MC_CamIn" job (A2) is initiated via "Exe_2". The status "Waiting" is
displayed at the following axis until the end of the active cam "Cam_1" has been reached
(<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.WaitingFunctionState = 3).
At time ② the end of the cam is reached ("Eop_1"). The cam is switched over. Since no
synchronization takes place, the "Synchronous" status is retained.
260
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1.9
MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation V7 (S7-1500T)
12.1.9.1
MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation: Simulate synchronous operation V7
(S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation", you can simulate
an active synchronous operation on a following axis. This means that a synchronous
operation remains active e.g. when the following axis is disabled. The following axis does not
have to be synchronized again after being enabled again.
WARNING
Machine damage
If the position of the following axis at the end of the simulation differs from the position at
the start of the simulation, this leads to a setpoint jump which can result in damage to the
machine.
Therefore, make sure that the setpoints of the following axis correspond to the setpoints
from the synchronous operation relationship when simulation is ended.
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following:
• Simulate synchronous operation (Page 164)
Applies to
• Synchronous axis
Requirement
• The technology object has been configured correctly.
• The following axis is a synchronous axis.
• Synchronous operation is active on the technology object in status "Synchronous"
(<TO>.StatusWord.X22 = TRUE).
Override response
An "MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation" job is not aborted by any other Motion Control job.
The simulated synchronous operation remains active even when the following axis is disabled
with an "MC_Power" or "MC_Stop job.
A restart of the technology object stops the simulation and aborts the synchronous operation.
A new "MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation" job does not abort any other Motion Control
jobs. With "MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation.Enable" = TRUE, synchronous operation jobs
are rejected.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
261
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation":
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Slave
INPUT
TO_SynchronousAxis
-
Following axis technology object
Enable
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
Simulation of synchronous operation is
started.
FALSE
Simulation of the synchronous operation
is stopped.
InSimulation
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The synchronous operation is in simula­
tion.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
0
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
12.1.10
MC_GearOut V7 (S7-1500T)
12.1.10.1
MC_GearOut: Desynchronize gearing V7 (S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearOut" end gearing (Page 41) operation between
a leading axis and a following axis. With an active gearing, the following axis is
desynchronized and comes to a standstill at the specified stop position. A pending gearing is
canceled.
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following:
• Defining direction of desynchronization (Page 69)
• Define the stop position of the following axis and the type of desynchronization:
– Desynchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters (Page 66)
– Desynchronizing following axis using leading value distance (Page 68)
• Only cancel a pending gearing (Page 71)
Applies to
• Synchronous axis
262
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Requirement
• The following axis is enabled.
• Gearing with "MC_GearIn" or "MC_GearInPos" is active or pending on the following axis.
• No "MC_Stop" job is active on the following axis.
Override response
The override response for "MC_GearOut" jobs is described in section "Override response V7:
Synchronous operation jobs (Page 283)".
An "MC_GearOut" job with "SyncProfileReference" = 5 only aborts a pending "MC_GearInPos"
or a pending "MC_GearOut" job.
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_GearOut":
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Slave
INPUT
TO_SynchronousAxis
-
Technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
SlavePosition
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Stop position of following axis
SyncProfileReference
INPUT
DINT
1
Type of desynchronization
Start job with a positive edge
0
Desynchronize using dynamic parameters
(Page 66)
1
Desynchronize using leading value dis­
tance (Page 68)
2…4
Reserved
5
Only cancel a pending gearing (Page 71)
MasterStopDistance
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 1:
Leading value distance (Page 68)
Deceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Deceleration (Page 66)
Jerk
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The deceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Deceleration)
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Jerk (Page 66)
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
No jerk limitation
263
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Jerk
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
< 0.0
SyncOutDirection
INPUT
DINT
3
Desynchronization direction (Page 69)
The jerk configured in "Technology object
> Configuration > Extended parameters >
Dynamic default values" is used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Jerk)
1
Positive direction
The following axis may only travel in pos­
itive direction during desynchronization.
2
Negative direction
The following axis may only travel in neg­
ative direction during desynchronization.
3
Current direction
The following axis is desynchronized in
the direction in which the following axis
is currently traveling.
StartSyncOut
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The following axis is desynchronized.
Done
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
Job is completed.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
CommandAborted
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job was aborted by another job dur­
ing execution.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
16#0000
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
264
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1.10.2
MC_GearOut: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)
Function chart: Desynchronization using dynamic parameters/leading value distance
"
"
.$@(FBS0VU
.$@(FBS*O1PT
[email protected]
.BTUFS
4UBSU4ZOD
&YF@
&YFDVUF
#VTZ
50@4MBWF
*O4ZOD
*O4ZOD@
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
"CPSU@
4MBWF
3BUJP/VNFSBUPS
3BUJP%FOPNJOBUPS
.BTUFS4ZOD1PTJUJPO
4MBWF4ZOD1PTJUJPO
&SSPS
#VTZ@
&SSPS*%
4ZOD1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
.BTUFS4UBSU%JTUBODF
50@4MBWF
&YF@
413
4MBWF
&YFDVUF
4MBWF1PTJUJPO
4ZOD1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
.BTUFS4UPQ%JTUBODF
%FDFMFSBUJPO
+FSL
4UBSU4ZOD0VU
%POF
#VTZ
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
4ZOD0VU%JSFDUJPO
4ZOD0VU@
%POF@
#VTZ@
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
7FMPDJUZ
"DDFMFSBUJPO
%FDFMFSBUJPO
+FSL
4ZOD%JSFDUJPO
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
265
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
"
&YF@
#VTZ@
*O4ZOD@
"CPSU@
"
&YF@
#VTZ@
413
4ZOD0VU@
%POF@
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
[email protected] 1PTJUJPO
U
50@4MBWF
1PTJUJPO
[email protected]
7FMPDJUZ
50@4MBWF
7FMPDJUZ
U
U
"
#
U
Section A
With an "MC_GearInPos" job (A1) the following axis (TO_Slave) travels synchronously to the
leading axis (TO_Master). "Synchronous" status is displayed via "InSync_1".
At time ① an "MC_GearOut" job (A2) is initiated via "Exe_2". The start of the
desynchronization is displayed with "SyncOut_2" ②. The following axis is desynchronized
using the specified dynamic parameters. The distance required for desynchronization is
calculated by the system. When the specified stop position "SlavePosition" is reached,
"Done_2" signals that the following axis is desynchronized and at standstill ③.
Section B
With an "MC_GearInPos" job (A1) the following axis (TO_Slave) travels synchronously to the
leading axis (TO_Master). "Synchronous" status is displayed via "InSync_1".
266
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
At time ④ an "MC_GearOut" job (A2) is initiated via "Exe_2". The start of the
desynchronization is displayed with "SyncOut_2" ⑤. The following axis is desynchronized
using the specified leading value distance "MasterStopDistance". The dynamics required for
desynchronization is calculated by the system. When the specified stop position
"SlavePosition" is reached, "Done_2" signals that the following axis is desynchronized and at
standstill ⑥.
12.1.11
MC_CamOut V7 (S7-1500T)
12.1.11.1
MC_CamOut: Desynchronize camming V7 (S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamOut" end a Camming (Page 82) operation
between a leading axis and a following axis. With an active camming, the following axis is
desynchronized and comes to a standstill at the specified stop position. A pending camming
is canceled.
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following:
• Defining direction of desynchronization (Page 160)
• Define the stop position of the following axis and the type of desynchronization:
– Desynchronizing following axis using dynamic parameters (Page 156)
– Desynchronizing following axis using leading value distance (Page 158)
• Only cancel a pending camming (Page 161)
Applies to
• Synchronous axis
Requirement
• The following axis is enabled.
• A camming with "MC_CamIn" is active or pending on the following axis.
• No "MC_Stop" job is active on the following axis.
Override response
The override response for "MC_CamOut" jobs is described in section "Override response V7:
Synchronous operation jobs (Page 283)".
An "MC_CamOut" job with "SyncProfileReference" = 5 only aborts a pending "MC_CamIn" or a
pending "MC_CamOut" job.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
267
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction "MC_CamOut":
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Slave
INPUT
TO_SynchronousAxis
-
Technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
SlavePosition
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Stop position of following axis
SyncProfileReference
INPUT
DINT
1
Type of desynchronization
Start job with a positive edge
0
Desynchronize using dynamic behavior
(Page 156)
1
Desynchronize using leading value dis­
tance (Page 158)
2…4
Reserved
5
Only cancel a pending camming (Page
161)
MasterStopDistance
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 1:
Leading value distance (Page 158)
Deceleration
INPUT
LREAL
-1.0
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Deceleration (Page 156)
Jerk
SyncOutDirection
StartSyncOut
268
INPUT
INPUT
OUTPUT
LREAL
DINT
BOOL
-1.0
3
FALSE
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
Not permitted
< 0.0
The deceleration configured in "Techno­
logy object > Configuration > Extended
parameters > Dynamic default values" is
used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Deceleration)
When "SyncProfileReference" = 0:
Jerk (Page 156)
> 0.0
The specified value is used.
= 0.0
No jerk limitation
< 0.0
The jerk configured in "Technology object
> Configuration > Extended parameters >
Dynamic default values" is used.
(<TO>.DynamicDefaults.Jerk)
Desynchronization direction (Page 160)
1
Positive direction
The following axis may only travel in pos­
itive direction during desynchronization.
2
Negative direction
The following axis may only travel in neg­
ative direction during desynchronization.
3
Current direction
The following axis is desynchronized in
the direction in which the following axis
is currently traveling.
TRUE
The following axis is desynchronized.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Done
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
Job is completed.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
CommandAborted
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job was aborted by another job dur­
ing execution.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
16#0000
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
12.1.11.2
MC_CamOut: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)
Function chart: Desynchronization using leading value distance
$
$
0&B&DP,Q
0&B&DP2XW
72B0DVWHU
0DVWHU
72B6ODYH
72B6ODYH
6ODYH
([HB
&DPB
&DP
([HB
([HFXWH
0DVWHU2IIVHW
([HFXWH
6ODYH3RVLWLRQ
6WDUW6\QF2XW
6\QF3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
'RQH
'RQHB
0DVWHU6WRS'LVWDQFH
%XV\
%XV\B
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
&RPPDQG$ERUWHG
-HUN
0DVWHU6FDOLQJ
6ODYH6FDOLQJ
0DVWHU6\QF3RVLWLRQ
6\QF3URILOH5HIHUHQFH
0DVWHU6WDUW'LVWDQFH
6\QF2XWB
6ODYH2IIVHW
6\QF2XW'LUHFWLRQ
(UURU
(UURU,'
6WDUW6\QF
,Q6\QF
ದ
9HORFLW\
ದ
$FFHOHUDWLRQ
%XV\
%XV\B
ದ
'HFHOHUDWLRQ
&RPPDQG$ERUWHG
$ERUWB
ದ
-HUN
,Q6\QFB
(UURU
$SSOLFDWLRQ0RGH
6ODYH
6\QF'LUHFWLRQ
(UURU,'
(QG2I3URILOH
&DPB
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
269
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
"
&YF@
#VTZ@
U
U
*O4ZOD@
U
"CPSU@
"
U
&YF@
#VTZ@
U
4ZOD0VU@
U
U
%POF@
U
[email protected]
1PTJUJPO
U
‫ܢ‬
50@4MBWF
1PTJUJPO [email protected]
7FMPDJUZ
50@4MBWF
7FMPDJUZ
U
U
U
With am "MC_CamIn" job (A1) the following axis (TO_Slave) moves over a continuous cyclic
cam (Cam_1) synchronous to the leading axis (TO_Master). "Synchronous" status is displayed
via "InSync_1".
At time ① an "MC_CamOut" job (A2) is initiated via "Exe_2". The following axis should only
be desynchronized in negative direction ("SyncOutDirection" = 2). The start of the
desynchronization is displayed with "SyncOut_2" ②. The following axis is desynchronized
using the specified leading value distance "MasterStopDistance". The dynamics required for
desynchronization is calculated by the system. When the specified stop position
"SlavePosition" or the configured position window is reached, "Done_2" signals following
setpoint interpolation that the following axis is desynchronized and at standstill ③.
270
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1.12
MC_LeadingValueAdditive V7 (S7-1500T)
12.1.12.1
MC_LeadingValueAdditive: Specify additive leading value V7 (S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_LeadingValueAdditive", you specify an additive
leading value cyclically in addition to the active leading value of a following axis. The additive
leading value consists of position, velocity and acceleration. Changes to the specified values
are effective immediately without consideration of the dynamic limits.
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following:
• Specify additive leading value (Page 165)
Applies to
• Synchronous axis
Requirement
• The technology object has been configured correctly.
• The technology object is enabled or is in simulation with an
"MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation" job.
Override response
The override response for "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" jobs is described in section "Override
response V7: Synchronous operation jobs (Page 283)".
If a synchronous operation is overridden by another synchronous operation, the additive
leading value remains valid.
If a synchronous operation is desynchronized, the additive leading value remains valid.
Desynchronization refers to the effective leading value.
An "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job is aborted by an "MC_Reset" job with "Restart" = TRUE.
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_LeadingValueAdditive":
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Axis
INPUT
TO_SynchronousAxis
-
Technology object on which the additive values act.
Enable
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The leading value is adapted.
FALSE
The leading value is not adapted.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
271
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Position
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Additive position value
Recommendation: To avoid setpoint jumps, only
change the additive position value during an active
job in small steps.
Velocity
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Additive velocity value
Observe the dynamic limits.
Acceleration
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Additive acceleration value
Observe the dynamic limits.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The additive values are valid.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
16#0000
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
12.1.12.2
MC_LeadingValueAdditive: Function chart V7 (S7-1500T)
Function chart: Specify additive leading value
[email protected]
.BTUFS
&YF
&YFDVUF
50@4MBWF
413
‫ܢ‬
‫ܢ‬
‫ܢ‬
‫ܢ‬
272
"
"
.$@(FBS*O1PT
.$@-FBEJOH7BMVF"EEJUJWF
4UBSU4ZOD
4MBWF
3BUJP/VNFSBUPS
3BUJP%FOPNJOBUPS
*O4ZOD
#VTZ
$PNNBOE"CPSUFE
.BTUFS4ZOD1PTJUJPO
4MBWF4ZOD1PTJUJPO
&SSPS
&SSPS*%
4UBSU4ZOD
50@4MBWF
"YJT
#VTZ
"EE7BMVF
1PTJUJPO
*O4ZOD
&O
&OBCMF
7FMPDJUZ
"DDFMFSBUJPO
#VTZ
&SSPS
#VTZ
&SSPSME
4ZOD1SP꫼MF3FGFSFODF
.BTUFS4UBSU%JTUBODF
7FMPDJUZ
"DDFMFSBUJPO
%FDFMFSBUJPO
+FSL
4ZOD%JSFDUJPO
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.1 Synchronous motion (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
"
&YF
#VTZ
413
4UBSU4ZOD
*O4ZOD
U
U
U
U
U
"
&O
#VTZ
[email protected]
1PTJUJPO
U
U
"EE7BMVF
U
&꫻FDUJWF
-FBEJOH
7BMVF1PTJUJPO
U
50@4MBWF
1PTJUJPO
U
"
#
U
Section A
Via "Exe" = TRUE, a "MC_GearInPos" job (A1) is started with synchronization in advance via
dynamic parameters. At the same time, a "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job (A2) is started via
"En" = TRUE.
The leading axis (TO_Master) calculates the effective leading value
(EffectiveLeadingValue.Position) and the time for starting the synchronization. When the A1
job displays "StartSync" = TRUE, the following axis (TO_Slave) synchronizes with the given
specified dynamic parameters.
The additive leading value is continuously increased in the user program, added to the
effective leading value and has the effect of increased dynamic response of the following
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
273
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.2 Cam (S7-1500T)
axis. When the additive leading value is reduced, the dynamic response of the following axis
is also reduced. If the additive leading value is 0.0, the effective leading value follows the
leading value of the leading axis.
The following axis synchronizes to the original synchronous position and the job A1 shows
"InSync" = TRUE. The job A2 is terminated with "En" = FALSE.
Section B
Via "En" = TRUE, a "MC_LeadingValueAdditive" job (A2) is started before a synchronous
operation job. The user program continuously increases the additive leading value to the
value "100.0". With "Exe" = TRUE a "MC_GearInPos" job (A1) is started with synchronization in
advance via leading value distance.
The leading axis calculates the effective leading value (EffectiveLeadingValue.Position). When
the effective leading value reaches "200.0", synchronization starts and the A1 job shows
"StartSync" = TRUE. At this point the leading axis has reached the value "100.0". The following
axis is synchronized. The synchronous position is moved by the additive leading value.
As soon as "InSync" = TRUE, the additive leading value is continuously reduced. While the
leading value (TO_Master.Position) increases from 200.0 to 300.0, the additive leading value
(AddValue) decreases from 100.0 to 0.0. The effective leading value remains at 200.0 and
the following axis does not move.
If the additive leading value is 0.0, the effective leading value follows the leading value of the
leading axis. The shift is canceled and the motion of the following axis is continued. The job
A2 is terminated with "En" = FALSE.
12.2
Cam (S7-1500T)
12.2.1
MC_InterpolateCam V7 (S7-1500T)
12.2.1.1
MC_InterpolateCam: Interpolate cam disc V7 (S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_InterpolateCam", you interpolate a cam. The
interpolation closes the gaps between the defined interpolation points and segments of the
cam.
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following:
• Interpolating a cam (Page 124)
The cam is interpolated based on the configured settings of the technology object:
• Configuring transitions (Page 116)
• System interpolation (Page 119)
• Interpolation according to VDI Guideline 2143 (Page 122)
Applies to
• Cam
274
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.2 Cam (S7-1500T)
Requirement
• The technology object has been configured correctly.
• The cam is not currently being used, e.g. for camming.
Override response
• An "MC_InterpolateCam" job is not aborted by any other Motion Control job.
• A new "MC_InterpolateCam" job does not abort any active Motion Control jobs.
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_InterpolateCam":
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Cam
INPUT
TO_Cam
TO_Cam_10k
-
Cam technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
Start job with a positive edge
Done
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The cam is interpolated.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
16#0000
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
Interpolating a cam
To interpolate a cam with the "MC_InterpolateCam" Motion Control instruction, follow these
steps:
1. Check the requirements indicated above.
2. Specify the cam to be interpolated in the "Cam" parameter.
3. Start the "MC_InterpolateCam" job with a positive edge at parameter "Execute".
The cam is interpolated. When the "Done" parameter shows the value "TRUE", the
interpolation is finished.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
275
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.2 Cam (S7-1500T)
12.2.2
MC_GetCamLeadingValue V7 (S7-1500T)
12.2.2.1
MC_GetCamLeadingValue: Read out leading value of a cam V7 (S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GetCamLeadingValue", you read the leading value
that is defined for a following value from a cam.
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following:
• Reading a leading value (Page 146)
Applies to
• Cam
Requirement
• The technology object has been configured correctly.
• The cam is interpolated.
Override response
• An "MC_GetCamLeadingValue" job is not aborted by any other Motion Control job.
• A new "MC_GetCamLeadingValue" job does not abort any active Motion Control jobs.
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_GetCamLeadingValue":
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Cam
INPUT
TO_Cam
TO_Cam_10k
-
Cam technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
FollowingValue
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Following value for which the leading value is read
ApproachLeadingValue INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Approximation value for the searched for leading
value
If the following value is used multiple times in the
cam, it can be used to limit the searched leading
value.
Done
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The leading value was read.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
276
Start job with a positive edge
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.2 Cam (S7-1500T)
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
16#0000
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
Value
OUTPUT
LREAL
-
Read leading value (position)
(valid when "Done" = TRUE)
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
Reading a leading value
To read a leading value from a cam with the "MC_GetCamLeadingValue" Motion Control
instruction, follow these steps:
1. Check the requirements indicated above.
2. Specify the cam, the following value, and the approximation value for the searched-for
leading value in the corresponding parameters.
3. Start the "MC_GetCamLeadingValue" job with a positive edge at parameter "Execute".
When the "Done" parameter shows the value "TRUE", the leading value has been
determined. The calculation of the leading value can take several cycles. The leading value
is output in the "Value" parameter.
12.2.3
MC_GetCamFollowingValue V7 (S7-1500T)
12.2.3.1
MC_GetCamFollowingValue: Read out following value of a cam disc V7 (S7-1500T)
Description
With the Motion Control instruction "MC_GetCamFollowingValue", you read the following
value and the first and second derivative of the following value for a leading value from a
cam.
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following:
• Reading a following value (Page 146)
Applies to
• Cam
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
277
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.2 Cam (S7-1500T)
Requirement
• The technology object has been configured correctly.
• The cam is interpolated.
Override response
• An "MC_GetCamFollowingValue" job is not aborted by any other Motion Control job.
• A new "MC_GetCamFollowingValue" job does not abort any active Motion Control jobs.
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of the Motion Control instruction
"MC_GetCamFollowingValue":
Parameters
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Cam
INPUT
TO_Cam
TO_Cam_10k
-
Cam technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
LeadingValue
INPUT
LREAL
0.0
Leading value for which the following value is read
Done
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The following value was read.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
16#0000
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs" documenta­
tion (Page 13).
Value
OUTPUT
LREAL
-
Read following value (position)
(valid when "Done" = TRUE)
FirstDerivative
OUTPUT
LREAL
-
First derivative of read following value
(valid when "Done" = TRUE)
SecondDerivative
OUTPUT
LREAL
-
Second derivative of read following value
(valid when "Done" = TRUE)
278
Start job with a positive edge
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.2 Cam (S7-1500T)
Reading a following value
To read a following value from a cam with the "MC_GetCamFollowingValue" Motion Control
instruction, follow these steps:
1. Check the requirements indicated above.
2. Specify the cam and the leading value in the corresponding parameters.
3. Start the "MC_GetCamFollowingValue" job with a positive edge at parameter "Execute".
When the "Done" parameter shows the value "TRUE", the following value has been read.
The following value and the derivatives are output in the "Value", "FirstDerivative" and
"SecondDerivative" parameters.
12.2.4
MC_CopyCamData V7 (S7-1500T)
12.2.4.1
MC_CopyCamData: Copy calculated cam elements V7 (S7-1500T)
Description
You use the instruction "MC_CopyCamData" to copy calculated cam elements from one array
each for points and segments to the data block technology object of the cam. You use the
copy mode to specify whether the existing defined cam elements remain valid or are set as
invalid.
The Motion Control instruction offers you the following:
• Changing the synchronous operation function of the cam online (Page 113)
• Copy calculated cam elements (Page 115)
Applies to
• Cam
Requirement
• The technology object has been configured correctly.
• The data to be copied is available in a data block with one array each for points and
segments:
– For points: ARRAY[*] OF TO_Cam_Struct_PointData
– For segments: ARRAY[*] OF TO_Cam_Struct_SegmentData
• The "Optimized block access" option is activated in the properties of the data block under
"General > Attributes".
Override response
• An "MC_CopyCamData" job is not aborted by any other motion control job.
• A new "MC_CopyCamData" job does not abort any active motion control job.
Cam elements can also be copied during active camming.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
279
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.2 Cam (S7-1500T)
Parameters
The following table shows the parameters of motion control instruction "MC_CopyCamData":
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
Cam
INPUT
TO_Cam
TO_Cam_10k
-
Cam technology object
Execute
INPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
Mode
INPUT
DINT
0
Copy mode
StartPointCam
INPUT
DINT
1
Start job with a positive edge
0
All existing defined cam elements are set
as invalid before the copying procedure.
("ValidPoint" = FALSE, "ValidSeg­
ment" = FALSE)
1
All existing defined cam elements remain
valid.
("ValidPoint" = TRUE, "ValidSeg­
ment" = TRUE)
Index of the start point of the points to be copied in
the cam
Permitted values for "TO_Cam":
1 ≤ "StartPointCam" ≤ 1 000
Permitted values for "TO_Cam_10k":
1 ≤ "StartPointCam" ≤ 10 000
StartSegmentCam
INPUT
DINT
1
Index of the start segment of the segments to be
copied in the cam
Permitted values:
1 ≤ "StartSegmentCam" ≤ 50
StartPointArray
INPUT
DINT
1
Index of the start point of the points to be copied
from "ArrayOfPoints"
Permitted values:
Low limit of "ArrayOfPoints" ≤ "StartPointArray" ≤
high limit of "ArrayOfPoints"
StartSegmentArray
INPUT
DINT
1
Index of the start segment of the segments to be
copied from "ArrayOfSegments"
Permitted values:
Low limit of "ArrayOfSegments" ≤ "StartSegmentAr­
ray" ≤ high limit of "ArrayOfSegments"
NumberOfPoints
INPUT
DINT
0
Number of points to be copied
Permitted values for "TO_Cam":
"NumberOfPoints" ≤ number of points from "Array­
OfPoints"
and
0 ≤ "NumberOfPoints" ≤ 1 001 - "StartPointCam"
Permitted values for "TO_Cam_10k":
"NumberOfPoints" ≤ number of points from "Array­
OfPoints"
and
0 ≤ "NumberOfPoints" ≤ 10 001 - "StartPointCam"
1)
The size of the array depends on your application.
280
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.2 Cam (S7-1500T)
Parameter
Declara­
tion
Data type
Default
value
Description
NumberOfSegments
INPUT
DINT
0
Number of segments to be copied
Permitted values:
"NumberOfSegments" ≤ number of segments in the
"ArrayOfSegments"
and
0 ≤ "NumberOfSegments" ≤ 51 - "StartSegment­
Cam"
ArrayOfPoints
INOUT
ARRAY[*] OF TO_Cam­ _Struct_PointData1)
Array that contains the points to be copied
ArrayOfSegments
INOUT
ARRAY[*] OF TO_Cam­ _Struct_SegmentData1)
Array that contains the segments to be copied
Done
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
Job is completed.
Busy
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
The job is being processed.
Error
OUTPUT
BOOL
FALSE
TRUE
An error occurred while processing the
job. The job is rejected. The cause of the
error can be found in the "ErrorID" para­
meter.
ErrorID
OUTPUT
WORD
16#0000
Error ID for parameter "ErrorID"
You can find more detailed information in the
"Error IDs" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control alarms and error IDs (Page 13)" doc­
umentation.
1)
The size of the array depends on your application.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
281
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.3 Override response of Motion Control jobs V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.3
Override response of Motion Control jobs V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.3.1
Override response V7: Homing and motion jobs (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The following table shows how a new motion control job affects active homing and motion
jobs:
⇒ Active job
MC_Home
"Mode" =
2, 8, 10
MC_Home
"Mode" = 3, 5
MC_Halt
MC_Move­
Absolute
MC_MoveRel­
ative
MC_MoveVelo­
city
MC_MoveJog
MC_Stop
MC_Home
"Mode" = 3, 5
A
A
A
-
A
A
MC_Home
"Mode" = 9
A
-
-
-
-
-
MC_Halt
MC_MoveAbsolute
MC_MoveRelative
MC_MoveVelocity
MC_MoveJog
MC_MotionInVelocity
MC_MotionInPosition
-
A
A
-
A
A
MC_MoveSuper­
imposed
MC_MotionInSuper­
imposed
MC_HaltSuper­
Imposed
-
-
-
-
A
-
MC_Stop
A
A
A
B
A
A
MC_GearIn
MC_GearInVelocity
-
A
A
-
A
-
MC_GearInPos
MC_CamIn
waiting1)
-
-
-
-
-
-
MC_GearInPos
MC_CamIn
active2)
-
A
A
-
A
-
MC_LeadingValue­
Additive
-
-
-
-
-
-
MC_GearOut
MC_CamOut
waiting3)
-
-
-
-
-
-
⇓ New job
282
MC_Move­
MC_MotionIn­
Superimposed
Velocity
MC_MotionIn­ MC_MotionIn­
Superimposed
Position
MC_HaltSuper­
Imposed
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.3 Override response of Motion Control jobs V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
⇒ Active job
⇓ New job
MC_GearOut
MC_CamOut
active4)
MC_Home
"Mode" =
2, 8, 10
MC_Home
"Mode" = 3, 5
MC_Halt
MC_Move­
Absolute
MC_MoveRel­
ative
MC_MoveVelo­
city
MC_MoveJog
MC_Stop
-
-
-
-
MC_Move­
MC_MotionIn­
Superimposed
Velocity
MC_MotionIn­ MC_MotionIn­
Superimposed
Position
MC_HaltSuper­
Imposed
A
-
A The running job is aborted with "CommandAborted" = TRUE.
B An "MC_Stop" job is aborted by another "MC_Stop" job with a stop response that is the same or higher.
-
No effect. Running job continues to be executed.
1)
The status "Busy" = TRUE, "StartSync" = FALSE, "InSync" = FALSE corresponds to a waiting synchronous operation.
2)
The status "Busy" = TRUE, "StartSync" or "InSync" = TRUE corresponds to an active synchronous operation.
3)
The status "Busy" = TRUE, "StartSyncOut" = FALSE corresponds to a pending desynchronization job.
4)
The status "Busy" = TRUE, "StartSyncOut" = TRUE corresponds to an active desynchronization job.
NOTE
Override response with active fixed stop
With an active force and torque limiting with "MC_TorqueLimiting", running jobs are aborted
if the drive is held at the fixed stop with "InClamping" = TRUE.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
283
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.3 Override response of Motion Control jobs V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.3.2
Override response V7: Synchronous operation jobs (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The following table shows how a new motion control job affects the motion of the axis on
active synchronous operation jobs:
⇒ Active job MC_Ge­ MC_Gear­ MC_Gear­ MC_Gear­ MC_Phasi­ MC_Offset­ MC_Leadi­ MC_Gear­ MC_Gear­
arIn
InVelocity
InPos
InPos
ngAbso­
Absolute ngValue­
Out
Out
⇓ New job
MC_CamIn MC_CamIn
lute
MC_Offset­ Additive MC_Cam­ MC_Cam­
waiting1)
active2) MC_Phasi­ Relative
Out
Out
ngRelative
waiting3)
active4)
MC_Home
"Mode" = 3, 5
A
A
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MC_Halt
A
A
-
A
A
A
-
A
A
MC_Move­
Absolute
MC_Move­
Relative
MC_Move­
Velocity
MC_MoveJog
A
A
-
A
A
A
-
A
A
MC_MotionIn
Velocity
MC_MotionIn
Position
A
A
A
A
A
A
-
A
A
MC_MoveSu­
perimposed
MC_MotionIn
Super­
imposed
MC_Halt­
Super­
Imposed
-
-/N5)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MC_Stop
A
A
A
A
A
A
-
A
A
MC_GearIn
MC_GearIn­
Velocity
A
A
A
A
A
A
-
A
A
A The running job is aborted with "CommandAborted" = TRUE.
N Not permitted. Running job continues to be executed. The new job is rejected.
-
No effect. Running job continues to be executed.
1)
A waiting synchronous operation job ("Busy" = TRUE, "StartSync" = FALSE, "InSync" = FALSE) does not abort any active jobs.
Abort with an "MC_Power" job is possible.
2)
The status "Busy" = TRUE, "StartSync" or "InSync" = TRUE corresponds to an active synchronous operation.
3)
A pending desynchronization job ("Busy" = TRUE, "StartSyncOut" = FALSE) does not abort any active jobs. Abort with an
"MC_Power" job is possible.
4)
The status "Busy" = TRUE, "StartSyncOut" = TRUE corresponds to an active desynchronization job.
5)
When the following axis is in position-controlled mode, execution of the running job is continued. When the following axis
is not in position-controlled mode, the new job is rejected.
6)
An "MC_GearOut" job only terminates an "MC_Gear[...]" job. Correspondingly, an "MC_CamOut" job only cancels a
"MC_Cam[...]" job.
7)
A job with "SyncProfileReference" = 5 aborts a pending synchronous operation. Canceling a pending synchronous opera­
tion has no influence on an active synchronous operation.
284
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.3 Override response of Motion Control jobs V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
⇒ Active job MC_Ge­ MC_Gear­ MC_Gear­ MC_Gear­ MC_Phasi­ MC_Offset­ MC_Leadi­ MC_Gear­ MC_Gear­
arIn
InVelocity
InPos
InPos
ngAbso­
Absolute ngValue­
Out
Out
⇓ New job
MC_CamIn MC_CamIn
lute
MC_Offset­ Additive MC_Cam­ MC_Cam­
waiting1)
active2) MC_Phasi­ Relative
Out
Out
ngRelative
waiting3)
active4)
MC_GearIn­
Pos
MC_CamIn
waiting1)
-
-
A
-
-
-
-
A
-
MC_GearIn­
Pos
MC_CamIn
active2)
A
A5)
A
A
A
A
-
A
A
MC_Phasing­
Absolute
MC_Phasing­
Relative
-
N
-
-
A
N
-
-
-
MC_Offset­
Absolute
MC_Offset­
Relative
-
N
-
-
N
A
-
-
-
MC_Leading­
Value­
Additive
-
-
-
-
-
-
A
-
-
MC_GearOut
MC_CamOut
waiting3)
-
N
A6) 7)
-
-
-
-
A6)
-
MC_GearOut
MC_CamOut
active4)
A6)
N
A6) 7)
A6)
A
A
-
A6)
-
A The running job is aborted with "CommandAborted" = TRUE.
N Not permitted. Running job continues to be executed. The new job is rejected.
-
No effect. Running job continues to be executed.
1)
A waiting synchronous operation job ("Busy" = TRUE, "StartSync" = FALSE, "InSync" = FALSE) does not abort any active jobs.
Abort with an "MC_Power" job is possible.
2)
The status "Busy" = TRUE, "StartSync" or "InSync" = TRUE corresponds to an active synchronous operation.
3)
A pending desynchronization job ("Busy" = TRUE, "StartSyncOut" = FALSE) does not abort any active jobs. Abort with an
"MC_Power" job is possible.
4)
The status "Busy" = TRUE, "StartSyncOut" = TRUE corresponds to an active desynchronization job.
5)
When the following axis is in position-controlled mode, execution of the running job is continued. When the following axis
is not in position-controlled mode, the new job is rejected.
6)
An "MC_GearOut" job only terminates an "MC_Gear[...]" job. Correspondingly, an "MC_CamOut" job only cancels a
"MC_Cam[...]" job.
7)
A job with "SyncProfileReference" = 5 aborts a pending synchronous operation. Canceling a pending synchronous opera­
tion has no influence on an active synchronous operation.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
285
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.3 Override response of Motion Control jobs V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
NOTE
Override response with active fixed stop
With an active force and torque limiting with "MC_TorqueLimiting", running jobs are aborted
if the drive is held at the fixed stop with "InClamping" = TRUE.
12.3.3
Override response V7: Measuring input jobs (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The following table shows which new Motion Control jobs will override active measuring
input jobs:
⇒ Active job
MC_MeasuringInput
MC_MeasuringInputCyclic
MC_Home
"Mode" = 2, 3, 5, 8, 9, 10
A
A
MC_Home
"Mode" = 0, 1, 6, 7, 11, 12
-
-
MC_MeasuringInput
MC_MeasuringInputCyclic
MC_AbortMeasuringInput
A
A
⇓ New job
A The running job is aborted with "CommandAborted" = TRUE.
-
No effect. Running job continues to be executed.
12.3.4
Override response V7: Kinematics motion commands (S7-1500T)
Single axis jobs are not overridden by kinematics jobs.
286
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.3 Override response of Motion Control jobs V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The following table shows how a new Motion Control job affects active kinematics motion
jobs:
⇒ Active job
MC_MoveLinearAbsolute
MC_MoveLinearRelative
MC_MoveCircularAbsolute
MC_MoveCircularRelative
MC_MoveDirectAbsolute
MC_MoveDirectRelative
MC_TrackConveyorBelt
MC_DefineWorkspaceZone
MC_DefineKinematicsZone
MC_SetWorkspaceZoneActive
MC_SetWorkspaceZoneInactive
MC_SetKinematicsZoneActive
MC_SetKinematicsZoneInactive
MC_SetOcsFrame
MC_GroupInterrupt
MC_GroupStop
MC_Home
MC_MoveSuperimposed
MC_GearOut
MC_CamOut
N
N
N
MC_Halt
MC_MoveAbsolute
MC_MoveRelative
MC_MoveVelocity
MC_MoveJog
MC_Stop
MC_GearIn
MC_GearInPos
MC_GearInVelocity
MC_CamIn
MC_MotionInVelocity
MC_MotionInPosition
A
A
A
MC_GroupStop
A
A
N
MC_GroupInterrupt
MC_GroupContinue
B
A
N
MC_MoveLinearAbsolute
MC_MoveLinearRelative
MC_MoveCircularAbsolute
MC_MoveCircularRelative
MC_MoveDirectAbsolute
MC_MoveDirectRelative
MC_TrackConveyorBelt
MC_DefineWorkspaceZone
MC_DefineKinematicsZone
MC_SetWorkspaceZoneActive
MC_SetWorkspaceZoneInactive
MC_SetKinematicsZoneActive
MC_SetKinematicsZoneInactive
-
-
N
⇓ New job
A The running job is aborted with "CommandAborted" = TRUE.
B Running job is interrupted or resumed.
C Synchronization of the OCS with the conveyor belt is aborted with "MC_SetOcsFrame" = TRUE.
N Not permitted. Running job continues to be executed. The new job is rejected.
-
No effect. Running job continues to be executed. A new kinematics job is added to the job sequence.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
287
Instructions (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
12.3 Override response of Motion Control jobs V7 (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
⇒ Active job
⇓ New job
MC_SetOcsFrame
MC_MoveLinearAbsolute
MC_MoveLinearRelative
MC_MoveCircularAbsolute
MC_MoveCircularRelative
MC_MoveDirectAbsolute
MC_MoveDirectRelative
MC_TrackConveyorBelt
MC_DefineWorkspaceZone
MC_DefineKinematicsZone
MC_SetWorkspaceZoneActive
MC_SetWorkspaceZoneInactive
MC_SetKinematicsZoneActive
MC_SetKinematicsZoneInactive
MC_SetOcsFrame
MC_GroupInterrupt
MC_GroupStop
C, -
-
N
A The running job is aborted with "CommandAborted" = TRUE.
B Running job is interrupted or resumed.
C Synchronization of the OCS with the conveyor belt is aborted with "MC_SetOcsFrame" = TRUE.
N Not permitted. Running job continues to be executed. The new job is rejected.
-
No effect. Running job continues to be executed. A new kinematics job is added to the job sequence.
288
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
13.1
Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
13.1.1
Legend (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13
Tag
Name of the tag
Data type
Data type of the tag
Values
Value range of the tag - minimum value to maximum value
(L - linear specification R - rotary specification)
If no specific value is shown, the value range limits of the relevant data type apply or the information
under "Description".
W
Effectiveness of changes in the technology data block
Description
DIR
Direct:
Values are changed directly and take effect at the start of the next MC‑Servo [OB91].
CAL
At call of Motion Control instruction:
Values are changed directly and take effect at the start of the next MC‑Servo [OB91] after the
call of the corresponding Motion Control instruction in the user program.
RES
Restart:
Changes to the start value in the load memory are made using the extended instruction
"WRIT_DBL" (write to DB in load memory). Changes will not take effect until after restart of the
technology object.
RON
Read only:
The tag cannot and must not be changed during runtime of the user program.
Description of the tag
Access to the tags is with "<TO>.<tag name>". The placeholder <TO> represents the name of
the technology object.
13.1.2
Actual values and setpoints (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The following tags indicate the setpoint and actual values of the technology object.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
Position
LREAL
-
RON
Position setpoint
Velocity
LREAL
-
RON
Velocity setpoint/speed setpoint
ActualPosition
LREAL
-
RON
Actual position
ActualVelocity
LREAL
-
RON
Actual velocity
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
289
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
ActualSpeed
LREAL
-
RON
For PROFIdrive drives
Actual speed of the
motor
For drives with analog setpoint
interface
0.0
For drives with linear motor
0.0
Acceleration
LREAL
-
RON
Setpoint acceleration
ActualAcceleration
LREAL
-
RON
Actual acceleration
OperativeSensor
UDINT
1…4
RON
Operative encoder
ModuloCycle
DINT
-2147483648 … RON
2147483647
Number of modulo cycles of the setpoint
ActualModuloCycle
DINT
-2147483648 … RON
2147483647
Number of modulo cycles of the actual value
VelocitySetpoint
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
Output velocity setpoint/speed setpoint
13.1.3
RON
"Simulation" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Simulation.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the simulation
mode. In simulation mode, you can simulate axes without a real drive in the CPU.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Simulation.
TO_Struct_AxisSimulation
Mode
1)
UDINT
Values
0, 1
W
Description
RES1)
Simulation mode
0
No simulation, normal operation
1
Simulation mode
Technology version V2.0: RON
13.1.4
"VirtualAxis" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.VirtualAxis.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the simulation
mode. In simulation mode, you can simulate axes without a real drive in the CPU.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
VirtualAxis.
TO_Struct_VirtualAxis
Mode
UDINT
Values
0, 1
W
Description
RON
Virtual axis
0
290
No virtual axis
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Mode
13.1.5
Data type
Values
W
Description
UDINT
0, 1
RON
1
Axis is always and exclusively operated as virtual
axis
"Actor" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Actor.<tag name>" contains the controller-side configuration of the
drive.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Actor.
TO_Struct_Actor
Type
InverseDirection
DataAdaption
DINT
BOOL
DINT
Values
0, 1
-
0, 1
W
Description
RON
Drive connection
RES
RES
0
Analog output
1
PROFIdrive telegram
Inversion of the setpoint
FALSE
No
TRUE
Yes
Automatic transfer of the drive values reference speed,
maximum speed and reference torque
0
No automatic transfer, manual configuration of
values
1
Automatic transfer of values configured in the
drive to the configuration of the technology
object
Efficiency
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0
RES
Efficiency of mechanics (gear and leadscrew)
MotorType
DINT
0.1
DL
Motor type
Interface.
0
Round-frame motor (standard motor)
1
Linear motor
TO_Struct_ActorInterface
AddressIn
VREF
0 … 65535
RON
Input address for the PROFIdrive telegram
AddressOut
VREF
0 … 65535
RON
Output address for the PROFIdrive telegram or the analog
setpoint
EnableDriveOutput
BOOL
-
RES
"Enable output" for analog drives
FALSE
Disabled
TRUE
Enabled
EnableDriveOutputAd­ VREF
dress
0 … 65535
RON
Address for the "Enable output" for analog setpoint
DriveReadyInput
-
RES
"Ready input" for analog drives
The analog drive signals its readiness to receive speed set­
points.
BOOL
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
291
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
DriveReadyInput
Data type
Values
W
Description
BOOL
-
RES
FALSE
Disabled
TRUE
Enabled
DriveReadyInputAd­
dress
VREF
0 … 65535
RON
Address for the "Enable input" for analog setpoint
EnableTorqueData
BOOL
-
RES
Torque data
FALSE
Disabled
TRUE
Enabled
TorqueDataAddressIn VREF
0 … 65535
RON
Input address of the supplemental telegram
TorqueDataAddress­
Out
0 … 65535
RON
Output address of additional telegram
DriveParameter.
VREF
TO_Struct_ActorDriveParameter
Valid when "<TO>.Actor.MotorType" = 0
ReferenceSpeed
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
RES
Reference value (100%) for the speed setpoint (N-set) of
the drive
The speed setpoint is transferred in the PROFIdrive tele­
gram as a normalized value from -200% to 200% of the
"ReferenceSpeed".
For setpoint specification via an analog output, the analog
output can be operated in the range from -117% to 117%,
provided the drive permits this.
MaxSpeed
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
RES
Maximum value for the speed setpoint of the drive (N-set)
(PROFIdrive: MaxSpeed ≤ 2 × ReferenceSpeed
Analog setpoint: MaxSpeed ≤ 1.17 × ReferenceSpeed)
ReferenceTorque
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
RES
Reference value (100%) for the drive torque
LinearMotorDrivePara­
meter.
TO_Struct_LinearMotorActorDrivePa­ Valid when "<TO>.Actor.MotorType" = 1
rameter
ReferenceVelocity
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
RES
Reference value (100%) for the velocity setpoint (N-set) of
the drive
The speed setpoint is transferred in the PROFIdrive tele­
gram as a normalized value from -200% to 200% of the
"ReferenceVelocity".
For setpoint specification via an analog value, the analog
output can be operated in the range from -117% to 117%,
provided the drive permits this.
MaxVelocity
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
RES
Maximum value for the velocity setpoint of the drive (Nset)
(PROFIdrive: MaxVelocity ≤ 2 × ReferenceVelocity
Analog setpoint: MaxVelocity ≤ 1.17 × ReferenceVelocity)
ReferenceForce
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
RES
Reference value (100%) for the force of the drive
13.1.6
"TorqueLimiting" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.TorqueLimiting.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the
torque limiting.
292
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
TorqueLimiting.
TO_Struct_TorqueLimiting
LimitBase
DINT
PositionBasedMonitor­
ings
LimitDefaults.
DINT
Values
0, 1
0, 1
W
Description
RES
Torque limiting
RES
0
Motor side
1
Load side
Positioning and following error monitoring
0
Monitoring deactivated
1
Monitoring activated
TO_Struct_TorqueLimitingLimitDefa­
ults
Torque
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
CAL
Limiting torque
Force
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
CAL
Limiting force
13.1.7
"Clamping" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Clamping.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the fixed stop
detection.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
Clamping.
TO_Struct_Clamping
W
Description
FollowingErrorDeviation LREAL
0.001 … 1.0E12 DIR
Value of the following error starting from which the fixed
stop is detected.
PositionTolerance
0.001 … 1.0E12 DIR
Position tolerance for the clamping monitoring
13.1.8
LREAL
"Sensor[1..4]" tags (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Sensor[1..4].<tag name>" contains the controller-end configuration
of the encoder and the configuration of active and passive homing.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Sensor[1..4].
ARRAY [1..4] OF TO_Struct_Sensor
Values
W
Description
Existent
BOOL
-
RON
Displaying created encoders
Type
DINT
0…2
RON
Encoder type
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
293
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Type
InverseDirection
System
MountingMode
DataAdaption
ActualVelocityMode
Interface.
Values
W
Description
DINT
0…2
RON
0
"INCREMENTAL"
Incremental
1
"ABSOLUTE"
Absolute
2
"CYCLIC_ABSOLUTE"
Cyclic absolute
BOOL
DINT
DINT
DINT
DINT
-
0, 1
0…2
0, 1
0, 1
RES
RES
RES
RES
RES
Inversion of the actual value
FALSE
No
TRUE
Yes
Encoder system
0
"LINEAR"
Linear encoder
1
"ROTATORY"
Rotary encoder
Mounting type of encoder
0
On motor shaft
1
On load side
2
External measuring system
Automatic transfer of the drive values reference speed,
maximum speed and reference torque in the device
0
No automatic transfer, manual configuration of
values
1
Automatic transfer of values configured in the
drive to the configuration of the technology
object
Type of calculation for actual speed value or actual velocity
value
0
Actual value calculation from differentiation of
the position change
1
Actual value calculation with NACT value from
the telegram
TO_Struct_SensorInterface
AddressIn
VREF
0 … 65535
RON
Input address for the PROFIdrive telegram
AddressOut
VREF
0 … 65535
RON
Output address for the PROFIdrive telegram
Number
UDINT
1…2
RON
Number of the encoder in the telegram
Parameter.
294
Data type
TO_Struct_SensorParameter
Resolution
LREAL
1.0E-12 …
1.0E12
RES
Resolution of a linear encoder (offset between two
encoder pulses)
StepsPerRevolution
UDINT
1 … 8388608
RES
Increments per rotary encoder revolution
FineResolutionXist1
UDINT
0 … 31
RES
Number of bits for fine resolution "Gx_XIST1" (cyclic actual
encoder value)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
UDINT
0 … 31
RES
Number of bits for fine resolution "Gx_XIST2" (absolute
value of the encoder)
DeterminableRevolu­ UDINT
tions
0 … 8388608
RES
Number of differentiable encoder revolutions for a multiturn absolute encoder
(For a single-turn absolute encoder = 1; for an incremental
encoder = 0)
DistancePerRevolution LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
RES
Load distance per revolution of an externally mounted
encoder
BehaviorGx_XIST1
-
RES
Evaluation of "Gx_XIST1" bits.
FineResolutionXist2
DINT
0
Based on the bits of the encoder resolution.
The incremental actual value "Gx_XIST1" is trans­
mitted with less than 32 bits in the PROFIdrive
telegram. For example: At 16 bits, the value
ranges from 0 to 65,535.
1
32-bit value of the encoder value
The "Gx_XIST1" incremental actual value is trans­
ferred with 32 bits of 0 to 4,294,967,295 in the
PROFIdrive telegram.
ReferenceSpeed
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
RES
Reference speed for NACT in PROFIdrive telegram with
rotary encoder
Only relevant for "ActualVelocityMode" = 1
ReferenceVelocity
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
RES
Reference velocity for NACT in the PROFIdrive telegram
with linear encoder
Only relevant for "ActualVelocityMode" = 1
Backlash.
Enable
TO_Struct_Backlash
BOOL
-
u
DIR
Enable backlash compensation
FALSE
Disabled
TRUE
Enabled
If you enable/disable backlash compensation during
runtime, then you have to home the axis again.
Size
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Size of backlashes
If you change the size of backlashes during runtime, you
have to home the axis again.
Velocity
DirectionAbsolute­
Homing
ActiveHoming.
Mode
LREAL
DINT
0.0 … 1.0E12
0, 1
DIR
DIR
Velocity for traversing of backlashes
0.0
Motor traverses backlashes within one servo
cycle.
> 0.0
Motor traverses backlash with the specified velo­
city.
Direction of movement during or before absolute encoder
adjustment
0
Positive
1
Negative
TO_Struct_SensorActiveHoming
DINT
0…2
RES
Homing mode
0
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Use zero mark via PROFIdrive telegram
295
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Mode
SideInput
Direction
Values
W
Description
DINT
0…2
RES
1
Zero mark via PROFIdrive telegram and reference
cam
2
Use homing mark via digital input
BOOL
DINT
-
0, 1
CAL
CAL
Side of the digital input for active homing
FALSE
Negative side
TRUE
Positive side
Homing direction/approach direction to homing mark
0
Positive homing direction
1
Negative homing direction
DigitalInputAddress
VREF
0 … 65535
RON
Address of digital input
HomePositionOffset
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Home position offset
SwitchLevel
BOOL
-
RES
Signal level that is present at the digital input when hom­
ing mark is approached
PassiveHoming.
Mode
SideInput
Direction
296
Data type
FALSE
Low level
TRUE
High level
TO_Struct_SensorPassiveHoming
DINT
BOOL
DINT
0…2
-
0…2
RES
CAL
CAL
Homing mode
0
Use zero mark via PROFIdrive telegram
1
Zero mark via PROFIdrive telegram and reference
cam
2
Use homing mark via digital input
Side of the digital input for passive homing
FALSE
Negative side
TRUE
Positive side
Homing direction/approach direction to homing mark
0
Positive homing direction
1
Negative homing direction
2
Current homing direction
DigitalInputAddress
VREF
0 to 65535
RON
Address of digital input
SwitchLevel
BOOL
-
RES
Signal level that is present at the digital input when hom­
ing mark is approached
FALSE
Low level
TRUE
High level
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1.9
"CrossPlcSynchronousOperation" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500,
S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.CrossPlcSynchronousOperation.<tag name>" contains the
configuration of the cross-PLC synchronous operation.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
CrossPlcSynchronousOper­ TO_Struct_CrossPlcSynchronousOpe­
ation.
ration
Interface[1..8].
ARRAY [1..8] of
TO_Struct_CrossPlcLeadingValueInt­
erface
EnableLeading­
ValueOutput
BOOL
AddressOut
VREF
LocalLeadingValueDelay­ LREAL
Time
13.1.10
-
RON
Provide cross-PLC leading value
FALSE
No
TRUE
Yes
-
RON
Output address for the leading value telegram
0.0 … 1.0E9
RES
Delay time of leading value output at the local following
axes
"Extrapolation" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Extrapolation.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the actual
value extrapolation.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
Extrapolation.
TO_Struct_Extrapolation
W
Description
LeadingAxisDependent­ LREAL
Time
-
RON
Extrapolation time component (caused by leading axis)
Results from the following times:
• Time of actual value acquisition for the leading axis
• Interpolator cycle clock
• Time of position filter of actual value extrapolation (T1
+ T2)
FollowingAxisDepend­
entTime
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Extrapolation time component (caused by following axis)
LREAL
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
297
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
Results from the following times:
• For a following axis with set velocity precontrol:
– Communication cycle
– Interpolator cycle clock
– Speed control loop substitute time for the following
axis
– Output delay time of the setpoint at the following
axis
• For a following axis without velocity precontrol:
– Communication cycle
– Interpolator cycle clock
– Position control loop equivalent time (1/Kv from
"<TO>.PositionControl.Kv")
– Output delay time of the setpoint at the following
axis
Settings.
TO_Struct_ExtrapolationSettings
SystemDefinedExtra­
polation
DINT
ExtrapolatedVelocity­ DINT
Mode
PositionFilter.
0, 1
0, 1
RES
RES
Leading axis dependent time
0
Not effective
1
Effective
Effective velocity value for the synchronization function
0
"FilteredVelocity"
Leading value velocity from filtered actual velo­
city
1
"VelocityByDifferentiation"
The leading value velocity results from the differ­
entiation of the extrapolated leading value posi­
tion
TO_Struct_ExtrapolationPositionFilt­
er
T1
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Position filter time constant T1
T2
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Position filter time constant T2
VelocityFilter.
TO_Struct_ExtrapolationVelocityFilt­
er
T1
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Velocity filter time constant T1
T2
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Velocity filter time constant T2
VelocityTolerance.
Range
Hysteresis.
Value
13.1.11
TO_Struct_ExtrapolationVelocityTol­
erance
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Tolerance band width for velocity
TO_Struct_ExtrapolationHysteresis
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Hysteresis of the extrapolated actual position value
"LoadGear" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.LoadGear.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the load gear.
298
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Value range
LoadGear.
TO_Struct_LoadGear
W
Description
Numerator
UDINT
1…
4294967295
RES
Load gear counter
Denominator
UDINT
1…
4294967295
RES
Load gear denominator
13.1.12
"Properties" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Properties.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the type of axis
or motion.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Properties.
TO_Struct_Properties
MotionType
13.1.13
DINT
Value range
0, 1
W
Description
RON
Indication of axis type or motion type
0
Linear axis or motion
1
Rotary axis or motion
"Units" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Units.<tag name>" shows the set technological units.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Units.
TO_Struct_Units/TO_Struct_External­
Encoder_Units
LengthUnit
1)
UDINT
Values
-
W
RON
Description
Unit for position
1010
m
1013
mm
1536
mm1)
1011
km
1014
µm
1015
nm
1019
in
Position values with higher resolution or six decimal places
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
299
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
LengthUnit
VelocityUnit
TimeUnit
Data type
Values
W
Description
UDINT
-
RON
1018
ft
1021
mi
1004
rad
1005
°
1537
°1)
UDINT
UDINT
-
-
RON
RON
Unit for velocity
1521
°/s
1539
°/s1)
1522
°/min
1086
rad/s
1523
rad/min
1062
mm/s
1538
mm/s1)
1061
m/s
1524
mm/min
1525
m/min
1526
mm/h
1063
m/h
1527
km/min
1064
km/h
1066
in/s
1069
in/min
1067
ft/s
1070
ft/min
1075
mi/h
Unit for time
1054
TorqueUnit
ForceUnit
UDINT
UDINT
-
-
RON
RON
Unit for torque
1126
Nm
1128
kNm
1529
lbf in (pound-force-inch)
1530
lbf ft
1531
ozf in (ounce-force-inch)
1532
ozf ft
1533
pdl in (poundal-inch)
1534
pdl ft
Unit for force
1120
1)
s
N
Position values with higher resolution or six decimal places
300
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
ForceUnit
UnitFactor
1)
Data type
Values
W
Description
UDINT
-
RON
1122
kN
1094
lbf (pound-force)
1093
ozf (ounce-force)
1535
pdl (poundals)
UDINT
-
RON
Factor for internal conversion in the high-resolution units.
Position values with higher resolution or six decimal places
13.1.14
"Mechanics" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Mechanics.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the
mechanics.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Mechanics.
TO_Struct_Mechanics
LeadScrew
13.1.15
LREAL
Value range
1.0E-12 …
1.0E12
W
Description
RES
Leadscrew pitch
"Modulo" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Modulo.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the modulo
function.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Modulo.
TO_Struct_Modulo
Enable
BOOL
Values
-
W
Description
RES
FALSE
Modulo conversion disabled
TRUE
Modulo conversion enabled
When modulo conversion is enabled, a check is made for
modulo length > 0.0
Length
LREAL
0.001 … 1.0E12 RES
Modulo length
StartValue
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
Modulo start value
13.1.16
RES
"DynamicLimits" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.DynamicLimits.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the
dynamic limits. During Motion Control, no dynamic values greater than the dynamic limits are
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
301
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
permitted. If you specify greater values in a Motion Control instruction, then motion is
performed using the dynamic limits, and a warning is indicated (alarms 501 to 503 - dynamic
values are limited).
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
DynamicLimits.
TO_Struct_DynamicLimits
W
Description
MaxVelocity
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
RES
Maximum permissible velocity of the axis
Velocity
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Current maximum velocity of the axis
The minimum from "MaxVelocity" and "Velocity" is effect­
ive for motion control.
MaxAcceleration
LREAL
0.0 ...
DIR
2.7777777777­
7778E8
Maximum permissible acceleration of the axis
MaxDeceleration
LREAL
0.0 ...
DIR
2.7777777777­
7778E8
Maximum permissible deceleration of the axis
MaxJerk
LREAL
0.0 …
4629629.629
Maximum permissible jerk on the axis
13.1.17
DIR
"DynamicDefaults" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.DynamicDefaults.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the
dynamic defaults. These settings will be used when you specify a dynamic value less than 0.0
in a Motion Control instruction (exceptions: "MC_MoveJog.Velocity",
"MC_MoveVelocity.Velocity"). Changes to the default dynamic values will be applied at the
next positive edge at the "Execute" parameter of a Motion Control instruction.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
DynamicDefaults.
TO_Struct_DynamicDefaults
W
Description
CAL
Default velocity
Velocity
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
Acceleration
LREAL
0.0 ...
CAL
2.7777777777­
7778E8
Default acceleration
Deceleration
LREAL
0.0 ...
CAL
2.7777777777­
7778E8
Default deceleration
Jerk
LREAL
0.0 …
4629629.629
Default jerk
EmergencyDeceleration LREAL
302
CAL
0.0 ...
DIR
2.7777777777­
7778E8
Emergency stop deceleration
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1.18
"PositionLimits_SW" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.PositionLimits_SW.<tag name>" contains the configuration of
position monitoring with software limit switches. Software limit switches are used to limit the
operating range of a synchronous axis.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
PositionLimits_SW.
TO_Struct_PositionLimitsSW
Active
BOOL
Values
-
W
Description
DIR
FALSE
Monitoring deactivated
TRUE
Monitoring activated
MinPosition
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
DIR
Position of negative software limit switches
MaxPosition
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
DIR
Position of positive software limit switches
("MaxPosition" > "MinPosition")
LimitReachedBehavior
DINT
0…1
RES
Alarm response when a software limit switch is
approached with a single axis job
LimitExceededBehavior
13.1.19
DINT
0…1
RES
0
Stop with maximum dynamic values
1
Stop with current dynamic values
Alarm response when overrunning a software limit switch
0
Lock axis
1
Keep emergency stop and axis enable
"PositionLimits_HW" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.PositionLimits_HW.<tag name>" contains the configuration of
position monitoring with hardware limit switches. Hardware limit switches are used to limit
the traversing range of a synchronous axis.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
PositionLimits_HW.
TO_Struct_PositionLimitsHW
Active
BOOL
Values
-
W
Description
RES
FALSE
Monitoring deactivated
TRUE
Monitoring activated
With "Active", both (negative and positive) hardware limit
switches are activated or deactivated.
MinSwitchLevel
BOOL
-
RES
Level selection for activation of the negative hardware lim­
it switch
FALSE
Low level (Low active)
TRUE
High level (High active)
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
303
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
MinSwitchAddress
VREF
0 … 65535
RES
Address for the negative hardware limit switch
MaxSwitchLevel
BOOL
-
RES
Level selection for activation of the positive hardware limit
switch
FALSE
Low level (Low active)
TRUE
High level (High active)
MaxSwitchAddress
VREF
0 … 65535
RES
Address for the positive hardware limit switch
Mode
DINT
0…1
RES
Type of HW limit switch
AppoachBehavior
13.1.20
DINT
0…1
RES
0
Switch non-traversable
1
Switch traversable
Alarm response when approaching a HW limit switch
0
Disable axis
1
Keep emergency stop and axis enable
"Homing" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Homing.<tag name>" contains the configuration for homing the TO.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Homing.
TO_Struct_Homing /
TO_Struct_ExternalEncoder_Homing
AutoReversal
ApproachDirection
ApproachVelocity
BOOL
BOOL
LREAL
Values
-
-
Linear:
0.0 …
10000.0 mm/s
W
RES
CAL
Description
Reversal at the hardware limit switches
FALSE
No
TRUE
Yes
Direction of approach to the homing position switch
FALSE
Positive direction
TRUE
Negative direction
CAL
Approach velocity
Velocity during active homing at which the reference cam
and home position are approached.
CAL
Homing velocity
Velocity during active homing at which the home position
is approached.
CAL
Home position
Rotary:
0.0 ... 360000.0
°/s
ReferencingVelocity
LREAL
Linear:
0.0 …
1000.0 mm/s
Rotary:
0.0 ... 36000.0
°/s
HomePosition
304
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1.21
"Override" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Override.<tag name>" contains the configuration of override
parameters. The override parameters are used to apply a correction percentage to default
values. An override change takes effect immediately, and is performed with the dynamic
settings in effect in the Motion Control instruction.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Override.
TO_Struct_Override
Velocity
13.1.22
LREAL
Values
0.0 … 200.0%
W
Description
DIR
Velocity or speed override
Percentage correction of the velocity/speed
"PositionControl" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.PositionControl.<tag name>" contains the settings of position
control.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
PositionControl.
TO_Struct_PositionControl
Values
W
Description
Kv
LREAL
0.0 …
2147480.0
DIR
Proportional gain of the closed loop position control
("Kv" > 0.0)
Kpc
LREAL
0.0 … 150.0%
DIR
Velocity precontrol of the position control
Recommended setting:
• Isochronous drive connection via PROFIdrive:
100.0%
• Non-isochronous drive connection via PROFIdrive:
0.0 to 100.0%
• Analog drive connection:
0.0 to 100.0%
EnableDSC
BOOL
-
RES
Dynamic Servo Control (DSC)
FALSE
DSC disabled
TRUE
DSC activated
DSC is only possible with one of the following PROFIdrive
telegrams:
• Standard telegram 5 or 6
• SIEMENS telegram 105 or 106
SmoothingTimeByChan­ LREAL
geDifference
0.0 … 1.0E12 s
DIR
Smoothing time for the manipulated variable for switching
operations, for example:
• Encoder switchover
• Change in P-gain ("Kv")
• Switchover to emergency stop ramp
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
305
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
InitialOperativeSensor
Data type
Values
W
Description
UDINT
1…4
RES
Active sensor after initialization of the axis (sensor number
1 to 4)
This encoder is used after startup of the CPU and after a
restart of the technology object. At an operating mode
transition from STOP → RUN of the CPU (without restart of
the technology object), the encoder that was also active
before the STOP is still being used.
ControlDifferenceQuant­ TO_Struct_PositionDifferenceQuanti­
ization.
fication
Mode
DINT
-
RES
Type of quantification
Configuration of a quantization when a drive with stepper
motor interface is connected
0
No quantification
1
Quantization corresponding to encoder resolu­
tion
2
Quantization to a direct value
(configuration is performed using the parameter view
(data structure))
Value
VelocityModePowerOn
13.1.23
LREAL
0.001 … 1.0E12 RES
Value of quantification
Configuration of a value for quantization to a direct value
("<TO>.PositionControl.ControlDifferenceQuantiza­
tion.Mode" = 2)
(configuration is performed using the parameter view
(data structure))
DINT
0 ... 1
Behavior of the velocity setpoint when the axis is enabled
RES
0
Velocity is set to "0" with maximum dynamic val­
ues of the axis (ramp).
1
Velocity is immediately set to "0" without ramp.
"SetpointFilter" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.SetpointFilter.<tag name>" contains the settings of the setpoint
filter.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
SetpointFilter.
TO_Struct_SetpointFilter
DynamicFilter.
Mode
1)
Values
W
Description
RES
Dynamic filter mode
TO_Struct_DynamicFilter
DINT
-
0
Dynamic filter not effective
1
PT1/PT2 filter + dead time
The dead time T
306
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
T1
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
First time constant of the PT2 filter [s]
T2
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Second time constant of the PT2 filter [s]
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E121)
DIR
Additional dead time of the dynamic filter [s]
Tt
1)
The dead time T
13.1.24
"DynamicAxisModel" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.DynamicAxisModel.<tag name>" contains the balancing filter
settings.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
DynamicAxisModel.
TO_Struct_DynamicAxisModel
VelocityTimeConstant
Values
W
Description
Time constants for braking ramp generation with alarm
response "Brake with emergency stop ramp"
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Speed control loop substitute time [s]
AdditionalPositionTime­ LREAL
Constant
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Additive position control loop substitute time [s]
13.1.25
"FollowingError" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.FollowingError.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the
dynamic following error monitoring.
If the permissible following error is exceeded, then technology alarm 521 is output, and the
technology object is disabled (alarm reaction: remove enable).
When the warning level is reached, a warning is output (technology alarm 522).
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
FollowingError.
TO_Struct_FollowingError
EnableMonitoring
MinValue
BOOL
LREAL
Values
-
Linear:
0.0 … 1.0E12
W
Description
RES
FALSE
Following error monitoring deactivated
TRUE
Following error monitoring enabled
DIR
Permissible following error at velocities below the value of
"MinVelocity"
DIR
Maximum permissible following error, which may be
reached at the maximum velocity.
Rotary:
0.001 … 1.0E12
MaxValue
LREAL
Linear:
0.0 … 1.0E12
Rotary:
0.002 ... 1.0E12
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
307
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
MinVelocity
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
"MinValue" is permissible below this velocity and is held
constant.
WarningLevel
LREAL
0.0 … 100.0
DIR
Warning level
Percentage value relative to the valid maximum following
error
AdditionalSetpointDelay­ LREAL
Time
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Time constant for additional deceleration of position set­
point to calculate the following error [s]
13.1.26
"PositioningMonitoring" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.PositioningMonitoring.<tag name>" contains the configuration of
position monitoring at the end of a positioning motion.
If the actual position value at the end of a positioning motion is reached within the tolerance
time and remains in the positioning window for the minimum dwell time, then
"<TO>.StatusWord.X5 (Done)" is set in the technology data block. This completes a Motion
Control job.
If the tolerance time is exceeded, then technology alarm 541 "Positioning monitoring" with
supplemental value 1: "Target range not reached" is displayed.
If the minimum dwell time is not met, then technology alarm 541 "Positioning monitoring"
with supplemental value 2: "Exit target range again" is displayed.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
PositioningMonitoring.
TO_Struct_PositionMonitoring
W
Description
ToleranceTime
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Tolerance time
Maximum permitted duration from reaching of velocity
setpoint zero until entrance into the positioning window
MinDwellTime
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Minimum dwell time in positioning window
Window
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Positioning window
13.1.27
"StandstillSignal" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StandstillSignal.<tag name>" contains the configuration of the
standstill signal.
If the actual velocity value is below the velocity threshold, and does not exceed it during the
minimum dwell time, then the standstill signal "<TO>.StatusWord.X7 (Standstill)" is set.
308
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
StandstillSignal.
TO_Struct_StandstillSignal
W
Description
Configuration for the standstill signal
VelocityThreshold
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Velocity threshold
If velocity is below this threshold, the minimum dwell time
begins.
MinDwellTime
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Minimum dwell time
13.1.28
"StatusPositioning" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StatusPositioning.<tag name>" indicates the status of a positioning
motion.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
StatusPositioning.
TO_Struct_StatusPositioning
W
Description
Distance
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Distance to the target position
TargetPosition
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Target position
TargetPositionModulo­
Cycle
DINT
-2147483648 … RON
2147483647
Number of modulo cycles to target position with position­
ing motions
FollowingError
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Current following error
SetpointExecutionTime
LREAL
0 to 1.0E12
RON
Setpoint execution time of the axis
(Results from TIpo, Tvtc or 1/kv, TSend and TO of the axis)
SuperimposedDistance
LREAL
0 to 1.0E12
RON
With the instructions "MC_MoveSuperimposed",
"MC_MotionInSuperimposed" and "MC_HaltSuperimposed"
distance traveled.
The value is reset when the base motion and the superim­
posed motion are completed.
13.1.29
"StatusDrive" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StatusDrive.<tag name>" indicates the status of the drive.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
StatusDrive.
TO_Struct_StatusDrive
W
Description
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
309
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Disabled
InOperation
AdaptionState
13.1.30
Values
W
Description
BOOL
-
RON
FALSE
Drive not switched off
TRUE
Drive switched off
BOOL
CommunicationOK
Error
Data type
BOOL
BOOL
DINT
-
-
-
0…4
RON
RON
RON
RON
Operation status of the drive
FALSE
Drive not ready
Setpoints will not be executed.
TRUE
Drive ready
Setpoints can be executed.
Cyclic BUS communication between controller and drive
FALSE
Cyclic communication not established.
Fault ZSW1.X3 (FaultPresent) is present.
Possible causes:
• The CPU is in STOP.
• The drive has failed.
• The "ControlRequested" bit in the status word
of the drive has the value "FALSE".
• The drive signals an error using the status
word.
• For isochronous configuration, the dynamic
sign of life in the telegram has failed or is not
supplied by the drive.
TRUE
Cyclic communication OK and no fault effective
FALSE
No drive error
TRUE
Drive error
Status of automatic data transfer of drive parameters
0
"NOT_ADAPTED"
Data not transferred
1
"IN_ADAPTION"
Data transfer in progress
2
"ADAPTED"
Data transfer complete
3
"NOT_APPLICABLE"
Data transfer not selected, not possible
4
"ADAPTION_ERROR"
Error during data transfer
"StatusServo" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StatusServo.<tag name>" indicates the status for the balancing filter.
310
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
StatusServo.
TO_Struct_StatusServo
W
Description
BalancedPosition
LREAL
-
RON
Position setpoint after the balancing filter
ControlDifference
LREAL
-
RON
Control deviation
PositionAfterDynamicFil­ LREAL
ter
-
RON
Position setpoint after the dynamic filter
13.1.31
"StatusProvidedLeadingValue" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StatusProvidedLeadingValue.<tag name>" contains the provided
leading value with leading value delay of the cross-PLC synchronous operation.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
StatusProvidedLeading­
Value.
TO_Struct_StatusProvidedLeadingVa­ Provided leading value
lue
DelayedLeadingValue
Values
W
Description
TO_Struct_ProvidedLeadingValue
Leading value with leading value delay
Position
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Position
Velocity
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Velocity
Acceleration
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Acceleration
13.1.32
"StatusSensor[1..4]" tags (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StatusSensor[1..4].<tag name>" indicates the status of the
measuring system.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
StatusSensor[1..4].
Array [1..4] OF
TO_Struct_StatusSensor
State
DINT
Values
0…2
W
Description
RON
Status of the actual encoder value
0
"NOT_VALID"
Invalid
1
"WAITING_FOR_VALID"
Waiting for "Valid" status
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
311
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
State
DINT
0…2
RON
2
CommunicationOK
BOOL
-
RON
Cyclic BUS communication between controller and encoder
Error
BOOL
-
RON
"VALID"
Valid
FALSE
Not established
TRUE
Established
FALSE
No error in the measuring system
TRUE
Error in the measuring system.
AbsEncoderOffset
LREAL
-
RON
Home point offset to the value of an absolute value
encoder.
The value will be retentively stored in the CPU.
Control
BOOL
-
RON
FALSE
Encoder is not active
TRUE
Encoder is active
Position
LREAL
-
RON
Encoder position
Velocity
LREAL
-
RON
Encoder velocity
AdaptionState
DINT
0…4
RON
Status of automatic data transfer of encoder parameters
0
"NOT_ADAPTED"
Data not transferred
1
"IN_ADAPTION"
Data transfer in progress
2
"ADAPTED"
Data transfer complete
3
"NOT_APPLICABLE"
Data transfer not selected, not possible
4
"ADAPTION_ERROR"
Error during data transfer
ModuloCycle
DINT
-2147483648 … RON
2147483647
Number of modulo cycles
Adjusted
DINT
0 ... 1
Status of the encoder adjustment
13.1.33
RON
0
Encoder not homed
1
Encoder adjusted with one of the following hom­
ing types:
• Active homing
• Passive homing
• Absolute encoder adjustment
• Incremental encoder adjustment
"StatusExtrapolation" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StatusExtrapolation.<tag name>" indicates the actual value
extrapolation status.
312
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
StatusExtrapolation.
TO_Struct_StatusExtrapolation
Description
FilteredPosition
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Position after position filter
FilteredVelocity
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Velocity after velocity filter and tolerance band
ExtrapolatedPosition
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Extrapolated position
ExtrapolatedVelocity
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Extrapolated velocity
13.1.34
"StatusSynchronizedMotion" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.<tag name>" indicates the status of
synchronous operation.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
StatusSynchronizedMotion.
TO_Struct_StatusSynchronizedMoti­
on
FunctionState
WaitingFunctionState
DINT
DINT
Value range
0…6
0…5
W
RON
RON
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Description
Indication of which synchronous operation function is
active
0
No synchronous operation active
1
Gearing ("MC_GearIn")
2
Gearing with specified synchronous positions
("MC_GearInPos")
3
Camming ("MC_CamIn")
4
Desynchronization of gearing ("MC_GearOut")
5
Desynchronization of camming
("MC_CamOut")
6
Velocity gearing ("MC_GearInVelocity")
Indication of which synchronous operation function is
waiting
0
No synchronous operation waiting
1
Reserved
2
Gearing with specified synchronous positions
waiting ("MC_GearInPos")
3
Camming waiting ("MC_CamIn")
4
Desynchronization of gearing waiting
("MC_GearOut")
313
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Value range
W
Description
WaitingFunctionState
DINT
0…5
RON
5
PhaseShift
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Current absolute leading value offset with an
"MC_PhasingAbsolute" or "MC_PhasingRelative" job.
ActualMaster
DB_ANY
0 … 65535
RON
When a synchronous operation job is started, the num­
ber of the technology data block of the currently used
leading axis is displayed.
0
Desynchronization of camming waiting
("MC_CamOut")
Synchronous operation inactive
ActualCam
DB_ANY
0 … 65535
RON
Cyclic cam currently used for camming
MasterOffset
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Current offset of the leading value range of the cam
with an "MC_CamIn" job
MasterScaling
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Current scaling of the leading value range of the cam
with an "MC_CamIn" job
SlaveOffset
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Current offset of the following value range of the cam
with an "MC_CamIn" job
SlaveScaling
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Current scaling of the following value range of the cam
with an "MC_CamIn" job
Offset
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Current absolute following value offset with an
"MC_OffsetAbsolute" or "MC_OffsetRelative" job, includ­
ing the following value offset of an "MC_CamIn" job
(<TO>.StatusSynchronizedMotion.SlaveOffset)
EffectiveLeadingValue.
TO_Struct_EffectiveLeadingValue
Effective leading value of the synchronous operation
function
Position
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Position
Velocity
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Velocity
Acceleration
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Acceleration
FunctionLeadingValue.
Position
FunctionFollowingValue.
TO_Struct_FunctionLeadingValue
Leading value of the synchronous operation function
after a leading value offset with a "MC_PhasingAbsolute"
or "MC_PhasingRelative" job
LREAL
Position
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
TO_Struct_FunctionFollowingValue
Following value of the synchronous operation function
before a following value offset with an
"MC_OffsetAbsolute" job or "MC_OffsetRelative" job
Position
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Position
Velocity
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Velocity
Acceleration
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Acceleration
StatusWord.
DWORD
-
RON
Status information of synchronous operation
Bit 0
BOOL
-
RON
"MaxVelocityExceeded"
Configured maximum velocity is exceeded during syn­
chronous operation.
314
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Value range
W
Description
Bit 1
BOOL
-
RON
"MaxAccelerationExceeded"
Configured maximum acceleration is exceeded during
synchronous operation.
Bit 2
BOOL
-
RON
"MaxDecelerationExceeded"
Configured maximum deceleration is exceeded during
synchronous operation.
Bit 3
BOOL
-
RON
"InSimulation"
Simulation of synchronous operation
Bit 4
BOOL
Bit 5 …
Bit 31
13.1.35
-
BOOL
RON
-
FALSE
Not simulated
TRUE
Simulated
"LeadingValueAdditiveCommand"
Additive leading value via "MC_LeadingValueAdditive"
RON
FALSE
No additive leading value active
TRUE
Additive leading value active
Reserved
"StatusKinematicsMotion" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The "<TO>.StatusKinematicsMotion" tag contains the status information of the technology
object.
Information on the evaluation of the individual bits (e.g. bit 2 "MaxDecelerationExceeded")
can be found in the "Evaluating StatusWord, ErrorWord and WarningWord" section of the
"S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control Overview" documentation (Page 13).
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
StatusKinematicsMotion
DWORD
-
RON
Status information of the technology object
-
-
-
"MaxVelocityExceeded"
Bit 0
Bit 1
-
-
-
0
The kinematics technology object calculated a
lower velocity setpoint than the maximum velo­
city on the axis.
1
The kinematics technology object calculated a
higher velocity setpoint than the maximum velo­
city on the axis.
"MaxAccelerationExceeded"
0
The kinematics technology object calculated a
lower setpoint acceleration calculated than the
maximum acceleration of the axis.
1
The kinematics technology object calculated a
higher setpoint acceleration than the maximum
acceleration of the axis.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
315
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Bit 2
13.1.36
Data type
Values
W
Description
-
-
-
"MaxDecelerationExceeded"
0
The kinematics technology object calculated a
lower setpoint deceleration than the maximum
deceleration of the axis.
1
The kinematics technology object calculated a
lower setpoint deceleration than the maximum
deceleration of the axis.
"StatusTorqueData" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StatusTorqueData.<tag name>" indicates the status of the torque
data.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
StatusTorqueData.
TO_Struct_StatusTorqueData
CommandAdditiveT­
orqueActive
DINT
CommandTorqueRange­ DINT
Active
ActualTorque
13.1.37
LREAL
Value range
0, 1
0, 1
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
W
Description
RON
Additive setpoint torque
RON
RON
0
Inactive
1
Active
Torque limits B +, B0
Inactive
1
Active
Actual torque of the axis
"StatusMotionIn" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StatusMotionIn.<tag name>" indicates the status of the "MotionIn"
function.
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
StatusMotionIn.
TO_Struct_StatusMotionIn
FunctionState
316
DINT
Value range
0…2
W
Description
RON
0
No "MotionIn" function active
1
"MC_MotionInVelocity" active
2
"MC_MotionInPosition" active
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Value range
W
Description
DWORD
-
RON
-
Bit 0
Bool
-
RON
"MaxVelocityExceeded"
The configured maximum velocity is exceeded during a
MotionIn movement.
Bit 1 …
Bit 31
Bool
-
RON
Reserved
StatusWord.
13.1.38
"StatusWord" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The "<TO>.StatusWord" tag contains the status information of the technology object.
Information on the evaluation of the individual bits (e.g. bit 5 "HomingDone") can be found in
the "Evaluating StatusWord, ErrorWord and WarningWord" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T
Motion Control Overview" documentation (Page 13).
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
StatusWord
DWORD
-
RON
Status information of the technology object
Bit 0
-
-
-
"Enable"
Enable status
The technology object has been enabled.
Bit 1
-
-
-
"Error"
An error is present.
Bit 2
-
-
-
"RestartActive"
A restart is active. The technology object is being reinitial­
ized.
Bit 3
-
-
-
"OnlineStartValuesChanged"
The restart tags have been changed. For the changes to be
applied, the technology object must be reinitialized.
Bit 4
-
-
-
"ControlPanelActive"
The axis control panel is active.
Bit 5
-
-
-
"HomingDone"
Homing status
The technology object is homed.
Bit 6
-
-
-
"Done"
No motion job is in progress and the axis control panel is
deactivated.
Bit 7
-
-
-
"Standstill"
Standstill signal
The axis is at a standstill.
Bit 8
-
-
-
"PositioningCommand"
A positioning command is active
("MC_MoveRelative","MC_MoveAbsolute").
Bit 9
-
-
-
"JogCommand"
An "MC_MoveJog" job is running.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
317
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
Bit 10
-
-
-
"VelocityCommand"
An "MC_MoveVelocity" job is running.
Bit 11
-
-
-
"HomingCommand"
An "MC_Home" job is being processed.
Bit 12
-
-
-
"ConstantVelocity"
The velocity setpoint is reached. A constant velocity set­
point is output.
Bit 13
-
-
-
"Accelerating"
An acceleration operation is active.
Bit 14
-
-
-
"Decelerating"
A deceleration operation is active.
Bit 15
-
-
-
"SWLimitMinActive"
A negative software limit switch has been approached or
exceeded.
Bit 16
-
-
-
"SWLimitMaxActive"
A positive software limit switch has been approached or
exceeded.
Bit 17
-
-
-
"HWLimitMinActive"
A negative hardware limit switch has been approached or
exceeded.
Bit 18
-
-
-
"HWLimitMaxActive"
A positive hardware limit switch has been approached or
exceeded.
Bit 19
-
-
-
Reserved
Bit 20
-
-
-
Reserved
Bit 21
-
-
-
"Synchronizing"
The axis synchronizes to a leading value.
Bit 22
-
-
-
"Synchronous"
The axis moves synchronously to a leading value.
Bit 23
-
-
-
"MoveSuperimposedCommand"
An "MC_MoveSuperimposed" job is running.
Bit 24
-
-
-
"PhasingCommand"
An "MC_PhasingAbsolute" or "MC_PhasingRelative" job for
the leading value offset is active.
Bit 25
-
-
-
"AxisSimulation"
The technology object is in simulation.
Bit 26
-
-
-
"TorqueLimitingCommand"
An "MC_TorqueLimiting" job is running.
Bit 27
-
-
-
"InLimitation"
The drive operates at least at the threshold value (default
90%) of the torque limit/force limitation.
Bit 28
-
-
-
"NonPositionControlled"
The axis is not in position-controlled mode.
Bit 29
-
-
-
"KinematicsMotionCommand"
The axis is used for a kinematics job.
Bit 30
-
-
-
"InClamping"
The axis is clamped at a fixed stop.
318
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Bit 31
13.1.39
Data type
Values
W
Description
-
-
-
"MotionInCommand"
An "MotionIn" job is running.
"StatusWord2" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The "<TO>.StatusWord2" tag contains the status information of the technology object.
Information on the evaluation of the individual bits (e.g. bit 0 "StopCommand") can be found
in the "Evaluating StatusWord, ErrorWord and WarningWord" section of the
"S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control Overview" documentation (Page 13).
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Value range
W
Description
StatusWord2
DWORD
-
RON
Status information of the technology object
Bit 0
BOOL
-
RON
"StopCommand"
An "MC_Stop" job is running. The technology object is dis­
abled.
Bit 1
BOOL
-
RON
"DesynchronizingCommand"
An "MC_GearOut" job or "MC_CamOut" job is active. The
following axis is desynchronized.
Bit 2
BOOL
-
RON
"PassingBacklash"
The backlash is traversed. "<TO>.ActualPosition" does not
hereby change.
Bit 3
BOOL
-
RON
"PhasingCommandWaiting"
An "MC_PhasingAbsolute" or "MC_PhasingRelative" job for
leading value offset is waiting.
Bit 4
BOOL
-
RON
"OffsetCommand"
An "MC_OffsetAbsolute" or "MC_OffsetRelative" job for fol­
lowing value offset is active.
Bit 5
BOOL
-
RON
"OffsetCommandWaiting"
An "MC_OffsetAbsolute" or "MC_OffsetRelative" job for fol­
lowing value offset is waiting.
Bit 6
BOOL
-
RON
"MotionInSuperimposedCommand"
An "MC_MotionInSuperimposed" job is running.
Bit 7
BOOL
-
RON
"HaltSuperimposedCommand"
An "MC_HaltSuperimposed" job is running.
Bit 8 ...
Bit 31
BOOL
-
RON
Reserved
13.1.40
"ErrorWord" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The "<TO>.ErrorWord" tag indicates technology object errors (technology alarms).
Information on the evaluation of the individual bits (e.g. bit 3 "CommandNotAccepted") can
be found in the "Evaluating StatusWord, ErrorWord and WarningWord" section of the
"S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control Overview" documentation (Page 13).
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
319
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
ErrorWord
DWORD
-
RON
Bit 0
-
-
-
"SystemFault"
A system-internal error has occurred.
Bit 1
-
-
-
"ConfigFault"
Configuration error
One or more configuration parameters are inconsistent or
invalid.
Bit 2
-
-
-
"UserFault"
Error in user program at a Motion Control instruction or its
use
Bit 3
-
-
-
"CommandNotAccepted"
Job cannot be executed
A Motion Control instruction cannot be executed because
the necessary conditions have not been met.
Bit 4
-
-
-
"DriveFault"
Error in drive
Bit 5
-
-
-
"SensorFault"
Error in encoder system
Bit 6
-
-
-
"DynamicError"
Specified dynamic values are limited to permissible values.
Bit 7
-
-
-
"CommunicationFault"
Communication error
Missing or faulty communication.
Bit 8
-
-
-
"SWLimit"
Software limit switch reached or overtraveled.
Bit 9
-
-
-
"HWLimit"
Hardware limit switch reached or overtraveled.
Bit 10
-
-
-
"HomingError"
Error during homing operation
The homing cannot be completed.
Bit 11
-
-
-
"FollowingErrorFault"
Following error limits exceeded
Bit 12
-
-
-
"PositioningFault"
Positioning error
Bit 13
-
-
-
"PeripheralError"
Error accessing a logical address
Bit 14
-
-
-
"SynchronousError"
Error during synchronous operation
The leading axis specified in the Motion Control instruction
was not configured as a possible leading axis.
Bit 15
-
-
-
"AdaptionError"
Error in automatic data transfer
Bit 16 ...
Bit 31
-
-
-
Reserved
320
Description
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1.41
"ErrorDetail" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.ErrorDetail.<tag name>" contains the alarm number and the effective
local alarm response for the technology alarm that is currently pending on the technology
object.
You can find a list of the technology alarms and alarm responses in the "Overview of the
technology alarms" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control alarms and error IDs"
documentation (Page 13).
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
ErrorDetail.
TO_Struct_ErrorDetail
W
Description
Number
UDINT
-
RON
Alarm number
Reaction
DINT
0…5
RON
Effective alarm response
13.1.42
0
No reaction
1
Stop with current dynamic values
2
Stop with maximum dynamic values
3
Stop with emergency stop ramp
4
Remove enable
5
Track setpoints
"WarningWord" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The "<TO>.WarningWord" tag indicates pending warnings at the technology object.
Information on the evaluation of the individual bits (e.g. bit 13 "PeripheralWarning") can be
found in the "Evaluating StatusWord, ErrorWord and WarningWord" section of the
"S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control Overview" documentation (Page 13).
Tags
Legend (Page 289)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
WarningWord
DWORD
-
RON
Bit 0
-
-
-
"SystemWarning"
A system-internal error has occurred.
Bit 1
-
-
-
"ConfigWarning"
Configuration error
One or several configuration parameters are adjusted
internally.
Bit 2
-
-
-
"UserWarning"
Error in user program at a Motion Control instruction or its
use
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
321
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.1 Tags of the synchronous axis technology object (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
Bit 3
-
-
-
"CommandNotAccepted"
Job cannot be executed
A Motion Control instruction cannot be executed because
the necessary conditions have not been met.
Bit 4
-
-
-
"DriveWarning"
Warning of the drive
When a warning message is pending at the drive that does
not result in a TO alarm, this bit is not set. Evaluate the
drive warnings directly using the status word of the drive.
Bit 5
-
-
-
"SensorWarning"
Error in encoder system
Bit 6
-
-
-
"DynamicWarning"
Specified dynamic values are limited to permissible values.
Bit 7
-
-
-
"CommunicationWarning"
Communication error
Missing or faulty communication.
Bit 8
-
-
-
"SWLimitMin"
The negative software limit switch has been approached.
Bit 9
-
-
-
"SWLimitMax"
The positive software limit switch has been approached.
Bit 10
-
-
-
"HomingWarning"
Error during homing operation
The homing cannot be completed.
Bit 11
-
-
-
"FollowingErrorWarning"
Warning limit of following error monitoring
reached/exceeded
Bit 12
-
-
-
"PositioningWarning"
Positioning error
Bit 13
-
-
-
"PeripheralWarning"
Error accessing a logical address
Bit 14
-
-
-
"SynchronousWarning"
Error during synchronous operation
The leading axis specified in the Motion Control instruction
was not configured as a possible leading axis.
Bit 15
-
-
-
"AdaptionWarning"
Error in automatic data transfer
Bit 16...
Bit 31
-
-
-
Reserved
13.1.43
"ControlPanel" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.ControlPanel.<tag name>" contains no relevant data for you. This tag
structure is internally used.
322
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.2 Tags of the cam technology object (S7-1500T)
13.1.44
"InternalToTrace" tag (synchronous axis) (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.InternalToTrace.<tag name>" contains no relevant data for you. This
tag structure is internally used.
13.2
Tags of the cam technology object (S7-1500T)
13.2.1
Legend (S7-1500T)
Tag
Name of the tag
Data type
Data type of the tag
Values
Value range of the tag - minimum value to maximum value
If no specific value is shown, the value range limits of the relevant data type apply or the information
under "Description".
W
Effectiveness of changes in the technology data block
Description
DIR
Direct:
Values are changed directly and take effect at the start of the next MC‑Servo [OB91].
CAL
At call of Motion Control instruction:
Values are changed directly and take effect at the start of the next MC‑Servo [OB91] after the
call of the corresponding Motion Control instruction in the user program.
RES
Restart:
Changes to the start value in the load memory are made using the extended instruction
"WRIT_DBL" (write to DB in load memory). Changes will not take effect until after restart of the
technology object.
RON
Read only:
The tag cannot and must not be changed during runtime of the user program.
Description of the tag
Access to the tags is with "<TO>.<tag name>". The placeholder <TO> represents the name of
the technology object.
13.2.2
"Point[1..1000]" tag (cam of type "TO_Cam") (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Point[1..1000].<tag name>" contains the defined points of the cam
of type "TO_Cam".
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
Values
Point[1..1000].
ARRAY [1..1000] OF
TO_Cam_Struct_PointData
W
Description
x
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Value of the point in the definition range
y
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Value of the point in the range of the function
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
323
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.2 Tags of the cam technology object (S7-1500T)
13.2.3
"Point[1..10000]" tag (cam of type "TO_Cam_10k") (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Point[1..10000].<tag name>" contains the defined points of the cam
of type "TO_Cam_10k".
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
Values
Point[1..10000].
ARRAY [1..10000] OF
TO_Cam_Struct_PointData
W
Description
x
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Value of the point in the definition range
y
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Value of the point in the range of the function
13.2.4
"ValidPoint[1..1000]" tag (cam of the "TO_Cam" type) (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.ValidPoint[1..1000]" shows the validity of the defined points of the
cam of type "TO_Cam".
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
ValidPoint[1..1000]
ARRAY
[1..1000]
OF BOOL
-
CAL
Indicates whether the defined point is valid.
13.2.5
FALSE
Invalid
TRUE
Valid
"ValidPoint[1..10000]" tag (cam of the "TO_Cam_10k" type) (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.ValidPoint[1..10000]" shows the validity of the defined points of the
cam of type "TO_Cam_10k".
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
ValidPoint[1..10000]
ARRAY
[1..10000]
OF BOOL
324
Values
W
Description
CAL
Indicates whether the defined point is valid.
FALSE
Invalid
TRUE
Valid
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.2 Tags of the cam technology object (S7-1500T)
13.2.6
"Segment[1..50]" tag (cam) (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Segment[1..50].<tag name>" contains the defined segments of the
cam.
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Segment[1..50].
ARRAY [1..50] OF
TO_Cam_Struct_SegmentData
Description
xmin
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Start coordinates of the segment
xmax
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
End coordinates of the segment
a0
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Coefficient A0 for x0 of the polynomial for the segment
a1
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Coefficient A1 for x1 of the polynomial for the segment
a2
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Coefficient A2 for x2 of the polynomial for the segment
a3
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Coefficient A3 for x3 of the polynomial for the segment
a4
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Coefficient A4 for x4 of the polynomial for the segment
a5
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Coefficient A5 for x5 of the polynomial for the segment
a6
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Coefficient A6 for x6 of the polynomial for the segment
sineAmplitude
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Amplitude of the sine element
sinePeriod
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Period length of the sine element [rad]
sinePhase
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
CAL
Phase offset of the sine element [rad]
13.2.7
"ValidSegment[1..50]" tag (cam) (S7-1500T)
The "<TO>.ValidSegment[1..50]" variable structure indicates the validity of the defined
segments of the cam.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
325
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.2 Tags of the cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
ValidSegment[1..50]
ARRAY
[1..50] OF
BOOL
-
CAL
Indicates whether the defined segment is valid.
13.2.8
FALSE
Invalid
TRUE
Valid
"InterpolationSettings" tag (cam) (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.InterpolationSettings.<tag name>" contains the configuration for the
interpolation of the cam.
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
InterpolationSettings.
TO_Cam_Struct_InterpolationSettin­
gs
InterpolationMode
DINT
BoundaryConditions
13.2.9
DINT
Values
0…2
0, 1
W
CAL
CAL
Description
Interpolation type
0
Linear
1
C splines
2
B splines
Characteristics of the boundary points
0
No profile start or profile end conditions
1
First derivative equal at profile start and end
"StatusCam" tag (cam of the "TO_Cam" type) (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StatusCam.<tag name>" indicates the status of the cam.
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
Values
StatusCam.
TO_Cam_Struct_StatusCam
W
Description
StartLeadingValue
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
First defined interpolation point/start of the first segment
of the cam
(Start value of the definition range of the cam)
EndLeadingValue
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Last defined interpolation point/end of the last segment of
the cam
(End value of the definition range of the cam)
NumberOfValidPoints
DINT
0 … 1 000
RON
Number of valid points
("ValidPoint" = TRUE)
326
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.2 Tags of the cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Tag
NumberOfValidSeg­
ments
13.2.10
Data type
Values
W
Description
DINT
0 … 50
RON
Number of valid segments
("ValidSegment" = TRUE)
"StatusCam" tag (cam of the "TO_Cam_10k" type) (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StatusCam.<tag name>" indicates the status of the cam.
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
Values
StatusCam.
TO_Cam_Struct_StatusCam
W
Description
StartLeadingValue
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
First defined interpolation point/start of the first segment
of the cam
(Start value of the definition range of the cam)
EndLeadingValue
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Last defined interpolation point/end of the last segment of
the cam
(End value of the definition range of the cam)
NumberOfValidPoints
DINT
0 … 10 000
RON
Number of valid points
("ValidPoint" = TRUE)
NumberOfValidSeg­
ments
DINT
0 … 50
RON
Number of valid segments
("ValidSegment" = TRUE)
13.2.11
"StatusWord" tag (cam) (S7-1500T)
The "<TO>.StatusWord" tag contains the status information of the technology object.
Information on the evaluation of the individual bits (e.g. bit 4 "CamDataChanged") can be
found in the "Evaluating StatusWord, ErrorWord and WarningWord" section of the
"S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control Overview" documentation (Page 13).
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
StatusWord
DWORD
-
RON
Status information of the technology object
Bit 0
-
-
-
"Control"
Use status
The cam is in use.
Bit 1
-
-
-
"Error"
An error is present.
Bit 2
-
-
-
"RestartActive"
A restart is active. The technology object is being reinitial­
ized.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
327
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.2 Tags of the cam technology object (S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
Bit 3
-
-
-
"OnlineStartValuesChanged"
The restart tags have been changed. For the changes to be
applied, the technology object must be reinitialized.
Bit 4
-
-
-
"CamDataChanged"
The definition range of the cam has changed in the tech­
nology data block.
Bit 5
-
-
-
"Interpolated"
The cam is interpolated.
Bit 6
-
-
-
"InInterpolation"
The cam is in interpolation.
Bit 7
-
-
-
"CopyCamDataActive"
A copy operation of an "MC_CopyCamData" job is active.
Bit 8 …
Bit 31
-
-
-
Reserved
13.2.12
"ErrorWord" tag (cam) (S7-1500T)
The "<TO>.ErrorWord" tag indicates technology object errors (technology alarms).
Information on the evaluation of the individual bits (e.g. bit 3 "CommandNotAccepted") can
be found in the "Evaluating StatusWord, ErrorWord and WarningWord" section of the
"S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control Overview" documentation (Page 13).
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
ErrorWord
DWORD
-
RON
Bit 0
-
-
-
"SystemFault"
A system-internal error has occurred.
Bit 1
-
-
-
"ConfigFault"
Configuration error
One or more configuration parameters are inconsistent or
invalid.
Bit 2
-
-
-
"UserFault"
Error in user program at a Motion Control instruction or its
use
Bit 3
-
-
-
"CommandNotAccepted"
Job cannot be executed
A Motion Control instruction cannot be executed because
the necessary conditions have not been met.
Bit 4 …
Bit 31
-
-
-
Reserved
328
Description
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.2 Tags of the cam technology object (S7-1500T)
13.2.13
"ErrorDetail" tag (cam) (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.ErrorDetail.<tag name>" contains the alarm number and the effective
local alarm response for the technology alarm that is currently pending on the technology
object.
You can find a list of the technology alarms and alarm responses in the "Overview of the
technology alarms" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control alarms and error IDs"
documentation (Page 13).
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
Values
ErrorDetail.
TO_Struct_ErrorDetail
W
Description
Number
UDINT
-
RON
Alarm number
Reaction
DINT
0, 9
RON
Effective alarm response
13.2.14
0
No reaction
9
Terminate processing of the technology object
"WarningWord" tag (cam) (S7-1500T)
The "<TO>.WarningWord" tag indicates pending warnings at the technology object.
Information on the evaluation of the individual bits (e.g. bit 3 "CommandNotAccepted") can
be found in the "Evaluating StatusWord, ErrorWord and WarningWord" section of the
"S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control Overview" documentation (Page 13).
Tags
Legend (Page 323)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
WarningWord
DWORD
-
RON
Bit 0
-
-
-
"SystemWarning"
A system-internal error has occurred.
Bit 1
-
-
-
"ConfigWarning"
Configuration error
One or more configuration parameters are inconsistent or
invalid.
Bit 2
-
-
-
"UserWarning"
Error in user program at a Motion Control instruction or its
use
Bit 3
-
-
-
"CommandNotAccepted"
Job cannot be executed
A Motion Control instruction cannot be executed because
the necessary conditions have not been met.
Bit 4 …
Bit 31
-
-
-
Reserved
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
329
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.3 Tags of the leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)
13.3
Tags of the leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)
13.3.1
Legend (S7-1500T)
Tag
Name of the tag
Data type
Data type of the tag
Values
Value range of the tag - minimum value to maximum value
If no specific value is shown, the value range limits of the relevant data type apply or the information
under "Description".
W
Effectiveness of changes in the technology data block
Description
DIR
Direct:
Values are changed directly and take effect at the start of the next MC‑Servo [OB91].
CAL
At call of Motion Control instruction:
Values are changed directly and take effect at the start of the next MC‑Servo [OB91] after the
call of the corresponding Motion Control instruction in the user program.
RES
Restart:
Changes to the start value in the load memory are made using the extended instruction
"WRIT_DBL" (write to DB in load memory). Changes will not take effect until after restart of the
technology object.
RON
Read only:
The tag cannot and must not be changed during runtime of the user program.
Description of the tag
Access to the tags is with "<TO>.<tag name>". The placeholder <TO> represents the name of
the technology object.
13.3.2
Leading value (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)
The following tags indicate the leading value parameters of the technology object for local
synchronous operation.
Tags
Legend (Page 330)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
Position
LREAL
-
RON
Adapted leading value for local synchronous operation
Velocity
LREAL
-
RON
Leading value velocity for local synchronous operation
Acceleration
LREAL
-
RON
Leading value velocity for local synchronous operation
13.3.3
"Interface" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Interface.<Tag name>" contains the input address of the telegram.
330
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.3 Tags of the leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)
Tags
Legend (Page 330)
Tag
Data type
Interface.
TO_Struct_LeadingAxisProxy_Interfa­
ce
AddressIn
13.3.4
VRef
Values
-
W
RON
Description
Input address for the telegram of the external leading
value
"Parameter" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.Parameter.<tag name>" contains parameters for leading value
adaptation.
Tags
Legend (Page 330)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Parameter.
TO_Struct_LeadingAxisProxy_Param­
eter
Description
LocalLeadingValueDelay­ LREAL
Time
0.0 … 1.0E9
DIR
Delay time of virtual local following axis which, in turn,
provides a cross-PLC leading value with a cascade
(<TO>.CrossPlcSynchronousOperation.LocalLeadingVal­
ueDelayTime)
ToleranceTimeExtern­
alLeadingValueInvalid
0.0 … 1.0E12
DIR
Tolerance time until a technology alarm is triggered when
the external leading value becomes invalid
13.3.5
LREAL
"StatusExternalLeadingValue" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.StatusExternalLeadingValue.<Tag name>" contains the parameter
values of the external leading value.
Tags
Legend (Page 330)
Tag
Data type
StatusExternalLeading­
Value.
TO_Struct_LeadingAxisProxy_Status­
Data
Values
W
Description
ModuloLength
LREAL
0.0 … 1.0E12
RON
Modulo length of the external leading value
ModuloStartValue
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Modulo start value of the external leading value
AdjustmentTime
LREAL
-1.0E12 …
1.0E12
RON
Time by which the external leading value is adjusted
<0
The external leading value is interpolated by
this time.
>0
The external leading value is extrapolated by
this time.
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
331
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.3 Tags of the leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)
13.3.6
"StatusWord" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)
The "<TO>.StatusWord" tag contains the status information of the technology object.
Information on the evaluation of the individual bits (e.g. bit 4 "LeadingValueValid") can be
found in the "Evaluating StatusWord, ErrorWord and WarningWord" section of the
"S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control Overview" documentation (Page 13).
Tags
Legend (Page 330)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
StatusWord
DWORD
-
RON
Status information of the technology object
Bit 0
-
-
-
"Control"
Use status
The leading axis proxy is in operation.
Bit 1
-
-
-
"Error"
An error is present.
Bit 2
-
-
-
"RestartActive"
A restart is active. The technology object is being reinitial­
ized.
Bit 3
-
-
-
"OnlineStartValuesChanged"
The restart tags have been changed. For the changes to be
applied, the technology object must be reinitialized.
Bit 4
-
-
-
"LeadingValueValid"
The leading value exists and is valid.
Bit 5
-
-
-
"LeadingValueModulo"
The leading value is with modulo functionality.
Bit 6
-
-
-
"LeadingAxisControl"
The leading axis is in setpoint operation.
Bit 7 …
Bit 31
-
-
-
Reserved
13.3.7
"'ErrorWord" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)
The "<TO>.ErrorWord" tag indicates technology object errors (technology alarms).
Information on the evaluation of the individual bits (e.g. bit 3 "CommandNotAccepted") can
be found in the "Evaluating StatusWord, ErrorWord and WarningWord" section of the
"S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control Overview" documentation (Page 13).
Tags
Legend (Page 330)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
ErrorWord
DWORD
-
RON
-
-
-
Bit 0
332
Description
"SystemFault"
System error
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.3 Tags of the leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
Description
Bit 1
-
-
-
"ConfigFault"
Configuration error
One or more configuration parameters are inconsistent or
invalid.
Bit 2
-
-
-
"UserFault"
Error in user program at a Motion Control instruction or its
use
Bit 3
-
-
-
"CommandNotAccepted"
Job cannot be executed
A Motion Control instruction cannot be executed because
the necessary conditions have not been met.
Bit 4 …
Bit 7
-
-
-
Reserved
Bit 7
-
-
-
"CommunicationFault"
Communication error
Missing or faulty communication.
Bit 8 …
Bit 31
-
-
-
Reserved
13.3.8
"ErrorDetail" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)
The tag structure "<TO>.ErrorDetail.<tag name>" contains the alarm number and the effective
local alarm response for the technology alarm that is currently pending on the technology
object.
You can find a list of the technology alarms and alarm responses in the "Overview of the
technology alarms" section of the "S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control alarms and error IDs"
documentation (Page 13).
Tags
Legend (Page 330)
Tag
Data type
Values
ErrorDetail.
TO_Struct_ErrorDetail
W
Description
Number
UDINT
-
RON
Alarm number
Reaction
DINT
0, 13
RON
Effective alarm response
13.3.9
0
No reaction
13
Invalid leading value
"WarningWord" tag (leading axis proxy) (S7-1500T)
The "<TO>.WarningWord" tag indicates pending warnings at the technology object.
Information on the evaluation of the individual bits (e.g. bit 1 "ConfigWarning") can be found
in the "Evaluating StatusWord, ErrorWord and WarningWord" section of the
"S7-1500/S7-1500T Motion Control Overview" documentation (Page 13).
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
333
Tags of the technology object data blocks (S7-1500, S7-1500T)
13.3 Tags of the leading axis proxy technology object (S7-1500T)
Tags
Legend (Page 330)
Tag
Data type
Values
W
WarningWord
DWORD
-
RON
Bit 0
-
-
-
"SystemWarning"
A system-internal error has occurred.
Bit 1
-
-
-
"ConfigWarning"
Configuration error
One or several configuration parameters are adjusted
internally.
Bit 2
-
-
-
"UserWarning"
Error in user program at a Motion Control instruction or its
use
Bit 3
-
-
-
"CommandNotAccepted"
Job cannot be executed
A Motion Control instruction cannot be executed because
the necessary conditions have not been met.
Bit 4 …
Bit 6
-
-
-
Reserved
Bit 7
-
-
-
"CommunicationWarning"
Communication error
Missing or faulty communication.
Bit 8 …
Bit 31
-
-
-
Reserved
334
Description
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Index
A
E
Additive leading value, 166
Tags, 167
External encoder
Delay time, 170
C
G
Cam, 25
Basics, 25
Functions, 29
Configuration, 83
Configuration, 90
Configuration, 111
Import/export, 111
Interpolation, 125
Tags, 323
Gearing, 41
Gear ratio, 42
Gear ratio, 46
Tags, 71
I
Interconnection overview, 177
Configuration, 178
Cam editor, 83, 90, 111
Camming, 82
Tags, 161
Cross-PLC synchronous operation, 168
Interconnection possibilities, 169
Cascading, 169
Time response, 170
Delay time, 170
Recursive interconnection, 171
Communication, 172
Tolerance time, 177
Interconnection overview, 177
Interconnection overview, 178
Routes, 180
Delay time, 180
Tags, 181
D
Direct data exchange
Setting up, 172
Setting up, 172
L
Leading axis proxy
Basics, 28
Functions, 29
Delay time, 170
Diagnostics, 203
Diagnostics, 205
Tags, 330
Leading value
Routes, 180
M
Master value coupling, 33
MC_CamIn, 247, 253
MC_CamOut, 267, 269
MC_CopyCamData, 279
MC_GearIn, 206, 209
MC_GearInPos, 210, 214
MC_GearInVelocity, 217, 220
MC_GearOut, 262, 265
MC_GetCamFollowingValue, 277
MC_GetCamLeadingValue, 276
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
335
Index
MC_InterpolateCam, 274
MC_LeadingValueAdditive, 271, 272
MC_OffsetAbsolute, 241, 243
MC_OffsetRelative, 235, 237
MC_PhasingAbsolute, 228, 232
MC_PhasingRelative, 221, 225
MC_SynchronizedMotionSimulation, 261
P
Positioning axis
Delay time, 170
R
Routes
Show, 180
S
S7-1500 Motion Control, 23
Technology object, 23
Technology object, 25
Technology object, 28
Motion Control instruction, 29
Technology object, 29
Synchronous operation, 33
Synchronous operation, 41
Synchronous operation, 45
Synchronous operation, 74
Synchronous operation, 82
Technology object, 83
Configuration, 83
S7-1500 Motion Control instruction
Overview, 29
S7-1500T Motion Control
Motion Control instruction, 29
Synchronous axis
Basics, 23
Functions, 29
Delay time, 170
Diagnostics, 183
Diagnostics, 188
Diagnostics, 189
Tags, 289
336
Synchronous operation, 22
Phases, 22
Synchronous operation is being simulated, 164
Tags, 165
T
Tags
Gearing, 71
Velocity synchronous operation, 80
Camming, 161
Synchronous operation is being simulated, 165
Additive leading value, 167
Cross-PLC synchronous operation, 181
Synchronous axis technology object, 289
Cam technology object, 323
Leading axis proxy technology object, 330
Technology data block
Tags of the synchronous axis technology object,
289
Tags of the cam technology object, 323
Tags of the leading axis proxy technology object,
330
Technology object
Synchronous axis, 23
Cam, 25
Leading axis proxy, 28
Cam, 29
Leading axis proxy, 29
Synchronous axis, 29
Cam, 83
Cam, 111
Cam, 125
Synchronous axis, 183
Synchronous axis, 188
Synchronous axis, 189
Leading axis proxy, 203
Leading axis proxy, 205
Tolerance time, 177
Transfer area
Setting up, 172
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
Index
V
Velocity synchronous operation, 74
Gear ratio, 74
Tags, 80
S7-1500/S7-1500T Synchronous operation functions V7.0 as of STEP 7 V18
Function Manual, 11/2022, A5E47011129-AC
337
Скачать